The URL can be used to link to this page

06 A to F-Depot Project Manual KEYSTONE ARCHITIECTS. PLLC Plans of Proposed Improvements: Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Lamar County Highway U.S. 82 STP 97(267)TE CSJ 0901-29-012 Project Manual Issue Date: July 10, 2001 for The State of Texas Department of Transportation & City of Paris, Texas TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION PROJECT DATA PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS: DIVISION 00- BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF TIlE CONTRACT DOCUMENT 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DOCUMENT 00120 TxDOT SPECIAL PROVISIONS DOCUMENT 00200A BID FORM DOCUMENT 00200B CONTRACT BREAKDOWN FORMS DOCUMENT 00300 FORM OF AGREEMENT DOCUMENT 00500 HISTORIC PRESERVATION STANDARDS DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01000 PROCEDURES & CONTROLS SECTION 01100 SCHEDULES, REPORTS & PAYMENTS SECTION 01200 ALLOWANCES SECTION 01300 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATE & SAMPLES SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 01600 SUBSTITUTIONS SECTION 01700 PROJECT COMPLETION SECTION 01800 DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS DIVISION 02 - SITEWORK SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK SECTION 02260 FINISH GRADING SECTION 02281 TERMrrE CONTROL SECTION 02500 CURBS, RAMPS, GUTTERS AND SIDEWALKS DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE SECTION 03300 REINFORCED CONCRETE DIVISION 04 - MASONRY SECTION 04200 MASONRY RESTORATION SECTION 04250 MASONRY CLEANING SECTION 04920 MARBLE FABRICATION & INSTALLATION DIVISION 05 - METALS SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 06 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06130 HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06700 WOOD RESTORATION DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07200 TILE ROOFING SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 07800 ROOF ACCESSORIES SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS DIVISION 08 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS SECTION 08610 WOOD WINDOWS SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE DIVISION 09 - FINISHES SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 09680 CARPET SECTION 09900 PAINTING SECTION 09910 PLASTER SECTION 09920 TERRAZZO FLOORING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES SECTION 10900 SIGNAGE DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS NOT USED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT USED DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT USED DMSION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15094 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, ACCESSORIES SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION SECTION 15290 DUCTWORK INSULATION SECTION 15410 PLUMBING PIPING & ACCESSORIES SECTION 15420 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SECTION 15682 AIR COOLED CHILLER SECTION 15890 DUCTWORK SECTION 15901 HVAV CONTROL SYSTEMS DMSION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16100 RACEWAYS SECTION 16120 WIRE & CABLES SECTION 16143 WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16170 MOTOR & CONTROL SECTION 16400 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SECTION 16450 GROUNDING, PRIVATE SECTION 16500 LIGHTING SECTION 16721 FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM APPENDIX A - STUDIES OF MORTAR,'PLASTER & PAINT ERLIN, HIME ASSOCIATES, DIVISION WISS, JANNEY, ELSTNER ASSOCIATES PROJECT MANUAL CHECKLIST SECTION PAGES Cover Sheet 1 Table of Contents 3 Pr~ect Manual Checklist 2 Introdu~ion 1 Pr~e~ Data 1 General Notes 1 Archite~s Seal 1 100 3 120 2 120-SpecialProvisions 16 200A 2 200B 6 300 1 500 4 1000 5 1100 2 1200 3 1300 4 1400 2 1500 6 1600 4 1700 4 1800 4 2050 4 2100 4 2260 1 2281 2 2500' 2 3300 6 4200 6 4250 4 4920 3 5500 5 6100 7 6130 2 6200 4 6700 3 7200 5 7600 3 7800 2 7900 5 8210 5 8610 5 8710 5 9250 2 9650 4 9680 3 9900 11 9910 7 9920 4 10800 2 10900 2 15010 22 15094 6 15250 6 15290 3 15410 9 15420 3 15682 5 15890 4 15901 3 16010 20 16100 4 16120 2 16143 2 16170 2 16400 3 16450 3 16500 6 16721 7 Appendix A 16 352 pages total text INTRODUCTION The Pads SF-Frisco Depot Project consists of the rehabilitation and restoration of a turn of the century train depot of local, state and national significance due to the bullding's architectural and historical value. All rehabilitation and restoration measures described in the Project Drawings and Project Manual have been formulated in accordance with, and are to be executed in accordance with, the Secretary of the Interior Standards for Rehabilitation. This Project Manual includes Sections 00200A - BID FORMS and 00200B - BID BREAKDOWN FORMS, as prepared by the City of Paris for the purpose of multiple prime contract letting, and TxDOT prepared Section 00120 - TxDOT Special Provisions. These sections have been included in this Project Manual as independently prepared sections and questions concerning their content should be addressed directly to the Construction Manager, City of Paris, PROJECT DATA Project Title Plans of Proposed Improvements: Pads Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Federal Project No: STP 97(267)TE Location: Highway U.S. 82 Pads, Lamar County, Texas Owner: City of Pads, Texas Project Administrator: Mr. Thomas Haynes City of Paris PO Box 9037 Pads, Texas 75461-9037 903-785-7511 Architect: Mr. A. J. Garza, AIA Keystone Architects PO Box 50570 Austin, Texas 78701 512-327-9800 512-327-7471 fax Construction Manager: Mr. Wendell Moore, CM City of Pads PO Box 9037 Pads, Texas 75461-9037 903-737-1004 GENERAL NOTES 1. There will be no DBE or Affirmative Action Goals for this project. 2. There are no liquidated damages for this project. 3. Blown-in insulation is acceptable in lieu of batts - maintain same "R" values. 4. Reference Spec. Section 2281, Page 2 of 2, Paragraph 1.05 A4c - - existing concrete floors may be drilled as directed by the construction manager. 5. Reference Spec. Section 16010, Page 4 of 20, Paragraph 1.06D - - Work shall be concealed in finished areas, where practical or possible, without compromising existing construction. Jul-26-01 12:07P AustinSuites 512 320 5824 P.02 CONTROL: 0901-29-012 PRO.,'-ECT: STP97(267)TE HIOHWAY: VA, COUNTY: LAMAR. The Ardtttects ,Seal anti signature b~Zow on thc drawing~ and project man~al ccrtifi,-s that, eL1 documents with "KEYSTONE AI~CHITEC~'S" print~ on the document w~ro don~ by ~he Arr. hit~c~ or under his supervision. Paris Santa Fe~Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 DIVISION 00 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT 00100: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: The American Institute of Architects Document A701 Instructions To Bidders, latest edition, forms a part of the Bidding Documents and by reference is incorporated herein as if repeated at length. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Document 00120 - TxDOT Special Provisions B. Document 00200 - Part A, Bid Form C. Document 00200 - Part B, Contract Breakdown Forms 1.03 METHOD OF PROJECT DF. lIVERY: This project shall be executed using the Construction Management form of project delivery whereby the work shall be accomplished by multiple prime and sub-contractors coordinated by a Construction Manager as designated by the City of Paris. As such the Construction Manager shall be deemed the agent for the City of Paris with respect to this work. The Construction Manager's coordination and facilitation of work by the prLme and sub-contractors, hereinafter referred to as contractors, sub-contractors or applicators, does not in any way remove or reduce the responsibility of such contractors for executing all work within their designated scope of work in a good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with the requirements and specifications contained within this Project Manual, and for final and complete responsibility for job site safety, code compliance, labor laws and applicable federal, state and local laws pertaining to this type of work. 1.04 BID SUBMITTAL: Contractor's sealed bid to be delivered to: Mr. Thomas Haynes Project Director City of Paris, Texas 135 1'~ Street SE PO Box 9037 Paris, Texas 75461-9037 Initial bid opening will take place on August 28, 2001 , at 3:00 pm in The City of Paris Council Chambers, City Hall, Paris, Texas. 1.05 BID FORMAT AND SCOPE: Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided in Document 00200B Contract Breakdown Forms. Bid price shall include all direct and indirect costs associated with the construction of all elements defined or implied within the bidding documents, and all permits required for completion of the project. Each element shall be categorized according to these Bid Breakdown Forms contained within Section 00200 Pan B. Bid elements shall be categorized Document 00100 Page 1-3 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 according to the CSI divisions and sections for categories of work as listed in the Project Manual. This format will be used for the Application & Certificate for Payment, AIA Documents G702 & G703, and shall not be deviated from. If the bid breakdown is inadequate, the Architect or Construction Manager reserves the right to require conformance with an alternate format. Proposal shall include a listing of any subcontractors which shall be subject to Architect's and Owner's approval. The bid documents shall contain a Description of Methodology for execution of the work, list of comparable verifiable experience on similar projects and how this knowledge and experience will assure performance with the requirements of the Project Documents and mandatory historic preservation standards. This Description of Methodology should stand alone and act to fully describe the Bidder's understanding of dealing with historic structures. Please include a firm resume with verifiable work experience in historic preservation and references. 1.06 EXAMINATION OF SITE: It is the Bidders' responsibility to examine the site prior to submitting any Bid for work. No allowance will be made subsequently for the Bidders' failure to familiarize themselves with existing site conditions. 1.07 DISCREPANCIES AND AMBIGUITIES: Any bidder in doubt as to intent or meaning of any portion of Bidding Documents may make inquiry to the Construction Manager for written clarification not less than seven working days before deadline specified for receipt of bids. Neither the Owner or Architect will be responsible for any oral answers or inquiries. 1.08 MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS: No pre-qualification or approval of methods, materials or equipment will be given during Bidding period. No substitutions will be allowed unless in express written form by Architect, and such requests may only be made during the proscribed period for substitution requests. 1.09 BID DUE DATE: Bid documents are due on August 28, 2001 at 3:00 PM at the City of Pads City Council Chambers. The bid documents must be delivered to the City on or before the deadline. Any documents delivered late will not be opened. Faxed bids will not be accepted. Document 00100 Pa~le 2-3 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 1.10 CONTRACT AWARD: Contracts will be awarded to the lowest bona:fide bidders with verifiable comparable work experience and demonslxated abilities to perform the work as described in the bidders' Description of Methodology. 1.11 PROJECT LENGTH The project is estimated to require 300 working days. A work day is defined as a non-federal or state holiday, Monday through Friday with an 8 hour work period. 1.12 NON-RESPONSIVE BID A bid or proposal is considered non-responsive and may be rejected if: 1. It is late, 2. It is illegible, 3. Bid Form and Contract Breakdown Forms are in a form other than the official forms provided herein, 4. There is reason to believe that collusion exists among the Bidders, 5. It is missing any item or portion of any item described above in Document 00100 items 1.01 through 1.12 or items required in Document 00120 TxDOT Special Provisions. 1.13 The Bidder shall deliver all required bonds to the Owner at the time the Contract is executed. PART 2 - NOT USED PART 3 - NOT USED ** END OF SECTION ** Document 00100 Pa~e 3-3 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation DOCUMENT 00120: SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DOCUMENT 00120: SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Document 00100 - Instructions to Bidders B. Document 00200 - Part A, Bid Form C. Document 00200 - Part B, Bid Breakdown 1.02 The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the bidding requirements referenced above and enclosed herein. Where any provisions of the bidding requirements are modified, supplemented or deleted by these Supplementary Instruction to Bidders, unaltered provisions remain in effect. The Contractor shall complete all forms and meet all requirements contained or referenced within the following supplements: 1. SP 000---001 2. SP 000 - - - 003 3. SP 000 - - - 482 4. SP 000 - - - 1981 5. SP 000 - - - 2458(M) 6. SP 009 - ~ - 062 (M) 7. General Decision TX 010069 8. FHWA 1273 9. Business Ownership Form 10. Insurance Certificate for Building Projects 11. AIA Bond Forms 12. Child Support Statement 1.03 Child Support Order Compliance: All bidders must be capable of complying with the Child Support Order Compliance requirements of the State of Texas: A. Senate Bill No. 84, 73ra Regular Legislative Session, provides that a sole proprietor, partner, majority shareholder, or substantial owner who is delinquent 30 or more days in providing child support under court order or a written repayment agreement may not bid or enter into a state contract. B. For the purpose of this provision, majority shareholder shall be defined as any individual having more percentage of ownership in a finn than any other individual or group of individuals. Substantial ownership shall be defined as any individual having 5 percent or more interest in a firm. Document 00120 Page 1 ~ 2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation C. By signing the Contract, the Contractor, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Texas, certifies that the proprietor, panner, a majority shareholder, or any substantial owner of the firm is not more than thirty or more days delinquent in providing child support. D. The Contractor shall provide immediate written notice to the Owner if at any time it learns that its representation was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. Part 2 - NOT USED Part 3 - NOT USED *** END OF SECTION *** Document 00120 Page 2-2 1993 Specifications SPECIAL PROVISION 000---001 Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246) 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" includes: (i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); (iii) ~sian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North American and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U. S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that plan for those trades which have anions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or 1-6 000---001 3-93 Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing contracts in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the contract is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or any Federal procurement contracting officer. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U. S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation ofthe Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to 2-6 000---001 4-95 community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral Process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs fimded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and Collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with ons ite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female 3-6 000---001 4~95 recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas ora Contractor's work force. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non-segregated except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 4-6 000---001 4-95 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order ifa specific minority group of women is underutilized). 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Oppommity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). 16. In addition to the reporting requirements set forth elsewhere in this contract, the Contractor and the subcontractors holding subcontracts, not including material suppliers, of $10,000 or more, shall submit for every month of July during which work is per-formed, employment 5-6 000---001 4-95 data as contained under Form PR 1391 (Appendix C to 23 CFR, Part 230), and in accordance with the instructions included thereon. 6-6 000---001 4-95 1993 Specifications SPECIAL PROVISION 000---003 Certification of Nondiscrimination in Employment By signing this proposal, the bidder certifies that he has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clause, as required by Executive Orders 10925, 11114, or 11246, or if he has not participated in a previous contract of this type, or if he has had previous contract or subcontracts and has not filed, he will file with the Joint Reporting Committee, the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, a Federal Government contracting or administering agency, or the former President's Committee on Equal Employment Opportunity, all reports due under the applicable filing requirements. Note: The above certification is required by the Equal Employment Opportunity Regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1.7(b)(1)), and must be submitted by bidders and proposed subcontractors only in connection with contracts and subcontracts which are subject to the equal opportunity clause. Contracts and subcontracts which are exempt from the equal opportunity clause are set forth in 41 CFR 60-1.5. (Generally only contracts or subcontracts of $10,000 or under are exempt.) Currently, Standard Form 100 (EEO-l) is the only report required by the Executive Orders or their implementing regulations. Proposed prime contractors and subcontractors who have participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Executive Orders and have not filed the required reports should note that 41 CFR 60-1.7(b)(1) prevents the award of contracts and subcontracts unless such contractor submits a report covering the delinquent period or such other period specified by the Federal Highway Administration or by the Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance, U. S. Department of Labor. 1-1 000---003 3 -93 1993 Specifications SPECIAL PROVISION 000---482 Notice to All Bidders To report bid rigging activities call: 1-800-424-9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) operates the above toll-free "hotline" Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., eastern time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the "hotline" to report such activities. The "hotline" is part of the DOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the DOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected. 1-1 000---482 9-94 1993 Specifications SPECIAL PROVISION 000--1981 Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246) 1. General. In addition to the affirmative action requirements of the Special Provision titled "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" as set forth elsewhere in this proposal, the Bidder's attention is directed to the specific requirements for utilization of minorities and females as set forth below. 2. Goals. a. Goals for minority and female participation are hereby established in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4. b. The goals for minority and female participation expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Goals for minority Goals for female participation in participation in each trade (per- each trade (per- cent) cent) See Table 1 6.9 c. These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the Contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and non-federally involved construction. The Contractor's compliance with thc Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications Special Provision and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority and female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the 1-5 000--1981 9-97 regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. d. A contractor or subcontractor will be considered in compliance with these provisions by participation in the Texas Highway-Heavy Branch, AGC, Statewide Training and Affirmative Action Plan. Provided that each contractor or subcontractor participating in this plan must individually comply with the equal opportunity clause set forth in 41 CFR 60-1.4 and must make a good faith effort to achieve the goals set forth for each participating trade in the plan in which it has employees. The overall good performance of other contractors and subcontractors toward a goal in an approved plan does not excuse any covered contractor's or subcontractor's failure to make good faith efforts to achieve the goals contained in these provisions. Contractors or subcontractors participating in the plan must be able to demonstrate their participation and document their compliance with the provisions of this Plan. 3. Subcontracting. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Department within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation pending concurrence of the Department in the award. The notification shall list the names, address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed. 4. Covered area. As used in this special provision, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the geographical area covered by these goals for female participation is the State of Texas. The geographical area covered by these goals for other minorities are the counties in the State of Texas as indicated in Table 1. 5. Reports. The Contractor is hereby notified that he may be subject to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP) reporting and record keeping requirements as provided for under Executive Order 11246 as amended. OFCCP will provide direct notice to the Contractor as to the specific reporting requirements that he will be expected to fulfill. 2-5 000--1981 9-97 Table 1 Goals for Minority Goals for Minority County Participation County Participation Anderson 22.5 Concho 20.0 Andrews 18.9 Cooke 17.2 Angelina 22.5 Coryell 16.4 Aransas 44.2 Cottie 11.0 Archer 11.0 Crane 18.9 Armstrong 11.0 Crockett 20.0 Atascosa 49.4 Crosby 19.5 Austin 27.4 Culberson 49.0 Bailey 19.5 Dallam 11.0 Bandera 49.4 Dallas 18.2 Bastrop 24.2 Dawson 19.5 Baylor 11.0 Deaf Smith 11.0 Bee 44.2 Delta 17.2 Bell 16.4 Denton 18.2 Bexar 47.8 DeWitt 27.4 Blanco 24.2 Dickens 19.5 Borden 19.5 Dimmit 49.4 Bosque 18.6 Donley 11.0 Bowie 19.7 Duval 44.2 Brazoria 27.3 Eastland 10.9 Brazos 23.7 Ector 15.1 Brewster 49.0 Edwards 49.4 Briscoe 11.0 Ellis 18.2 Brooks 44.2 El Paso 57.8 Brown 10.9 Erath 17.2 Burleson 27.4 Falls 18.6 Bumet 24.2 Fannin 17.2 Caldwell 24.2 Fayette 27.4 Calhoun 27.4 Fisher 10.9 Callahan 11.6 Floyd 19.5 Cameron 71.0 Foard 11.0 Camp 20.2 Fort Bend 27.3 Carson 11.0 Franklin 17.2 Cass 20.2 Freestone 18.6 Castro 11.0 Frio 49.4 Chambers 27.4 Gaines 19.5 Cherokee 22.5 Galveston 28.9 Childress 11.0 Garza 19.5 Clay 12.4 Gillespie 49.4 Cochran 19.5 Glasscock 18.9 Coke 20.0 Goliad 27.4 Coleman 10.9 Gonzales 49.4 Collin 18.2 Gray 11.0 Collingsworth 11.0 Grayson 9.4 Colorado 27.4 Gregg 22.8 Comal 47.8 Grimes 27.4 Comanche 10.9 Guadalupe 47.8 3-5 000--1981 9-97 Goals for Minority Goals for Minority County Participation County Participation Hale 19.5 Lavaca 27.4 Hall 11.0 Lee 24.2 Hamilton 18.6 Leon 27.4 Hansford 11.0 Liberty 27.3 Hardeman 11.0 Limestone 18.6 Hardin 22.6 Lipscomb 11.0 Harris 27.3 Live Oak 44.2 Harrison 22.8 Llano 24.2 Hartley 11.0 Loving 18.9 Haskell 10.9 Lubbock 19.6 Hays 24.1 Lynn 19.5 Hemphill 11.0 Madison 27.4 Henderson 22.5 Marion 22.5 Hidalgo 72.8 Martin 18.9 Hill 18.6 Mason 20.0 Hockley 19.5 Matagorda 27.4 Hood 18.2 Maverick 49.4 Hopkins 17.2 McCulloch 20.0 Houston 22.5 McLennan 20.7 Howard 18.9 McMullen 49.4 Hudspeth 49.0 Medina 49.4 Hunt 17.2 Menard 20.0 Hutchinson 11.0 Midland 19.1 Irion 20.0 Milam 18.6 Jack 17.2 Mills 18.6 Jackson 27.4 Mitchell 10.9 Jasper 22.6 Montague 17.2 Jeff Davis 49.0 Montgomery 27.3 Jefferson 22.6 Moore 11.0 Jim Hogg 49.4 Morris 20.2 Jim Wells 44.2 Motley 19.5 Johnson 18.2 Nacogdoches 22.5 Jones 11.6 Navarro 17.2 Kames 49.4 Newton 22.6 Kaufman 18.2 Nolan 10.9 Kendall 49.4 Nueces 41.7 Kenedy 44.2 Ochiltree 11.0 Kent 10.9 Oldham 11.0 Kerr 49.4 Orange 22.6 Kimble 20.0 Palo Pinto 17.2 King 19.5 Panola 22.5 Kinney 49.4 Parker 18.2 Kleberg 44.2 Parmer t 1.0 Knox 10.9 Pecos 18.9 Lamar 20.2 Polk 27.4 Lamb 19.5 Potter 9.3 Lampasas 18.6 Presidio 49.0 LaSalle 49.4 Rains 17.2 4-5 000--1981 9-97 Goals for Minority Goals for Minority County Participation County Participation Randall 9.3 Webb 87.3 Reagan 20,0 Wharton 27.4 Real 49.4 Wheeler 11.0 Red River 20.2 Wichita 12.4 Reeves 18.9 Wilbarger 11.0 Refugio 44.2 Willacy 72.9 Roberts 11.0 Williamson 24.1 Robertson 27.4 Wilson 49.4 Rockwall 18.2 Winkler 18.9 Runnels 20.0 Wise 18.2 Rusk 22.5 Wood 22.5 Sabine 22.6 Yoakum 19.5 San Augustine 22.5 Young 11.0 San Jacinto 27.4 Zapata 49.4 San Patricio 41.7 Zavala 49.4 San Saba 20.0 Schleicher 20.0 Scurry 10.9 Shackelford 10.9 Shelby 22.5 Sherman 11.0 Smith 23.5 Somervell 17.2 Start 72.9 Stephens 10.9 Sterling 20.0 Stonewall 10.9 Sutton 20.0 Swisher 11.0 Tan'ant 18.2 Taylor 11.6 Terrell 20.0 Terry 19.5 Throckmorton 10.9 Titus 20.2 Tom Green 19.2 Travis 24.1 Trinity 27.4 Tyler 22.6 Upshur 22.5 Upton 18.9 Uvalde 49.4 Val Verde 49.4 Van Zandt 17.2 Victoria 27.4 Walker 27.4 Waller 27.3 Ward 18.9 Washington 27.4 5-5 000--1981 9-97 1993 Specifications SPECIAL PROVISION DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE IN FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION The purpose of this Special Provision is to carry out the U. S. Department of Transportation's (DOT) policy of ensuring nondiscrimination in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts and creating a level playing field on which firms owned and controlled by minority or socially and economically disadvantaged individuals can compete fairly for DOT assisted contracts. If the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goal is greater than zero, Article A, "Disadvantaged Business Enterprise in Federal-Aid Construction", of this Special Provision shall apply to this contract. If there is no DBE goal, Article B, "Race-Neutral DBE Participation", of this Sp.ecial Provision shall apply to this contract. The percentage goal for DBE participation for the work to be performed under this contract is zero (0). ARTICLE A. (Not Applicable) ARTICLE B. Race-Neutral Disadvantage Business Enterprise Participation. It is the policy of the DOT that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) as defined in 49 CRF Part 26 Subpart A, be given the opportunity to compete fairly for contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds and that a maximum feasible portion of the Department's overall DBE goal be met using race-neutral means. Consequently, if them is no DBE goal, the DBE requirements of 49 CFR part 26, apply to this contract as follows: The Contractor will offer DBEs as defined in 49 CFR Part 26, Subpart A, the opportunity to compete fairly for contracts and subcontractors financed in whole or in part with Federal funds. Race-neutral DBE participation on projects with no DBE goal should be reported on Form No. SMS. 4903, "DBE or HUB Monthly Progress Report" and submitted to the Construction Manager. Payments to DBEs reported on Form No. SMS. 4903 are subject to the requirements of Article A, Subarticle 5, "Determination of DBE Participation". The Contractor and any subcontractors shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the award and performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds. These requirements shall be physically included in any subcontract. Failure to carry out the requirements set forth above shall constitute a material broach of this contract and, may result in termination of the contract by the Department or other such remedy as the Department deems appropriate. 1-1 000---2458(M) 12-00 1993 Specifications SPECIAL PROVISION TO ITEM 9 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT For this project, Item 9, "Measurement and Payment", of the Standard Specifications, is hereby amended with respect to the clauses cited below and no other clauses or requirements of this item are waived or changed hereby. Article 9.4. Force Account is supplemented by the following: The prime Contractor will be paid for administrative cost only when extra work, ordered by the Owner, is performed by a subcontractor or a collection of subcontractors. The payment for administrative cost will not exceed five percent (5%) of the total subcontracted extra work. Article 9.5. Partial Payments is voided and replaced by the following: 9.5. Partial Payments. Once each month, the Construction Manager will make an estimate, in writing, of the materials in place, the amount of work performed and the value thereof at the contract prices. In addition to the above, and upon request by the Contractor presented on forms provided by the Owner, an estimate shall be made and included for the invoice cost of acceptable non-perishable materials delivered on the work site or in storage places acceptable to the Owner and which have not been used in the work prior to such estimate. Should the Contractor elect to request payment for materials on hand, the Contractor shall, on a monthly basis, continue to submit a request for materials on hand payment until such time as a zero balance is attained. A zero balance shall be required prior to project completion and final acceptance. A zero balance is hereby defined as a total value of material on hand of $0.00. The Contractor shall obtain Paid Invoices for all materials included in any Request for Materials- on-Hand Payment with 60 days (two estimate cycles). Materials for which the Contractor does not have a Paid Invoice within the prescribed period will no longer be eligible for payment. Partial payments for any material on hand or in acceptable storage shall not exceed the actual cost of the material as established by paid invoice or the bid price, whichever is less. 1-2 009---062(M) 12-00 By submitting a request for material on hand payment, the Contractor expressly authorizes the Owner to audit the Contractor's material on hand records, and/or to perform process reviews of the Contractor's record keeping system. In the event that the Owner determines the Contractor to be in violation of any of the requirements of this provision, the Department reserves the right to exclude payment for any and all materials on hand for the duration of the contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for the retention of all records relating to material on hand payment for a period of three (3) years after project completion. From the total of the amounts so ascertained will be deducted five (5%) percent to be retained until after the completion of the entire work to the satisfaction of the Owner, and the remaining 95 percent of the amount so ascertained will be paid to the Contractor less such amounts as may be required by the contract to be deducted or as otherwise stated herein. Partial estimates showing an amount of work performed since the last preceding estimate of less that $1,000.00 may be withheld until the amount of work performed on a partial estimate is at least $1,000.00 The Contractor shall pay the subcontractor for work performed within ten days after the Contractor receives payment for the work performed by the subcontractor. Also, any retained monies on a subcontractor's work shall be paid to the subcontractor with ten days after satisfactory completion of all the subcontractor's work. Completion of all the subcontractor's work shall include test, maintenance and other similar periods that are the responsibility of the subcontractor. For the purpose for this Item, satisfactory completion shall have been accomplished when: (1) The subcontractor has fulfilled the contract requirements of both the Owner and the subcontract for the subcontracted work, including the submission of all submittals required by the specifications and the Owner and (2) The work done by the subcontractor has been inspected and approved by the Owner and the final quantities of the subcontractor's work have been determined and agreed upon. The inspection and approval of a subcontractors work does not eliminate the Contractor's responsibilities for all the work as defined in Item 7, Article 7.12. "Contractor's Responsibility for Work". The above requirements are also applicable to all sub-tier subcontractors and the above provisions shall be made a part of all subcontract agreements. Failure to comply with any of the above requirements may cause the Owner to withhold all estimates which have or may become due and the Owner may suspend the work until his requests are complied with. 2-2 009---062(M) 12-00 W.,~ I;~,~mm~=~, R.~a'J eva] htr,9 :/.,~ebgnte.a~:;ess_gpo.gc,,v/cgi.bi=/...oc.c~i,? d~w~e~,D~,v,]s. Be~01 ~6! G.~ ~ECiSIC~ 'Z'XOlOO69 07/06/2001 Dace: July ;, 2ool General Decision Number Superseded ~eneral Decision No. TX000069 Scats: T~XAS ~P ~IN RED RI~R ~SS ~ TITUS DELTA ~UiLDING CONS~UCTION PROJECTS (~oes no= include residential cons=~c=ion consistin~ of single family h~es an~ apartments up to ~d including 4 Modificati~ ~er P~lication Date 0~/~/~00~ 2 0~/06/20~1 COUNTY ties): CAMP FRANKLIN KED RIVER CASS LAMAR TITUS DELTA MORRIS ~LEV0021B 12/12/2000 RaCes Frin~e~ ELEVATOR MECT~ANICS 21.955 7.195+a FOOTNOTE: a - Under $ years e~loyment, 6% of ~HR; Over ~ YEARS EMPLOYM~NT 8% OF BHR. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, IndeDen~ence Day, Labur Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanks~ivin~ Day an4 Christmas Day. IRON02630 06/01/2000 Rates Fringes IRONWORKERS: structural (~x¢ludin~ Metal Buildin~ Erection) 16.60 4.05 IRON0591D 06/01/2000 Rates Fringes CAMP, CA~$, MORRIS, RED RIVER, & TITUS COUNTIES IRONWORKERS: StrUctUral, (~x¢ludin~ Metal Euildin~ Erec=~on) 16.~ 4.30 PLUM0100A 0~/01/2001 RaCes Fringes CAMP, DELTA & MORRIS COUNTIES ~LL~4BER$ & PIPEFITTERS (Excludin~ ksn-:l I~0/[0'd 06Z-J. ZiS ,l$~)-"'OJ:l '"e'i,'~:01 [0-8[-Inr A'AIS D~'um~t Rc, t~al htt~'-/,'Yr~veb~le.access,~o.eov/cei-bh~/,,, oc.c~4?dl~nm~e~D~v~- 9~&~lo~id=17(0 ~{VAC Work) 21.65 4.91 * PLUM0237E O7/01/2001 Rate~ Fringes CASS, FRANKLIN, LAMAR, RED RIVER & TITUS COUNTIES PLUMBERS a PIPEFITTERS (Excluding ~'VAC Work) 17.5o 4-40 SUTX1061A 04/01/1990 Rates Fringes ACOUSTICAL CEILING IN~TA~ERS 10.08 BRICKI~%YERS 12.59 CARPENTERS (Excludin~ Drywall Hanging & Acoustical Ceiling Installation) 8.00 CEMENT MABONS 8.80 DRYWALL ~%NGEP~ 12.20 ELECTRICIANS 8.00 GLAZIERS 9.87 -57 IRONWORKEr, Reinforcing 9.21 ~VAC MECHANICS (Including Pipe and Duct work) 7.78 L~BOR~RS: Common (Excluding Blow~ Insulation) 5-59 Mason Tender (IncludinF Brick & cement) 6.62 PAINTZRS, Brush (Excluding Drywall Finiehin~ · Taping) 8-00 POWER EQUIPMENT OP~RATORS: Backhoe 8.00 TRUCK DRIVERS 7.54 W~LD~RS - Receive rate ~reacribed for craft performing operation to which weldin~ is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the soope of the classi£ications listed may be a~de~ after award only as provided in the labor etan~ard~ contract clauses (~9 CF~ 5.5(a) (1) (v)). In the listing above, the "su" designation means ~hat rates listed under that identifier do not re~lect collectively bargained wa~e and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rs=es have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination ~ a survey %mderl¥1~g a wags determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter settin~ forth a position on a wa~e determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and ra~e) ruling ~'~0"'1 EO/ZO'd ogz'I ZL~i lS:)-modd meGV:Oi lO-6l-lnf ~AI$ Do~un'~_,ni Re~ie, val hl~'.//th~b~c,se~sS,llpv.~v/c~i-bin/...o,~.~gi?dbnam~--Da'vis. Ba~on &docid~TXO 100~ On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for surmmaries of sux-veys, should he with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey wa~ conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for Davis-Bacon survey program_ If the response from this initiel contact is no= satisfactory, then the process described in and 3.) should be followed. With regard :o any other mat=er no= yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Eranch Of Construction Wage Determinations. Write Branch of ConstrUction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20~10 2.) If the answer to the ~uestion in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by :he action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (see 19 CFR 9art 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write Wage and Hour A~ministrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Cons=itu:ion Avenue, W. W. washinpton, D. C. 20210 The request should be accompanied by a £ull statement of interested party's position and by any information (wags payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requester considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of =he A~i~istrator is not favorable, an in=erected party may a~eal directly to the ~minietrative Review ~oard (formerly the Wa~e Appeals Board). Write Administrative Review Board U. S. Department of Labor 200 Cons=itu=ion Avenue, N- W. Washington, D. C. 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENEP, AL DECISION P~O-d ~0/~0',~ 08Z-I ZIS .Ls~-moJ:~ we~i,:Oi lO-61-1nl' 1993 Specifications U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration SPECIAL PROVISION Form FHWA-1273 Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts I. General 1 II. Nondiscrimination 2 III. Nonsegregated Facilities 6 IV. Payment of Predetermined Minimum Wage 6 V. Statements and Payrolls 11 VI. Record of Materials, Supplies and Labor 13 VII. Subletting or Assigning the Contract 13 VII1. Safety: Accident Prevention 14 IX. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects 14 X. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act 15 XI. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion 16 XII. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for Lobbying 19 ATTACHMENTS A. Employment Preference for Appalachian Contracts (included in Appalachian contracts only) I. General. 1. These contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the contractor's own organization and with the assistance of workers trader the contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract. 2. Except as otherwise provided for in each section, the contractor shall insert in each subcontract all of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions, and further require their inclusion in any lower tier subcontract or purchase order that may in turn be made. The Required Contract Provisions shall not be incorporated by reference in any case. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with these Required Contract Provisions. 3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions shall be sufficient grounds for termination of the contract. 4. A breach of the following clauses of the Required Contract Provisions may also be grounds for debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5.12: 1-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 Section I, paragraph 2; Section IV, paragraphs 1,2, 3, 4, and 7; Section V, paragraphs 1 and 2a through 2g. 5. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of Section IV (except paragraph 5) and Section V of these Required Contract Provisions shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) as set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the DOL, or the contractor's employees or their representatives. 6. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract, the contractor shall not: a. discriminate against labor from any other State, possession, or territory of the United States, (except for employment preference for Appalachian contracts, when applicable, as specified in Attachment A), or b. employ convict labor for any purpose within the limits of the project unless it is labor performed by convicts who are on parole, supervised release, or probation. II. Nondiscrimination. (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of $10,000 or more.) L Equal Employment Opportunity. Equal employment opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal employment oppommity as set forth under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR 1630 and 41 CFR 60) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project activities under this contract. The Equal Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications set forth under 41 CFR 60-4.3 and the provisions of the American Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) Set forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this contract. In the execution of this contract, the contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO: a. The Contractor will work with the State highway agency (SHA) and the Federal Government in carrying out EEO obligations and in their review of his/her activities under the contract. b. The Contractor will accept as his operating policy the following statement: "It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color or national origin, age or disability. Such action shall include: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship, preapprenticeship, and/or on-the-j ob training." 2. EEO Officer. The Contractor will designate and make known to the SHA contracting officers an EEO Officer who will have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively 2-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 administering and promoting an active contractor program of EEO and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so. 3. Dissemination of Policy. All members of the Contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in such action, will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the Contractor's EEO policy and contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To insure that the above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum: a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start of work and then not less omen than once every six months, at which time the Contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer. b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the Contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with the Contractor. c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor's procedure for locating and hiring minority group employees. d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential employees. e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks or other appropriate means. 4. Recruitment. When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the notation: "An Equal-Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation among minority groups in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived. a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct recruitment through public and private employee-referral sources likely to yield qualified minority- group applicants. To meet this requirement, the Contractor will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority group applicants may be referred to the contractor for employment consideration. b. hi the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, he is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system permits the contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. (The DOL has held that where implementation of such agreements have the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Executive Order 11246, as amended.) 3-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 c. The Contractor will encourage his present employees to refer minority group applicants for employment. Information and procedures with regard to referring minority group applicants will be discussed with employees. 5. Personnel Actions. Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be followed: a. The Contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel. b. The Contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices. c. The Contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons. d. The Contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection with his obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every complainant of all of the avenues of appeal. 6. Training and Promotion. a. The Contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minority group and women employees, and applicants for employment. b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. Where feasible, 25 percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation shall be in their first year of apprenticeship or training. In the event a special provision for training is provided under this contract, this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision. c. The Contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs and entrance requirements for each. d. The Contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of minority group and women employees and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion. 7. Unions. If the Contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the contractor will use his/her best efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase 4-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 opportunities for minority groups and women within the unions, and to effect referrals by such unions of minority and female employees. Actions by the Contractor, either directly or through a contractor's association acting as agent will include the procedures set forth below: a. The Contractor will use best efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed toward qualifying more minority group members and women for membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minority group employees and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment. b. The Contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such unions will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. c. The Contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the SHA and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information, d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the Contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minority group persons and women. (The DOL has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the SHA. 8. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment. The contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religiion, sex, national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers of his/her EEO obligations under this contract. b. Disadvantaged business enterprises (DBE), as defined in 49 CFR 23, shall have equal opportunity to compete for and perform subcontracts which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract. The contractor will use his best efforts to solicit bids from and to utilize DBE subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority group and female representation among their employees. Contractors shall obtain lists of DBE construction firms from SHA personnel. c. The Contractor will use his best efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations. 9. Records and Reports. The Contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three years following completion of the contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of the SHA and the FHWA. 5-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 a. The records kept by the Contractor shall document the following: (1) The number of minority and non-minority group members and women employed in each work classification on the project; (2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to increase employment oppommities for minorities and women; (3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minority and female employees; and (4) The progress and efforts being made in securing the services of DBE subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority and female representation among their employees. b. The contractors will submit an annual report to the SHA each July for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non-minority group employees currently engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported on Form FHWA-1391. If on-the-job training is being required by special provision, the Contractor will be required to collect and report training data. III. Nonsegregated Facilities (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and related subcontracts of $10,000 or more.) a. By submission of this bid, the execution of this contract or subcontract, or the consummation of this material supply agreement or purchase order, as appropriate, the bidder, Federal-aid construction contractor, subcontractor, material supplier, or vendor, as appropriate, certifies that the firm does not maintain or provide for its establishments, and .that the firm does not permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The firm agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EEO provisions of this contract. The firm further certifies that no employee will be denied access to adequate facilities on the basis of sex or disability. b. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive, or are, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, age or disability, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The only exception will be for the disabled when the demands for accessibility override (e.g. disabled parking). c. The contractor agrees that it has obtained or will obtain identical certification from proposed subcontractors or material suppliers prior to award of subcontracts or consummation of mater/al supply agreements of $10,000 or more and that it will retain such certifications in its files. 6-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 IV. Payment of Predetermined Minimum Wage. (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt.) 1. General. a. All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of thc work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account {except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations (29 CFR 3) issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (40 U.S.C. 276c)~ the full amounts of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment. The payment shall be computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor (hereinafter "the wage determination") which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractural relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor or its subcontractors and such laborers and mechanics. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph 2 of this Section IV and the DOL poster (WH-1321) or Form FHWA-1495) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. For the propose of this Section, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section l(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a) on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of Section IV, paragraph 3b, hereof. Also, for the purpose of this Section, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 of this Section IV. b. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein, provided, that thc employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. c. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon Act and related acts contained in 29 CFR 1, 3, and 5 arc herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 2. Classification. a. The SHA contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics employed under the contract, which is not listed in the wage determination, shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. b. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification, wage rate and fringe benefits only when the following criteria have been met: 7-20 Form FI-IWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 (1) the work to be performed by the additional classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; (2) the additional classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; (3) the proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination; and (4) with respect to helpers as defined in Section IV.4c, when such a classification prevails in the area in which the work is performed. c. If the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers and mechanics (if known) to be employed in the additional classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the DOL, Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. d. In the event the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the additional classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. Said Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. e. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraph 2c or 2d of this Section IV shall be paid to all workers performing work in the additional classification from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. 3. Payment of Fringe Benefits. a. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. b. If the contractor or subcontractor, as appropriate, does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he/she may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 8-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 4. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOL) and Helpers). a. Apprentices. (1) Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with DOL, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau o£ Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his/her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State apprenticeship agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for.probationary employment as an apprentice. (2) The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyman-level employees on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate listed in the wage determination £or the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor or subcontractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman-level hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. (3) Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman-level hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not speci£y fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the £ull amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator for the Wage and Hour Division determines that a di£ferent practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. (4) In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, widthdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the comparable work performed by regular employees until an acceptable program is approved. b. Trainees. (1) Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the DOL, Employment and Training Administration. 9-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 (2) The ratio of trainees to joumeyman-level employees on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rote on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. (3) Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for his/her level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the joumeyman-level hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman-level wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices, in which case such trainees shall receive the same fringe benefits as apprentices. (4) In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. c. Helpers. (1) Helpers will be permitted to work on a project if the helper classification is specified on an applicable wage determination or is approved pursuant to the conformance procedure set forth in Section IV.2. Any worker listed on a payroll at a helper wage rate, who is not a helper as defined above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. 5. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOT). Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs which have been certified by the Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal- aid highway construction programs are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs will be established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular program. 6. Withholding. The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from the contractor or subcontractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements which is held by the same prime contractor, as much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to 10-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the SHA contracting officer may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. 7. Overtime Requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers, mechanics, watchmen, or guards (including apprentices and trainees, and helpers described in paragraphs 4 and 5 above) shall require or permit any laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard in any workweek in which he/she is employed on such work, to work in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard receives compensation at a rote not less than one-and-one-half times his/her basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek. 8. Violation. Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages: In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph 7 above, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible thereof shall be liable to the affected employee for his/her unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory). Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph 7, in the sum orS10 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard work week of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph 7. 9. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of any authorized representative of the DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph 8 above. V. Statements and Payrolls. (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or rural collectors, which are exempt.) 1. Compliance with Copeland Regulations (29 CFR Part 3). The contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations of the Secretary of Labor which are herein incorporated by reference. 11-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 2. Payrolls and Payroll Records. a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor and each subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 years from the date of completion of the contract for all laborers, mechanics, apprentices, trainees, watchmen, helpers, and guards working at the site of the work. b. The payroll records shall contain the name, social security number, and address of each such employee; his or her correct classification; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in Section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours worked; deductions made; and actual wages paid. In addition, for Appalachian contracts, the payroll records shall contain a notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside in the labor area as defined in Attachment A, paragraph 1. Whenever the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to Section IV, paragraph 3b, has found that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor and each subcontractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and show the cost anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing benefits. Contractors or subcontractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprentices and trainees, and ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. c. Each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish, each week in which any contract work is performed, to the SI-IA resident engineer a payroll of wages paid each of its employees (including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, described in Section IV, paragraphs 4 and 5 and watchmen and guards engaged on work during the preceding weekly payroll period). The payroll submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of this Section V. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal stock number 029~005-0014- 1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. d. Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his/her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1) that the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of this Section V and that such information is correct and complete; (2) that such laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in the Regulations, 29 CFR 3; 12-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 (3) that each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract, e. The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 2d of this Section V. f. The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor to civil or criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 231. g. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 2b of this Section V available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the SHA, the FHWA, or the DOL, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the SHA, the FHWA, the DOL, or all may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such actions as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. VI. Record of Materials, Supplies and Labor. 1. On all Federal-aid contracts on the National Highway System, except those which provide solely for the installation of protective devices at railroad grade crossings, those which are constructed on a force account or direct labor basis, highway beautification contracts, and contracts for which the total final construction cost for roadway and bridge is less than $1,000,000 (23 CFR Part 635) the contractor shall: a. Become familiar with the list of specific materials and supplies contained in Form FHWA-47, "Statement of Materials and Labor Used by Contractor of Highway Construction Involving Federal Funds," prior to the commencement of work under this contract. b. Maintain a record of the total cost of all materials and supplies purchased for and incorporated in the work, and also of the quantifies of those specific materials and supplies listed on Form FHWA- 47, and in the units shown on Form FHWA-47. c. Furnish, upon the completion of the contract, to the SHA resident engineer on Form FHWA-47 together with the data required in paragraph lb relative to materials and supplies, a final labor summary of all contract work indicating the total hours worked and the total amount earned. 2. At the prime contractor's option, either a single report covering all contract work or separate reports for the contractor and for each subcontract shall be submitted. VII. Subletting or Assigning the Contract. 1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items designated by the State. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items performed may be 13-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 deducted from the total original contract price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the contractor's own organization (23 CFR Part 635). a. "Its own organization" shall be construed to include only workers employed and paid directly by the prime contractor and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or without operators. Such term does not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor, assignee, or agent of the prime contractor. b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting organizations qualified and expected to bid on the contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the overall contract. 2. The contract mount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph 1 of this Section VII is computed includes the cost of material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the contractor under the contract provisions. 3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority to direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations (regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other of its own organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineering services) as the SHA contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the performance of the contract. 4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of except with the written consent of the SHA contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent will be given only after the SHA has assured that each subcontract is evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the prime contract. VIII. Safety: Accident Prevention. 1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR Part 635). The contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or as the SHA contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to protect the life and health of employees on the job and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the contract. 2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract, which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not permit any employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C 333). 3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of contract performance to 14-20 Form FHWA-1273 Rev. 12-93 inspect or investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333). IX. False Statements Concerning ttighway Projects. In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high degree of reliability on statements and representations made by engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal-aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and similar acts, the following notice shall be posted on each Federal-aid highway project (23 CFR Part 635) in one or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the project: Notice to All Personnel Engaged on Federal-Aid Highway Projects 18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows: "Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, or any State or Territory, or whoever, whether a person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, or false report as to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to be used, or the quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performed, or the costs thereof in connection with the submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on any highway or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, false report or false claim with respect to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be performed, or materials furnished or to be fumished, in connection with the construction of any highway or related project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false representation as to material fact in any statement, certificate, or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid Roads Act approved July 1, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and supplemented; Shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both." X. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act. (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of $100,000 or more.) By submission of this bid, or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, Federal-aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated as follows: 15-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 1. That any facility that is or will be utilized in the performance of this contract, unless such contract is exempt under the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq., as amended by Pub. L. 92-604), and under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251, et seq., as amended by Pub. L. 92-500), Executive Order 11738, and regulations in implementation thereof (40 CFR 15) is not listed, on the date of contract award, on the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities pursuant to 40 CFR 15.20. 2. That the firm agrees to comply and remain in compliance with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations and guidelines listed thereunder. 3. That the firm shall promptly notify the SHA of the receipt of any communication from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility that is or will be utilized for the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. 4. That the firm agrees to include or cause to be included the requirements of paragraphs 1 through 4 of this Section X in every nonexempt subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as the government may direct as a means of enforcing such requirements. XI. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion. 1. Instructions for Certification - Primary Covered Transactions: (Applicable to all Federal-aid contracts - 49 CFR 29) a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective primary participant is providing the certification set out below. b. The inability ora person to provide the certification set out below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective primary participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such a person from participation in this transaction. c. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the department or agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective primary participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause of default. d. The prospective primary participant shall provide immediate written notice to the department or agency to whom this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective primary participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of roles implementing Executive Order 12549. You 16-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 may contact the department or agency to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. f. The prospective primary participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this transaction. g. The prospective primary participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," provided by the department or agency entering into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the nonprocurement portion of the "Lists of Parties Excluded From Federal Procurement of Nonprocurement Programs" (Nonprocurement List) which is compiled by the General Services Administration. i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment ora system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information ora participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph f of these instructions, ifa participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion- Primary Covered Transactions 1. The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: a. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; b. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgement rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; 17-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph lb of this certification; and d. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. 2. Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. 2. Instructions for Certification-Lower Tier Covered Transactions. (Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions of $25,000 or more-49 CFR 29) a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier participant is providing the certification set out below. b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "primary covered transaction," "participant," "person," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of roles implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred', suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntaily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated. f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List. 18-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e of these instructions, ifa participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion- Lower Tier Covered Transactions 1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. 2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. XII. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for Lobbying. (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of $100,000 or more-49 CFR 20) 1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee ora Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying", in accordance with its instructions. 19-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. 3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. 20-20 Form FHWA- 1273 Rev. 12-93 CHII,D SUPPORT STATEMENT' Under Section 231.006, Family Code, the vendor Or applicant certifies that the individual or business entity named in this contract, bid, or application is not ineligible to receive the specified grant, loan, or payment and acknowledges that this contract may be terminated and payment may be withheld if this certification is inaccurate. 1-! Contract # Firm/Company Name BU$INES$ 0 ['frNERSHIP Section 231.006, Family Code, requires the Department to collect the names and social securiW number of individuals e~/ng 25% ur mor~ of the business cntiW ~warded thi~ con,ct. I. In th~ sp~ces b~low pl~se previd~ the names and social sceufiW number of individuals o~ing 25% or more of~ business NAME SOC~L SB~ ~ER 2. Please cheek the box below if no individual owns 25% or more of the business. [ I 1'4o individual owns 25% or more of the business. Except as provided by Section 231.302(d), Family Code, a social security number is confidential and mai, be disclosed only for the purpose of responding to a request for information fi:om an agency operating under the provisions of Parts A Ired D to Title IV of the federal Social Se. ourity Act (42 USC Section 601-617 and ~$1- Under section 231.006, Family Code, the Vendor or applicant certifies that the individual or business entity named in this contract, bid, or application is eligible to receive the specified grant, loan, or payment and aoknowledges that~his contract may be terminated and payment may be withheld if this certification is inaccurate. The information must be Provided and returned with the executed contract documents. Failure to furnish this information will result in the contract being declared in default and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty. Signature Date Print Name If this project is a Joint Venture, all parties to the joint venture must provide a completed form. Page 1 of 2 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR BUILDING PROJECTS Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) pdor to the beginning of work, the Conffactar shall obtain the minimum insurance and endomements specified. O~ly the TxDOT cerlJl~cato of insurance fo~n is accep~ble as proof of insurance for department contracts. A~eets should complete the form providing a{I req~asted infer'maVen then either fax o~ mail this form directly to the address tisted on the beck of this fora1. Cop~es of endorsements listed below are not required as atiachments to this certificate. This Certificate of Insurance neither affirmatively nor negatively amends, extends, or alters the coverage afforded by the above insurance policies issued by the named insurance company. Cancellation of the insurance policies shall not be made until THIRTY DAYS AFTER the agent or the insurance company has sent written notice by certified mail to the contractor and the Texas Department of Transportation. Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage: Endorsed with a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of TxDOT. Carrier Name: Carrier Phone #: ] Address: City, State, Zip: Type of Insurance Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Limits of Liability: I Workers' Compensation Not Less Than; Statutory - Texas Comprehensive General Liability Insurance: Endorsed with TxDOT as Additional Insured and with a Waiver of Subro~ ,ation in favor of TxDOT. Carrier Name: Carrier Phone #: Address: City, State, Zip: Type of Insurance: Policy Number: Effective Date: Expiration Date: Limits of Liability: C~rnprehensive General Not Less Than; Uability Insurance Bodily Injury $ 500,000 each occurrence Property Damage $100,000 each occurrence OR $100,000 for aggregate Commercial General OR Liability insurance $ 600,000 combined single limit Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance: Endorsed with TxDOT as Additional Insured and with a Waiver of Subro, ~tion in ~avor of TxDOT. Carrier Name: Carrier Phone #: Address: City, State, Zip: Type of Insurance: Poticy Number: Effective Date: Expiration Date: Limits of Liability: Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance OR Texas Not Less Than: Business Automob{[e Policy $ 250,000 each person Bodily Injury $ 500,000 each occurrence Property Damage $100,000 each occurrence Builder's Risk: Carrier Name: Carrier Phone #: Address: City, State, Zip: Type of Insurance: Policy Number: Effective Date: Exp ration Date: Limits of Liability: 100 % of Contract Amount thsured: StreetJMailing Address: City/State/Zip: Phone Number: Area Code ( THIS IS TO CERTIFY to the Texas Department of Transportation acting on behalf of the State of Texas that the insurance policies named meet all the requirements stipulated and such policies are in full force and effect. If this form is sent by facsimile machine (fax), the sender adopts the document received by TxDOT as a duplicate orfginal and adopts the signature produced by the receiving fax machine as the sender's odginal signature. Authorized Agent name address and zip code Area Code ( ) Authorized Agent's Phone Number Authorized Agent Original Signature Date Page 2 of 2 Texas Department of Transportation BUILDING CERTIFICATE NOTES TO AGENTS: Agents must provide all requested information then either fax or mail this form directly to the address listed below. Pre-printed limits are the minimum required, if higher limits are provided by the policy, strike-through or cross-out the pre-printed limit and enter the higher limit amount. To avoid work suspension, an updated insurance form must reach the address listed below one business day prior to the expiration date. Insurance must be in force in order to perform any work. Binder numbers are not acceptable for policy numbers. This BUILDING certificate of insurance is job specific, coverage on this form will need to remain in effect through out the duration of the job until project is completed. The TxDOT certificate of insurance form is the only acceptable proof of insurance for department contracts. List the contractor's legal company name, including the DBA (doing business as) name as the insured or list both the contractor and staff leasing service as insured when a staff leasing service is providing insurance. Over-stamping and/or over-typing entries on the certificate of insurance are not acceptable if such entries change the provisions of the certificate in any manner. This form may be reproduced. The SIGNATURE of the agent is required. Stamped/typed/printed signatures are not acceptable. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: WORKERS~ COMPENSATION INSURANCE: The contractor is required to have Workers' Compensation Insurance if the contractor has any employees including relatives. The word STATUTORY, under limits of liability, means that the insurer would pay benefits allowed under the Texas Workers' Compensation Law. GROUP HEALTH or ACCIDENT INSURANCE is not an acceptable substitute for Workers' Compensation. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE or COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: If coverages are specified separately, they must be at least these amounts: Bodily Injury $500,000 each occurrence Property Damage $100,000 each occurrence $100,000 for aggregate MANUFACTURERS' or CONTRACTOR LIABILITY INSURANCE is not an acceptable substitute for Comprehensive General Liability Insurance or Commercial General Liability Insurance. COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE or TEXAS BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE POLICY: The coverage amount for a Texas Business Automobile Policy or Comprehensive Automobile Liability may be shown as a minimum of $600,000 Combined Single Limit by a typed or pdnted entry and deletion of the specific amounts listed for Bodily Injury and Property Damage. BASIC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE is not an acceptable substitute for Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance or Texas Business Automobile Policy. MAIL ALL CERTIFICATES TO: Texas Department of Transportation CST - Contract Processing Unit 200 E. Riverside Drive Austin TX 78704 (512) 4t 6-2429 iV), (512) 416-2536 iF) THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A$71 Performance Bond KNOW ALL MEN 8Y THESE PRESENTS: that as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of Dollars (S ), for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated 19 , entered into a contract with Owner for in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. PERFORMANCE BOND s~id Co~lf~c~, lh~n this oblioal,on shall be null ~nd void; otherwise il shall remain ~n ~utl Force and e~ecl. The Surety hereby waives no,ice o~ any aJleralion or defnulls under the conlrac~ or con~facls o( completion extengon o~ ~mme made by the Owner. arranBed under this paragraphl suH'icient ~unds ~o pay lhe Whenever Contractor shaJJ be, and declared by Owner but not exceeding, includin~ o~her costs and damages to be in de(auh under the Contract, the Owner havin~ ~o?which the Surely may be liabJe hereunder, theamou~t performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety set fo?Ih in ~he first paregroph he?eo~. The lerm "balance may prompdy remedy the de{auJt, or shall promptly o( the contract p~ice," as used in th~s p~a~raph, skalJ 1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms mean the lotaJ amoun~ payable by Owner ~o Contractor and conditions, or under the Contract and any amendments l~ereto, Jess ~he amount properly paid by Owner ~o Contractor. 2) Obtain a b~d or bids for completinB the Contract m accordance with ~ts terms and conditions, and upon de- A~y suit under this bond must be instituted termination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, the expiration Of two (2} year~ from the date on which or, if the Owner elects, upon determination by the final payment under the Contract falls due. Owner and the Surew jointly of the lowest responsible No right of action shah accrue on this bond ~o or for Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, adminis- though there should be a default or a succession of trators or successors of the Owner. Signed and sealed this day of 19 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A$71 Labor and Material Payment BOnd KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and, Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit o( claimants as hereinbelow defined, in the amount of for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has by written agreement dated 19 , entered into a contract with Owner for in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. AND , AT£R]AL PAY,' ENT BON I. '~Ow. rN£R[FC~ ~. rN~ COt~OltlOt40~' rills OSU~tC~ JS such chat, if Principal shall pfompdy make payment ~o all claimants as hereina~er defin ed, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use ~n the performance of the Contract. then this obligation shall be void; o[he~ise it shah remain in ~uH torte ~nd effect, subject, however, ;o [he followin] conditions: ~. ,~ c~aimant is defined as one hav/n~ a direct contract made, s[at~n~ with substantial accuracy the amount claimed with the Principal or ,with a Subcontractor of ~he Principa~ and the name oi [he Davy [o whom ~he materials were For labor, ma[eriai, orbo[h, usedorreasonabiyrequiredfor furnished, or for whom the work or tabor was done or use in :he performance o~ the Contract, labor and ma[eriai performed. Such notice shall be se~ed by mailin] the same beln~ construed to include that pa~ o~ water, ]as. power, by registered mail or teK[fled mail, postage prepaid, in an )i~ht, heat, oil ]asoEne. telephone semite or renta~ o~ enveiope addressed to the Principal, Owner or Surety, at equipmen~ directly a~piicabte ~o ~he Cont ac,. any place where an office is regularly maintained for the ~rEnsactfon of business, o~ ~e~ed tn any manner in which ~e~al process may be se~ed in the state in which the 2. The above named Principal and 5ure~y hereby aforesaid project is located, save tha~ such service need no~ joindy and ~everally a~ree with the Owner that eve~/ be made by a public officer. daiman~ as herein defined, who ha~ not been paid within the appropriate mechanic ~ien period as set forth unde~ b) A~e~ the expiration of the dine ped~ ~equired by said Chapter 507 HR5 as amended, alter the da~e on which ~he Chapter 507 ~ollowin~ the date on which Principal ceased [ast o~ such ctaiman~ s work or labor was done or pe~ormed, Work on said Contract, lt bein~ understood, however, that i~ or materials were furnished by such claimant, may sue on any limitation embodied in this bond is prohibited by any this bond for the use oi ~uch claimant, prosecute the suit to law controllin~ the construe[on hereof ~uch ~imitation shall finaijud]men[~or such sum or sums as may be ]usdy due be deemed [o be amended so a~ to be equal to the daimanL and have execution thereon, The Owner shall not minimum period oi limitation pertained by such [a~. be ~iab]e for the payment of any costs or expenses of an~ c) Other than in a state cou~ ot competent jurisdiQlon in such suiL and for ~he coun~ or other political subdivision of ~he state in which the Project, or any pa~ thereof, is ~ituated, or in the 3. No sui~ or action shall be commenced hereunder by United States Distri~ Cou~ for the distri~ in which ~he any claimant: Proje~, o~ any pa~ ~hereof, is situated, and not etsewhere. a) Unless claimant, other ~han one havin~ a dlrec[ contra~ with ~he Principal. shall have ~iven wri~en nodce ~o any ~o 4. The amount o~ this bond shall be reduced by and to o~ ~he ~ollowin~: ~he Principal. ~he Owner, or the Surety the extent o~ any payment or payments m~de in ~d ~ai~h above named within ~he appropriate mechanic lien period hereunder, inclusive o~ the payment by 5ure~ of mechanics' as se~ io~h under Chapter ~07 H RS as amended, after such liens which may be filed oi record a~aJnst said improvemenL daimant did o~ oerformed the last of the work or labor, or whether or not claim for the amount of such ~ien be ~umished ~he [as~ o~ ~he materi~ for which ~ald claim is pre~en~ed under and a]aJnst this bond. Si§ned and sealed this day of 19 (Principal) (T~d¢) Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation City of Paris, Texas July 10, 2001 DOCUMENT 00200 - PART A BID FORM Date: Proposal of:. (hereinafter called "Bidder"), a (corporation) (permership) ( sole proprietorship) (Bidder strike out inapplicable terms) TO: City of Paris (hereinafter called "Owner"). The undersigned, in compliance with your Advertisement for Bids for the TRANSPORTATION ENHANCEMENT PROJECT - REHABILITATION OF THE PARIS DEPOT, submits the following Bid. 1. Base Bid Amount: Bidder proposed to construct this project (TRANSPORTATION ENHANCEMENT PROJECT - REHABILITATION OF THE PARIS DEPOT) for the stipulated sum of: Contract 1 Dollars ($ Dollars Contract 2 ..................................................... ($ Contract 3 ..................................................... Dollars ($ Dollars Contract 4 ..................................................... ($ Contract 5 ..................................................... Dollars ($ Contract 6 ..................................................... Dollars ($ Roofing Work constitutes "Work done by others" and is not part of the scope of work for the above contracts. 2. Addenda: Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: No. Dated No. Dated El Check here if none. 3. Five Percent ( 5% ) Bid Security: A Bid Security in the amount of $ made payable to the CITY OF PARIS is attached, or an optional Bid Bond is attached. STATE OF TEXAS, COUNTY OF LAMAR In the event of the award of a contract to the undersigned, the undersigned will furnish, labor and material payment bonds in the full amount of the Contract Sum, to secure proper compliance with the terms and provisions of the contract, and to insure and guarantee the work until final completion and acceptance, and to guarantee payment of all lawful claims for labor performed and materials furnished in the fulfillment of the contract. The Owner, acting through its Construction Manager, will certify Substantial Completion, Final Completion shall be certified by TxDOT. The undersigned certifies that 1) the prices contained within this Bid have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final, and 2) that he affirms the troth and accuracy of the certifications contained herein and made by signing this Bid, and 3) that the bidder has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the contract for this project. Document 00200- Part A Page 1-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation City of Paris, Texas July 10, 2001 (1) (2) (3] Print Firm Name Print Firm Name Print Firm Name Si/~ature and Title Signature and Title Signature and Title Before me, the undersigned authority a Notary Public on this day personally appeared {1) {3) who, being by me duly sworn, upon oath says: that he is qualified and authorized to make this affidavit for and on behalf of Contractor(s), of_ County ((es), Texas and is fully cognizant of the facts herein set out and affirms to the truth and accuracy of the certifications made herein by the signing the proposal above. (1) (2) (3) Print Firm Name Print Firm Name Print Firm Name Signature Signature Signature Title Title ~itle Address gttdress Address Complete Item 1 for single venture, through Item 2 for double venture, and through Item 3 for triple venture. NOTE: Signatures to comply with provisions of the Instructions to Bidders. Subscribed and sworn to before me by the said (1) this day of 19 , to certify which witness my hand and seal of office. **~t~** Document 00200- Part A Page 2-2 DOCUMENT 00200 - Part B Contract 1 - Bid Breakdown Form This bid form shall be attached to Document 00200, Part A Bid Form, to be considered responsive for Contract 1. 1.. Contract 1 - Concrete & Masonry Spec. Estimated Total Section Quantity Reference 2. Scope of work- Bid items a. Handicap ramps ea, b. Sidewalks - demo and dispose existing s.f. * c. New sidewalks - installation s.f. d. Floor slab caps s.f. * e. Interior & exterior brick restoration & sealing s.f. f. Chimney flue inspection & restoration l.s. g. Chimney eneasement 1.s. Total Bid Amount - Contract 1 · Owner reserves the right to provide/perform this portion of the work. Note: All blanks must show a value or the bid will be considered non-responsive. DOCUMENT 00200 - Part B Contract 2 - Bid Breakdown Form This bid form shall be attached to Documem 00200, Part A Bid Form, to be considered responsive for Contract 2. 1. Contract 2 - Carpentry Spec. Estimated Total Section Quantity Reference 2. Scope of work - Bid items a. Wall fxaming & sheet rock s.f. * b. Wood ceilings - interior s.f. c. Wood ceilings - exterior s.f. * d. Plaster walls s.f. e. Plaster ceilings s.f. f. Door, window, & trim restoration 1.s. * g. Metal ceilings s.f. * h. Casework 1.s. i. Hardware installation 1. s. j. Shelving 1.f. k. Glass & glazing s.f 1. Mirrors ea, m. Signage 1.s n. Fire extinguishers ea o. Insulation 1.s Total Bid Amount - Contract 2 Note: All blanks must show a value or the bid will be considered non-responsive. DOCUMENT 00200 - Part B Contract 3 - Bid Breakdown Form This bid form shall be attached to Document 00200, Part A Bid Form, to be considered responsive for Contract 3 1. Contract 3 - Finishes [ Spec. Estimated Total Section Quantity Reference 2. Scope of work- Bid items a. Carpet s.y. b. VCT s.f. c. Marble ~,f, d. Pa'rating s.f. * e. Stains / Varnishes s.f. f. TerraT?o restoration s.f. * Bid Amount - Contract 3 * Owner reserves the right to provide/perform this portion of the work. Note: All blanks must show a value or the bid will be considered non-responsive. DOCUMENT 00200 - Part B Contract 4 - Bid breakdown Form This bid form shall be attached to Document 00200, Part A Bid Form, to be considered responsive for Contract 4. 1. Contract 4 - Mechanical Spec. Estimated Total Section Quantity Reference 2. Scope of work-Bid items a. Plumbing i.s. b. Toilet accessories 1.s. ** c. HVAC 1. Base ....... Chiller system 1.s. 2. Alternate ....... Split system 1. s. Total Bid Amount - Contract 4 * Per City of Paris codes ** List toilet accessories included: Note: All blanks must show a value or the bid will be considered non-responsive. DOCUMENT 00200 - Part B Contract $ - Bid Breakdown Form This bid form shall be attached to Document 00200, part A Bid Form, to be considered responsive for Contract 5. 1. Contract 5 - Electrical Spec. Estimated Total Section Quantity Reference 2. Scope of work - Bids items a. Power- service & distribution * 1.s. b. Lighting - service & distribution * 1.s. *** c. Fire protection 1.s. d. Communications 1.s. d Bid Amount - Contract 5 · Per City of Paris codes *** Owner will purchase and furnish all lighting fixtures, ceiling fans, and exterior pole lamps, for contractor installation. Note: All blanks must show a value or the bid will be considered non-responsive. DOCUMENT 00200 - Part B Contract 6 - Bid Breakdown Form 1. Contract 6 - Miscellaneous Spec. Estimated Total Section Quantity Reference 2. Scope of work- Bid items a. Handrail restoration l.f. b. Window railing restoration ca, c. Ladder ea. d. Flue hole patches ea. e. Grating s.f. f. Gate & lock ea. g. Bike rack ea. h. Hatch & curb ea. Tc Bid Amount - Contract 6 Note: All blanks must show a value or the bid will be considered non-responsive. Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 DMSION 00 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT 00300: FORM OF AGREEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR: A. The American Institute of.architect's, Document Al01," Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor - Stipulated Sum, 1987 Edition, will be used as the form of agreement between the pax'des. B. Required forms for project Agreement and Execution: 1. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Doc. A201 2. Supplementary Conditions, AIA Doc. A511 3. Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond, AIA Doc. A311 4. Change Order, AIA Doc. G701 5. Application and Certificate for Payment, AIA Doc. G702 & G703 6. Certificate of Substantial Completion, AIA Doc. G704 7. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, AIA Doc. G706 & G706a 8. Others as may be necessary. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED ** END OF SECTION** Document 00300 Page 1-1 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation ©KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 DIVISION 00 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS & CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SECTION 00500 HISTORIC PRESERVATION STANDARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL STANDARDS FOR HISTORIC PRESERVATION PROJECTS: The following standards are derived from the federal Secretary of the Interior Standards for Rehabilitation for historic structures and sites and are applicable to this project and to all work performed in conjunction with its rehabilitation. Every reasonable effort shall be made to provide a compatible use for a property that requires minimal alteration of the building, structure, or site and its environment, or to use a property for its originally intended purpose. B. The distinguishing original qualifies or character of a building, structure, or site and its environment shall not be destroyed. The removal or alteration of any historic material or distinctive Architectural features should be avoided when possible. C. Every reasonable effort shall be made to provide a compatible use for a property that requires minimal alteration of the building, smacture, or site and its environment, or to use a property for its originally intended purpose. D. The distinguishing original qualifies or character of a building, stxucture, or site and its environment shall not be destroyed. The removal or alteration of any historic materials or distinctive Architectural features should be avoided when possible. E. All buildings, structures, and sites shall be recognized as products of their own time. Alterations which have no historical basis and which seek to create an earlier appearance shall be discouraged. F. Changes which may have taken place in the course of time are evidence of the history and development of a building structure, or site and its environment. These changes may have a acquired significance in their own fight, and this significance shall be recognized and respected. G. Distinctive stylistic features or examples of skilled craftsmanship which characterize a building, structure, or site shall be treated with sensitivity. H. Deteriorated Architectural features shall be repaired rather than replaced, wherever possible. In the event replacement is necessary, the new material should match the material be'rog, replaced in composition, design, color, texture, and other qualities. Repair or replacement of missing Architectural features should be based on accurate duplications of features, substantiated by historical, physical, or pictorial evidence rather than on conjectural designs or the availab'flity of different architectural elements from other buildings or stmctores, Document 00500 Page 1-4 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation ©KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 J. The surface cleaning of structures shall be undertaken with the gentlest means possible. Sandblasting and other cleaning methods that will damage the historic building materials shall not be undertaken, K. Every reasonable effort shall be made to protect and preserve archeological resources affected by, or adjacent to, any acquisition, protection, stab'dization, preservation, rehabilitation, restoration or reconstruction project. 1.02 STANDARDS FOR PROTECTION A. Before applying protective measures which are generally of a temporary nature and imply future historic preservation work, an analysis of the actual or anticipated threats to shall be made. B. Protection shall safeguard the physical condition or environment of a property or archeological site from further deterioration or damage caused by weather or other namral, animal, or human intrusions. C. If any historic material or Architectural features are removed, they shall be properly recorded and, if possible, stored for future study or reuse, 1.03 STANDARDS FOR STABILIZATION A. Stabilization shall reestablish the structural stability of a property through the reinforcement of loadbearing members or by arresting material deterioration leading to stxucttlral failure, Stabilization shall also reestablish weather resistant conditions for a property. B. Stabilization shall be accomplished in such a manner that it detracts as little as possible from the property's appearance. When reinforcement is required to reestablish structural stability, such work shall be concealed wherever possible so as not to intrude upon or detract from the aesthetic and historical quality of the property, except where concealment would result in the alteration or destruction of historically significant material or spaces. 1.04 STANDARDS FOR PRESERVATION A. Preservation shall maintain the existing form, integrity, and materials of a building, structure, or site. Substantial reconstruction or restoration of lost features generally is not included in a preservation undertaking. B. Preservation shall include techniques of arresting or retarding the deterioration of a property through a program of ongoing maintenance. 1.05 STANDARDS FOR REHABILITATION A. Contemporary design for alterations and additions to existing properties shall not be discouraged when such alterations and additions do not destroy significant historic, Architectural, or cultural material and such design is compatible with the size, scale, color, material, and character of the property, neighborhood, or environment, B. Wherever possible, new addition or alterations to structures shall be done in such a manner that if such additions or alterations were to be removed in the future, the essential form and integrity of the structure would be unimpaired. Document 00500 Page 2-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation ©KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 1.06 STANDARDS FOR RESTORATION. A. Every reasonable effort shall be made to use a property for its originally intended purpose or to provide a compafiNe use that will require minimum alteration to the property and its environment. B. Reinforcement required for structural stability or the installation of protective or code- required mechanical systems shall be concealed whenever possible so as not to inla'ude on, or deU'act from, the property's aesthetic and historical qualifies, except where concealment would result in the alteration or destruction of historically significant materials or spaces. C. When archeological resources must be disturbed by restoration work, recove~ of archeological material shall be undertaken in conformance with current professional practices. 1.07 STANDARDS FOR RECONSTRUCTION, A. Reconstruction of a part or all of a property shall be undertaken only when such work is essential to reproduce a significant missing feature in a historic district or scene, and when a contemporary design solution is not acceptable. B. Reconstruction of all or part of a historic property shall be appropriate when the reconsU'uction is essential for understanding and interpreting the value of a historic district, or when no other building, s~'ucture, object, or landscape feature with the same associative value has survived and sufficient historical documentation exists to insure an accurate reproduction of the original. C. The reproduction of missing elements accomplished with new materials shall duplicate the composition, design, color, texture, and other visual qualities of the missing element. Reconstruction of missing architectural features shall be based upon accurate duplication of original features substantiated by historical, physical, or pictorial evidence rather than upon conjectural designs or the availability of different Architectural features from other buildings, D. Reconstruction of a building or su'ucture on an original site shall be preceded by a thorough archeological investigation to locate and identify all subsurface features and artifacts. E. Reconstruction shall include measures to preserve any remaining original fabric including foundations, subsurface, and ancillary elements. The reconstruction of missing elements and features shall be done in such a manner that the essential form and integrity of the original surviving features are unimpaired. Document 00500 Page 3-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation ©KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. * * END OF SECTION * * Document 00500 Page 4-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01000 PROCEDURE S & CONTROLS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Project Delivery Methodology: The owner has designated a Construction Manager to act on its behalf with regard to the construction coordination of all prime constructors, sub- prime contractors, and sub-contractors under contract to the Owner for execution of various portions of the Work. Integral to the construction coordination is the coordination of communication and decision making between the Contractors, Owner and Architect by the Construction Manager, hence all communication between contractors and the Owner or Architect must be submitted to the Construction Manager. 1.03 WORK INCLUDED IN CONTRACT: A. All Contractors shall be skilled and experienced in the use and interpretation of plans and specifications, have carefully reviewed the plans and specifications for this project and found them free of ambiguities and sufficient for proposal purposes and construction. Further, he has carefully examined the site of work and, from his own observations, has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the character, quality and quantity of materials, and the difficulties likely to be encountered, and other items which may affect the performance of the work. He has based his proposal solely on these documents and observations and has not relied in any way on any explanation or interpretation, oral or written, from any other source other than the Architect. B. Figured dimensions shall always take precedence over measurements by scale. In any case of discrepancy between the figures, or the figures and scale, the inevitable discrepancies between scaled or figured dimensions and the actual dimensions of existing historic materials and/or building components, or discrepancies between the Drawings Section 01000 Page 1-5 Paris Santo F¢-Ffis¢o Depot RchabilRation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 200! and Project Manual, the matter shall be submitted to the Architect for adjustment prior to the commencement of work. Any work done before such adjustment is made shall, if the Architect so orders, be replaced with work satisfactory to him. Detail drawings will be furnished for such portions of the work the Architect may desire to explain more fully. Contractors may request in writing of the Architect that which he may deem necessary, and such request made a sufficient length of time (minimum seven working days) in advance so as to insure against any delay in the progress of the work. C. The Drawings and Specifications shall be carried out in letter, intent and spirit, and they shall cooperate so that all work of any class covered by this specification, shown in the drawings and not mentioned in this specification, or vice versa, shall be done the same as if both are specified and shown. D. Where work is partly drawn and indicated, or where repetitions of the work are omitted, it shall be understood that the parts not fully shown or repetitions omitted, shall be a continuation of the par~s as drown. All memoranda placed upon drawings shall be finished to correspond with the work as specified. No modification of, or deviation from, the Drawings or Spe~:ifications shall be made except upon written order from the Architect. E. The contract Drawings and Specifications represent the finished work. Contractors shall provide all measures necessary to protect the structure during construction. Such measures shall include but not be limited to bracing, shoring, and loads due to construction equipment. Structure shall also be protected from damage due to water penetration. F. Construction shall comply with the 1994 Southern Building Code, Secretary of the Interior Standards for Rehabilitation, local and state requirements, statutes, ordinances, regulations, laws and codes, including all applicable provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA), Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS), as interpreted by the Architect and Building Official of the City of Paris. (3. All Contractors shall be solely responsible for how the construction work is performed safely in, on or about the job site, methods of performance, and timeliness in the performance of work. All contractors shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Architect, Engineers, Construction Manager, City of Paris and Texas Department of Transportation against such related claims by the Contractor, his sub-contractors, Section 01000 Page 2-.5 Pads Santa Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehabilitation © K[YSTON[ ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 employees, suppliers or others acting under his direction or associated with his work or affected by his work. H. All utilities are to be provided to the building underground as per local codes. Contractor to be responsible for coordination with the respective utility companies and the City of Pads. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits required. I. The Architect or Construction Manager maintains the right to stop work of any Contractor or Sub-Contractor who fails to perform his work properly in conformance with the Project Drawings and Specifications, and/or in a good and workmanlike manner, at any time. Any and all additional costs associated with work stoppage shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. J. The Contractor and all Sub-Contractors shall take all precautions to protect the property from damage by weather. Work shall be completed as soon as possible to make the building watertight. Check weather reports before exposing work and then pursue work with all haste. Provide and install waterproof covers to protect the property from damage as required. 1.04 WORK EXCLUDED FROM CONTRACT: The following items of work will be provided, complete, by the Owner or others, and not as part of this Contract: A. Any work or items noted "N.I.C." (Not in Contract) on the Drawings, Specifications and Addenda, B. Roof Tile Restoration, C. RoofTruss Reinfomement, D. Attic Catwalk Installation, E. Gutters and Downspouts to within 4"-0" +/- of exterior building concrete, F. Site Clean-up, G. Parking Lot Clean-up and Re-striping, Section 01000 Page 3-5 Paris Santa Pc-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 H. Coordination of work of multiple prime contractors or sub-contractors under direct contract to Owner. This work shall be carried out by the Construction Manager, I. This work does not include the removal of lead based paint, asbestos or other hazardous materials. Hazardous materials abatement will be executed by an independent hazardous materials abatement contractor. Contact the Owner for further details. All Contractors, their employees and agents shall make themselves familiar with which materials in the building have been identified as hazardous materials and take appropriate precautions to avoid exposure to these materials. If in the course of work, materials are uncovered which are suspected of containing hazardous materials, Contractor shall report same immediately to Owner. Contact Owner for further details, J. Exterior Wood Restoration & Painting at all donners, K. Termite Control, L. Exterior Soffit, bead board replacement, M. Electrical Fixtures procurement by Owner, including exterior pole lamps (installation shall remain the responsibility of the Contract 5 sub-contractor), N. Site preparation and earthwork, O. Finish Grading P. Ceiling Fan Fixture Procurement by Owner (installation shall remain the responsibility of the Contract 5 sub-contractor), 1.05 OTHER ITEMS EXCLUDED FROM CONTRACT: The following items will be provided, complete, by the Owner or others, and not as part of this Contract: A. Office Trailer B. Telephone C. Fax D. Pot-A-Johns E. Water Source F. Electrical Source Section 01000 Page 4-5 Pads Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED · * END OF SECTION * * Section 01000 Page 5-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KtYSTONI~ ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 01100 SCHEDULES, REPORTS, PAYMENTS SCHEDULES, REPORTS & PAYMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. PROGRESS SCHEDULE: Within twenty (20)daysofdateestablishedforworkto commence, all Conlxactors shall submit to the Construction Manager a comprehensive bar-chart type progress schedule to correspond with the Owner's major event schedule, indicating l~ne bar for each significant category of work to be performedat the site under this conlract. Arrange schedule to indicate required sequencing of category allowing for submittals, inspections and similar time margins. 1.03 PAYMENT REQUEST: A. Prepare fromBid Format breakdown a~eed to at contract signing, a Schedule of Values. The Schedule of Values ts a breakdown of the ConWact Sum corresponding with Payment Request breakdown and progress line items. Submit for final approval not less than ten working days prior to f~rst Payment Request and revise and resubmit each time the schedule is affected by Change Order or other Conslxuction Manager approved value revisions. B. Not less than 10 days prior to initial payment request, submit: 1. Bar Char~ progress schedule. 2. Schedule of Values. C. Subsequent payment requests must include: 1. Signed lien releases from all subcontractors who have performed work for which payment is requested. Signed and notarized lien release from prime contractor(s) who have performed, supervised or con~acted for work for which payment is requested. Lien release forms will be provided by Conslruction Manager. 2. Updated record drawings as specified in Section 01700 Project Completion. D. Submit Payment Request each calendar month utilizing AIA forms G702 and G703, complete and balanced. Payment Requests must include lien releases (form to be provided by Construction Manager) from Contractor and all sub-contractors and materials/equipment suppliers valid for all work performed and materials procured up to and including the date of Payment Request. Use Schedule of Values in the execution of AIA form (}703. Submit four signed copies. E. Al1 Payment Request approvals will be subject to oversight inspections of percentage of S~tion O1100 Page 1-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS 1uly 10, 2001 work completed by Consmaction Manager, Architect, Engineers, the City of Paris and TxDOT. F. Following issuance by Construction Manager of Certificate of Substantial Completion, Contractors may submit Final Payment Request, provided the following has been completed: 1. Submit permits, certificates of inspection and/or occupancy, and other approval and releases by governing authorities, required for Owner's occupancy and use of the project. 2. Submit all product, material and labor warranties and similar documentation. 3. Submit maintenance manuals and provide instructionto operational personnel. 4. Complete final cleaning of work. 5. Completion, submission and Owner's written acceptance of record drawings, as specified in Section 01700 Project Completion. 6. Submit listing of work to be completed before final acceptance. 7. Submit certified copies of legal publication and filing Notice of Completion. 8. Submit lien releases for all work completed to date of submission of Substantial Completion request. G. Following completion of the following requirements, Final Payment Request will be processed: 1. Assurance of completion of work listed as incomplete at issuance of Certificate of Substantial Completion. 2. Settle liens and other clahns. Provide final lien releases for all work completed to date of Final Payment Request. 3. Submit proof of payment on fees, taxes and similar obligations. 4. Transfer operational, access, security and similar provisions to Owner;, and remove temporary facilities, tools and similar items. 5. Obtain consent of surety for final payment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION: NOT USED * * END OF SECTION * * Section O1100 Page 2-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS . July 10, 2001 SECTION 01200 ALLOWANCES SECTION 01200: ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provision of all allowances specified herein or by Addenda. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The amount of each allowance includes: 1. The actual cost of the item paid by the Contractor or subcontractor, less any applicable trade discounts. 2. Delivery to the Project site. 3. Labor required under the allowance, only when labor is specified to be included in the allowance. Otherwise, all labor costs are included to be included in the Contractors' Contract Sum and are not part of the allowance amount. 4. Applicable taxes for products and for labor, when labor is specified to be included in the allowance. 5. Each subcontractor shall be legally recognized under the laws of the State of Texas and carry all applicable insurance and licenses as required by the Owner. B. In addition to, and separate from, the amount of each allowance, include in the Contract Sum the Contractor's costs for: 1. Temporary storage of materials and equipment offsite, or in areas onsite if so designated by the Construction Manager. 2. Handling at the site, including unloading, uncrating, and storage. 3. Protection from elements, damage and Builders Risk Insurance naming the City of Paris as an insured. 4. Labor for installation and finishing, except where labor is specified to be part of the allowance. 5. Other costs required to complete the installation. 6. Contractors' overhead and profit and any local, state or federal taxes related thereto. Section 01200 Page 1-3 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation ~ KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 C. Amount of each allowance: No Allowance Amounts Included at This Time. 1.04 SELECTION OF PRODUCTS UNDER ALLOWANCES A. Architect's Duties: 1. Make selection in consultation with the Owner. Provide final decision designating: a. Product, model and finish. b. Accessories and attachments. c. Supplier and installer if applicable. d. Cost to Contractor, delivered to the site or installed, as applicable. e. Manufacturer's Warranties. 3. Prepare Revision Drawings and/or Specification modifications, if required. 4. Transmit Owner's decision to the Construction Manager. B. Contractor's Duties: 1. Assist Architect and Owner in determining qualified suppliers or installers. 2. Obtain proposals from suppliers and installers and convey to Construction Manager. 3. Make appropriate recommendations for consideration when requested by the Architect or Construction Manager. 4. Notify Construction Manager promptly of: a. Any reasonable objections Contxactor may have against any supplier, or party under consideration for installation. b. Any effect on the Construction Schedule anticipated by selections under consideration. 5. Submit proposal including pricing information as required for changes in the Work. a. Include in the proposal amount any changes properiy documented, in handling costs at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profits and other expenses caused by the selection under the allowance. Section 01200 Page 2-3 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 6. Prepare required Change Orders and submit to Construction Manager. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR PURCHASE, DM.IVERY AND INSTALLATION A. On notification of selection, execute subcontract or purchase agreement with designated subcontractor or supplier. B. Provide and process Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, as required. C. Make all arrangements for delivery. D. Upon delivery, promptly inspect products for damage or defects. E. Submit and process claims for transportation damage. F. Provide temporary offsite storage until Construction Manager authorizes installation. G. Install and finish products in compliance with Specification requirements. 1.06 ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT SUM A. Should the allowance item's net cost be more or less than the specified amount of the allowance, the Contract Sum will be adjusted accordingly by Change Order and reflected on the Schedule of Values. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 01200 Page 3-3 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 01300: SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES SECTION 1300: SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Requirements for submittals are listed in each Section of the Specifications. Make submittals only where specifically required and include all rtata specified, such as: 1. Product literature 2. Shop drawings 3. Samples 4. Certificates of compliance 5. Other data as specified. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Product literature and other submittal data shall permit the Architect to determine which materials, equipment and systems will be accepted in the project and shall consist of brochures, catalog cuts, or other data sufficient to clearly identify subject items, optional features to be utilized, performance characteristic, limitations, capacities, schedules, complete engineering information, physical dimensions, conformance with standards, codes, fire ratings, acoustical ratings, appearance characteristic, installation instructions or recommendations, and any other pertinent data to identify it as either item specified or as equal to that specified. Statements such as "as specified" will not suffice. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop drawings facilitate integration, coordination and progress of the work and are not to be considered Contract Documents. 2. The Architect will review shop drawings for general design requirements only, Section 01300 Page 14 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 3. Variations from Contract Documents so minor as to involve no change in Contract amount may be accepted if Architect determines that acceptance is in the Project's best interest. Do not construe the Architect's review as allowing the following: a. Variation from Contract Documents except as specifically authorized or requested by the Architect. b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for errors in details or dimensions. c. Departures from additional details or insa'uctions previously furnished by the Architect. d. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for integrating and coordinating various trades and separate contracts. 1.04 SAMPLES: A. Samples submitted shall be of sufficient size and authenticity to enable the Architect to physically verify conformance of materials, products, fixtures, or devices with Contract Documents, and to select textures, colors, or other characteristics as stipulated in the Contract Documents. 1. Review of samples will be only for characteristics or uses named in such review and shall not be taken to change or modify any contract requirements except as specifically authorized or requested by the Architect. 2. Samples shall set standards for items or characteristics of which samples are representative and after sample has been reviewed, no fuFther change in brand, make, or quality will be permitted. 1.05 CERTIFICATES: A. Certificates shall certify compliance with published specifications of trade, industry, or governmental organizations or specifications of the Architect and shall attest to the Contractor's compliance with such specifications. B. Where these specifications set standards by referencing published specifications, submittal of ceffification may not be required; however, if inspection or performance at the Project site after delivery and until the Owner's final acceptance creates doubt regarding compliance, the Architect reserves the fight to receive such certification or in event compliance cannot be certified, demand removal of questionable work and its replacement with certifiable work. PART 2 ~ PRODUCTS NOT USED Section 01300 Page 24 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS Suly 10, 2001 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. All submittals shall be checked by contractor(s) for completeness and submitted to Construction Manager for review and disbursement. B. Scheduling: Submittals shall be delivered to Construction Manager not less than 10 working days prior to quantity fabrication, or placement of purchase orders. C. Number and type of copies to be submitted, distributed and returned will be established at the Pre-construction Conference unless specifically noted otherwise. 3.02 PRODUCT LITERATURE: A. Identification: Mark literature with name of Project, Architect's Project number, specification Section number and subparagraph number. B. When literature includes more than one product, or several products proposed for or on this project, clearly identify specific products and their accessories proposed for use with marker pen or other suitable identification. 3.03 SHOP DRAWINGS: A. Identification: Mark drawings with name of project and the Architect's project number, specification section number, drawing detail and sheet number reference where subject of shop drawings is described and shown, and date shop drawing was prepared and/or revised. 1. Where coordination requirements necessitate scope of shop drawing to include more than one item, label shop drawing with specification section number of dominant trade involved. "Dominant" shall be defined as greatest quantity, greatest cost, or principal detail subject of drawing, whichever may be appropriate. B. Contractor's Review: 1. Review shop drawings for conformance with Contract Documents prior to submitting to the Architect and indicate completion of review by affixing the Contractor's stamp. Drawings submitted without the Contractor's stamp will not be considered. 2. Contractor's review requires the determination and verification of: a. All applicable field measurements affecting or affected by the work. b. Field construction criteria. Section 01300 Page 3-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10. 2001 c. Catalog numbers and similar data. d. Conformance with specifications. 3. Where shop drawings vary from requirements of Conwaet Documents as a result of standard shop practice or other reason, point out variation in letter of mmsmittal. D. Handling: Bind shop drawings in sets and accompany with letter of transmittal listing numbers and latest dates of drawings submitted. 3.04 SAMPLES A. Identification: 1. Label samples with name of project, the Architect's project number, supplier's name, Subcontractor's name, generic name of item, manufacturer's name, brand name, and model number. 2. Accompany sample shipments with transmittal letter referencing name of Project, the Architect's Project number, drawing sheet and detail, specification section and paragraph number, and same information with which sample itself is labeled. B. Field Samples and Mock-ups: 1. Erect at the Project site. 2. Size or area: as specified in the respective specifications Section. 3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished. 4. Remove mock-ups at conclusion of work or when approved by Construction Manager. 3.05 CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE: A. Scheduling: Submit concurrently with shop drawings showing work to which certificates apply unless otherwise noted. B. Identification: Mark with name or the Amhitect's project number, specification section number and paragraph numbers to which compliance is required. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 01300 Page 4-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES SECTION 01400: QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES PART ! - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Inspections and tests performed by independent agencies, governing authorities, the Construction Manager and the Contractor(s) as required by the Owner, Architect, Engineers or as specified in Project Manual. Inspection and testing services are intended to determine compliance of the work with requirements specified. Specific quality control requirements are specified in individual specification Sections. 1.03 RESPONSIBILITIES: A. Owner Responsibilities: Except where specifically indicated as being the Contractor's responsibility, quality control services are the Owner's responsibility, including those specified to be performed by an independent agency and not by the Contractor. The Owner shall employ and pay an independent, owner- approved agency, testing laboratory or other qualified fu'm to perform quality control services specified. 1. The Owner will engage and pay for services of an independent agency to perform those inspections and tests that are specified as Owner's responsibilities. B. Retest Responsibility: Where results of inspections or tests do not indicate compliance with Contract requirements, the cost of retesting shall be the Contractor's responsibility. C. Responsibility for Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with independent agencies performing inspections or tests and provide auxiliary services as are reasonable to facilitate testing at no additional cost to Owner, including: 1. Provide access to the work. 2. Assist taking samples. 1.04 COORDINATION: A. The Owner, Contractor and independent test agencies shall coordinate the sequence of their activities. Avoid removing and replacing work to accommodate inspections and tests. The Owner and Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling times for inspections and tests. Section 01400 Page 1-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS OF SERVICE AGENCIES: A. The Owner will engage inspection and test service agencies which are prequalified as complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories. 1. Inspection and test service agencies shall be acceptable to the Owner, Architect and Engineers. 1.06 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit a certified written report of each re-test or similar service to the Construction Manager. B. Further distribution and number of copies shall be as requested at time of submission. 1.07 REPORT DATA: A. Written inspection or test reports shall include: 1. Name of testing agency or test laboratory. 2. Dates and locations of samples, tests or inspections. 3. Names of individuals present. 4. Complete inspection or test data. 5. Test results. 6. Interpretations. 7. Recommendations. 1.08 REPAIR AND PROTECTION: A. Upon completion of inspection or testing repair damaged work and restore finishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED * * END OF SECTION * * Section 01400 Page 2-2 Paris Santa Pe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 01500: TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 ~ GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provision, maintenance, and removal of facilities and controls required to execute work of this Project efficiently and successfully including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Protective measures. 2. Utilities. 3. Construction aids. 4. Barriers. 5. Control of traffic. 6. Nuisances generated by work of construction. 7. Field office 8. Existing Tenant Protection B. Work Included in Other Sections: 1. Provision of Owner furnished products and services, SUMMARY OF WORK Section. 2. Provisions of protective measures described with respect to specific unit of work, specific specification Section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Engineer and Surveyor: Where required for engineering temporary facilities or aiding in construction, Owner shall employ Structural Engineer and/or Surveyor licensed in the State of Texas. B. Temporary Facilities: Adequate for intended use and for loads imposed without excessive settlement, deflection, or deformation. Parts shall be properly supported, wedged, and secured to prevent displacement or failure. C. Regulatory Agency Requirements: Contractors shall comply with applicable regulatory agencies: 1. Permits and Fees: Secure and pay for all permits and fees required for temporary facilities and controls. Section 01500 Page 1-6 Paris Santa Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITiCTS July 10, 2001 2. Temporary facilities shall comply with City, State and County ordinances, building codes, statutes, laws, rules, and regulations relating to same, federal OSHA requirements, and with authorities and insurance companies having jurisdiction. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Access: Maintain free and unimpeded access to and egress from site, as well as to adjacent properties. Provide written and/or graphic plans showing access for owner and construction manager's review. 1. Whenever interference with normal street and sidewalk traffic becomes necessary for proper and convenient performance of the work, and no satisfactory detour route exists, before beginning the interference provide satisfactory detour, temporary bridge, or other proper facilities for traffic to pass around or over interference, and maintain in satisfactory condition as long as interference continues. Vehicular and pedestrian traffic direction must be conducted in accordance with requirements for such by the City of Paris. B. Protection: 1. Carefully maintain existing bench marks, monuments, and other survey control references. 2. Take precaution at all times to protect persons, including the Contractors' employees, subcontractors and their employees, the public and property affected in any way by the Work, especially guard against or eliminate hazardous conditions. Erect a barriers to insure against public access to the site. 3. Protect work and materials from damage due to building operation, from action of weather, from carelessness of other Contractors, from vandalism, and from any other cause until completion and the Owner's acceptance of the work. Install protective coverings as required to protect original and existing materials, components, fixtures and finishes from potential damage from ongoing work. 4. Secure covers for openings into ducts, piping, etc., and covering apparatus, fixtures, and appliances both before and after setting into place to prevent obstruction, breakage or disfigurement. 5. Provide sight, noise and access protection to allow ongoing excursion train functions to proceed unimpeded in a manner acceptable to the Construction Manager and Owner. Perform pre-weekend cleanup every week as necessary to insure continuation of excursion trainfuncfions. Maintain safe, unimpeded access to Job Site Office. Provide for Owner and Construction Manager approval of proposed actions. Section 01500 Page 2-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 C. Maintain Project site, including Job Site Office and construction sheds, in neat and clean condition. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide those required for the provision of temporary facilities and executing controls, including but not limited to: 1. Fully functional Jobsite Office space and equipment including fax machine, job site construction document storage and inspection, record drawing preparation area, small meeting area, etc. B. Provide all protective materials to include, but not limited to, plywood, felt, 3 re_il plastic sheeting, protective building paper, masking materials, etc. as required to protect historic materials and previously completed work from ongoing construction work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 UTILITIES A. Provide utilities of any nature, required for construction or temporary occupancy until completion of the Work. Include arrangements for and payment of charges for excess temporary or permanent piping footage required for installation of utilities by utility companies. B. Provide utility reduction items such as transformers and reducing valves, connections to utility sources, and distribution of utilities. C. Provide ample water supply of satisfactory quality and quantity at convenient points within the Project site for all operations required under this Contract. D. Provide temporary wiring for general lighting of the Work and operation of power equipment. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Surveying: 1. If Contractor deems necessary, employ licensed Surveyor to verify the Owner's site survey, bench marks, and lay out the work. 2. Surveyor shall stake out building site using data furnished on the Owner's site survey and confirm established bench marks. 3. After laying out necessary lines, levels, and parts of the work as shown, or if not shown, after being instructed by the Construction Manager, inform workmen and Subcontractors accordingly. Section 01500 Page 3-6 Paris Santa Fo-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 B. Moisture Control: 1. Perform pumping, trenching, damming, and under-draining necessary to keep building and site free from water during construction. 2. Dispose of water in manner acceptable to local re .gnlations, taking care to insure that no existing water disposal facilities are nnpeded, clogged, damaged or interfered with in any way. 3. Provide temporary watertight enclosures for any and all portions of demolition or restoration work which would otherwise be exposed to the dements. Submit written and/or graphic descriptions of all planned weather protection measures to Construction Manager for approval. Do not commence demolition or restoration work prior to approval of weather protection plans. C. Illumination: When any work is performed at night or where daylight is obscured, Contractors shall provide artificial light sufficient to illuminate the work properly and to permit thorough inspection. D. Shoring and Underpinning: 1. Provide temporary shoring, underpinning or whatever other measures, including their structural engineering by licensed structural engineer, necessary to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structures or property. 2. Determine methods and procedures to be used, construct, and maintain such measures and be fully responsible for both their design and execution to extent of making good damage caused by neglect or failure of these measures. 3. Employ Structural Engineer licensed in Texas to use title "Structural Engineer" and pay costs of engineering design and inspection of shoring, underpinning, scaffolding and such measures as required by local building codes. 4. Take preventative measures and be responsible for preventing overloading portions of structure beyond calculated safe carrying capacities during and after demolition and restoration. 5. Install protective covetings, tapes, coatings, paper, plastic, etc. as required to protect original and existing materials, components, fixtures and finishes from potential damage from ongoing work and as directed by the Construction Manager. 6. Remove, store and protect historic components which may be damaged from ongoing consauction work and'as directed by the Architect. Section 01500 Page 4-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 3.03 BARRIERS A. Constxuct barricades, fences, railings, waterproof covered walks, and similar safety precautions in accordance with industry recognized safety standards. Remove barriers prior to final acceptance and restore surfaces damaged by erection of ban'icades to original condition. B. Project Barricade: 1. Provide project fencing for protection of Project site from within and from without and for protection of the public from construction and its operations. Provide fencing to provide noise and sight protection. Provide description of proposed actions to Construction Manager for approval prior to erection. C. Covers for Openings: Secure covers for openings into ducts, piping, etc. in accordance with industry recognized safety standards. D. Scaffolding: Provide as required for execution of any part of the Work. E. Cranes, Hoists or Chutes: Provide as required for movement of personnel, materials, or equipment. 3.04 SECURITY A. Provide construction period security measures at Project site. B. Provide keying different from permanent keying of locks and include organized, locked, and supervised storage for receiving and dispensing items of Contractors' hardware, stored historic materials and components, etc., throughout construction C. Permanent Keys: Immediately upon r~ipt of permanent keys for whatever purpose, tag or otherwise clearly identify keys according to one Constraction Manager approved key control system and deliver keys to Construction Manager prior to the opportunity of access to keys by parties other than the Owner. 3.05 SPECIAL CONTROLS A. Rubbish and Debris: 1. Dispose of accumulations of rubbish and debris in manner satisfactory to Construction Manager and in accordance with local ordinances and the State Health Department. Recycle all recyclable materials in accordance with local recycling ordinances. 2. No burning will be permitted at the Project site. B. Dust Control: Section 01500 Page 5-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 1. Suppress dust and airborne particulates; confine dirt and dust to consmaction area and prevent contamination and annoyances to adjacent buildings, facilities, and general public. 3.06 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Jobsite Office: 1. Provide Jobsite Office complete with adequate ventilation, fax machine, telephones, electric lights, utility services, and janitorial services for use of Contractor, Construction Manager, Architect, Owner and inspectors throughout construction period. 2. Provide a space for drawing review. B. Miscellaneous Construction Sheds: Provide on construction site as required for protected and secure storage of the Contractors apparatus and materials. Submit proposed location to Construction Manager for approval. 3.07 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide for construction personnel, meeting applicable standards of State Department of Health and the City of Paris: B. Toilet Conveniences: 1. Provide adequate capacity for use of the Contractor(s), subcontractors, their representatives and personnel engaged on the work. 2. For these conveniences, provide portable shelters and water as required. Sinks for hand washing must be provided. 3.08 REMOVAL A. Upon completion of any portion of the work, promptly remove temporary facilities generated by that portion of the work, including surplus materials, equipment, and machinery, and as directed by the ConsWacfion Manager. Upon completion of the Work, completely remove remaining temporary facilities. B. Immediately prior to Final Acceptance inspection, remove all protective tapes, coatings, paper, etc., thoroughly clean building exterior surfaces and clean and polish glass, hardware, aluminum, bronze, stainless steel, tile, plumbing fixtures, partitions, light fixtures, floor coverings, equipment, and similar exposed items to user ready condition. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 01500 Page 6-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 01600 SUBSTITUTIONS SECTION 01600: SUBSTITUTIONS PART ! - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Conditions for making substitutions and procedures for their proposal. B. Definitions: 1. Substitution requests are only allowed where indicated in the individual specification section. The manner of specification shall determine whether a submittal will be considered a substitution to be accepted or rejected according to criteria stated in this Section. Due to the specialized nature of historic restoration and rehabilitation work, the potential for material substitution is extremely limited. Unsolicited substitution requests from Contractor(s) will not be considered. a. Where specification is by manufacturer's trade name or model designation, item which bears different trade name or model designation will be considered a substitution. b. Where specification is by reference to standards of wade, industry, or governmental organizations, item not in compliance with standards referenced will be considered a substitution. c. Item which does not conform with descriptive, performance, or dimensional requirements shown or noted will be considered a substitution. d. Where specification is by combination of descriptive material, reference to standards, performance criteria or manufacturer's wade names and there are discrepancies or conflicts between requirements specified, the Architect reserves the right to consider items a substitution which fails to satisfy one or more requirements of the specification. Contractor(s) who discover such discrepancies should request clarification by addendum during the proposal period. 2. An equal shall qualify as such where material, product, or system proposed as equal conforms with descriptive, performance, or proprietary requirements of the specifications and requirements shown or noted in the drawings. In determining equals, the Architect's judgment shall Section 01600 Page 1-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 be final and he reserves the right to consider unequal any material product or system which, though in conformity with Contract requirements, exhibits features which the Architect deems objectionable even though not specifically disallowed by the Contract Documents. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as required to document acceptability of substitutions proposed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR PROPOSING SUBSTITUTION: A. Proposal to substitute product, material, equipment item or system equal to that specified will be considered for review where one or more products is specified by manufacturer's trade name or other product designation and is qualified by the phrase "or equal". B. Prior to submitting proposal to substitute equal product, material, equipment, or system, the Contractor shall have satisfied himself that both proposed substitution equals or exceeds that specified and shall have informed himself sufficiently of the Architect's requirements to be able to propose substitution in good faith. C. Substitution submittals by Contractor(s) which do not meet the stated standards for substitution consideration will be subject to backcharging of the Contractor(s) by .the Construction Manager for the cost of Construction Manager's and Architect's rewew and handling at their prevailing hourly rotes. Such charges shall be deducted from Contractor's current application for payment. 2.02 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW A. The Construction Manager, acting as the Owner's designated agent for the coordination of construction activities for this Project, shall be the sole judge of whether the Contractor's proposed substitution is complete and correctly prepared prior to its transmission to the Architect and Owner for review in accordance with the following criteria: 1. Whether substitution proposed is allowed by applicable section of the specifications and conforms with description or performance specified. 2. Whether substitution proposed contains sufficient supporting documentation with which to determine acceptability. 3. Whether substitution proposed is submitted in such a timely manner that will not adversely impact the progress of the work. 2.03 THE ARCHITECTS REVIEW Section 01600 Page 2-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 A. The Architect, acting as the Owner's designated agent for design of this Project, shall be the sole judge of whether the Contractor's proposed substitution is equal and shall make his judgment in accordance with the following criteria: 1. Whether substitution proposed conforms with description or performance criteria specified. 2. Whether substitution supports the restoration and rehabilitation goals for the project, according to the Secretary of the Interior Standards for Rehabilitation, as interpreted by the Texas Historical Commission and the Architect. 3. Whether substitution proposed is equal or superior in quality. 4. Whether substitution proposed is comparable in appearance and historic authenticity and/or compatibility, where these are considerations. 5. Whether substitution proposed affords comparable operation, maintenance, and performance. 6. Whether substitution proposed will provide equal or greater longevity and service under conditions of climate and usage. 7. Whether substitution proposed will fit into space allocated without necessitating changes in details and construction of related work. 8. Whether substitution is otherwise in the Owner's interest, offering advantages in cost and time to the Owner. 2.04 DOCUMENTATION A. The Contractor shall support his substitution submittal with sufficient information, test data, certificates, samples, or other means to permit the Architect's making fair, equitable, and informed judgments. B. The burden of proof that substitution is equal or otherwise acceptable shall be upon the Contractor. The Architect may withhold or refuse approval for reason of insufficient documentation. The Architect may also require additional tests and inspections for which cost the Contractor shall be responsible. C. Where agencies such as the State Department of Health, State Fire Council, International Conference of Building Officials, or local Building or Fire Departments exercise jurisdiction over use of specific material or method, the Contractor shall submit certification of their approval of proposed substitution concurrently with substitution submittal. 2.05 TIME LIMITATIONS A. The Contractor shall propose his substitutions in writing to the Construction Manager not later than 30 days after award of Conwact and include complete documentation. Section 01600 Page 34. Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 B. If the Construction Manager or Architect rejects the Contractor's proposed substitution submittal within the above time limit, the Contractor may make only one additional request for substitution within same category and that only within 15 days after the rejection of first request. No further proposals for substitution will be recognized after this final submittal, except under the following conditions: 1. If the Contractor fails to order materials in ample time to avoid delays in construction, the Contractor shall substitute material specifically selected by the Architect at no extra cost to the Owner, or C. Failure of the Contractor to propose substitutions within these time limits will be deemed sufficient cause for denying any further requests for substitutions. 2.06 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACCEPTED SUBSTITUTIONS A. Acceptance of substitutions shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for changes in other parts of the Work occasioned by his substitutions and shall bear their expense. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 01600 Page 4-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 01700 PROJECT COMPLETION SECTION 01700: PROJECT COMPLETION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provisions of this Section apply to the procedural requirements for the actual closcout of the Work, not to administrative matters such as final payment or the change-over of insurance. 1. Closeout requirements relate to both Substantial and Final Completion of the Work; they also apply to individual portions of completed Work as well as the total Work. 2. Specific requirements contained in other Sections have precedence over the general requirements contained in this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROCEDURES AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Prerequisites: Comply with the GENERAL and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS and complete the following before requesting the Construction Manager's and Architect's inspection of the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, for Certification of Substantial Completion. 1. Submit Punch lists(s) showing listing all complete and incomplete work to Construction Manager for review. 2. Submit executed guarantees, warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, inspection certificates, occupancy permits, and similar required documentation for specific units of work to Construction Manager. 3. Submit record documentation, maintenance manuals, tools, spare parts, keys and similar operational items to Constxuction Manager for approval. 4. Complete instruction of Owner's operating personnel, and start-up of systems. Section 01700 Page 1-4 Paris Santa Fe-Prisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 5. Complete final cleaning, and remove temporary facilities and tools. B. Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of Contractor's request for Substantial Completion Inspection and auached submittal documentation, Construction Manager will review for completeness prior to submission to Architect for review and inspection. Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise Construction Manager of prerequisites not fulfilled. If Construction Manager and Architect determine that sufficient work has been completed to justify commencement of Final Completion inspections, Construction Manager and Architect shall agree on date for such initial inspection and Construction Manager shall notify Contractor of such date. Following initial inspection, Architect will either prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion, or advise Construction Manager of work which must be performed prior to issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Results of the completed inspection are to be integrated by the Contractor(s) into the Final Acceptance Punch List. 1. Reinspections caused by inadequate preparation or completion of work by the Contractor backcharged to the Contractor(s) by deducting the cost of re-inspection(s) for Substantial Completion by the Construction Manager and Architect, at their prevailing hourly rates, from Final Payment to the Contractor(s). 3.02 PROCEDURES AT FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Reinspection Procedure: The Construction Manager and Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of the Contractor's notice that, except for those items whose completion has been delayed due to circumstances that are acceptable, the work has been completed, including punch-list items from earlier inspections. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will either recommend Final Acceptance and Final Payment, or will advise the Construction Manager of work not completed or obligations not fulfilled as required for Final Acceptance. 1. Should the Architect perform reinspections due to failure of the Work to Comply with the claim of status of completion by the Contractor: a. Owner will compensate Architect for such additional services at his prevailing hourly rates. b. Owner will backcharge the Contractor(s) by deducting the amount of such compensation from Final Payment to the Contractor(s). 3.03 RECORD DOCUMENTATION A. Record Drawings: Contractor shall prepare and maintain a complete set of reproducible sepia mylar prints of the Contract Drawings and shop drawings for record mark-up purposes throughout the Contract Time for Performance. Contractor shall mark-up these drawings during the course of the Work to show both changes, hidden conditions revealed during construction and the actual installation in sufficient detail to form a complete record for the Owner's purposes. Contractor shall give particular attention to work which will be concealed and difficult to measure at a later dat~, and work which may require servicing or replacement during the life of the project. Contractor(s) and Subcontractors marking prints shall be required to sign and date each mark-up. From reproducible sepia drawings, make four (4) blueline copies bound into Section 01700 Page 2-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 sets with durable paper covers, appropriately labeled. Deliver sepia reproducible set and prims to Construction Manager. Construction Manager will determine adequacy of record drawings as prepared by Contractor. Construction Manager will provide one set to Architect and remaining sets to Owner. B. In-Progress Prints of Record Drawings: 1. Conu~actor shall update record drawings monthly, and no monthly progress payments shall be due from Owner until such updating has been completed and approved in writing by Construction Manager. Contractor shall submit one set of In-Progress prints to Construction Manager with each Application for Payment. C. Photodocumentafion: Owner's Construction Manager shall produce and maintain complete photographic records of project work. 1. Photodocumentation shall include 4x6 color 35mm standard prints and corresponding negatives. 2. Photographic work need not be of professional quality but must yield clear, focused, adequately illuminated images. 3. Photograph all work in progress and as completed, minimum once weekly and more often as necessary to provide thorough documentation of existing pre- restoration conditions, hidden conditions as uncovered, restoration methodology, restoration work in progress, completed portions of the work and final project completion. Give particular attention to work which will be concealed and difficult to photodocument at a later date. 4. Photographs and negatives must be sotled and marked with photograph identification including project rifle, identification of work, and date, and placed in 8 1/2" x 11" format plastic sleeves and compiled in a 3 Ring Project Photo- documentation Binder. 5. Construction Manager shall update Project Photo-documentation Binder not less than monthly, and shall submit copies of photographs to Architect for review. All photo originals and negatives shall remain the property of the Owner. D. Maintenance Manuals: Provide three-ring, vinyl-covered, labeled binders containing required maintenance manuals, properly identified and indexed. Include operating and maintenance insauctions extended to cover emergencies, spare parts, warranties, inspection procedures, diagrams, safety, security, and similar appropriate data for each system or equipment item. Upon completion of the Work, deliver above to Construction Manager for review and approval. 3.04 GENERAL CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Operator Instructions: Require each installer of systems requiting continued operation and maintenance by Owner's operating personnel to provide on-location instruction to Owner's personnel sufficient to ensure safe, secure, efficient, non-failing utilization and operation of systems. B. Final Cleaning: At the time of project close out, clean or re. clean the Work to the condition expected from a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance Section 01700 Page 34 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 program. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting the inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion: 1. Remove non-permanent protection and labels. 2. Polish glass. 3. Clean exposed finishes. 4. Touch-up minor finish damage. 5. Clean or replace mechanical systems filters. 6. Remove debris. 7. Broom and thoroughly mop clean unoccupied spaces. 8. Clean gutters and drains. 9. Sanitize plumbing. 10. Chlorinate domestic water systems. 11. Clean light fixtures and replace burned-out lamps. 12. Sweep and wash paved areas. 13. Police yards and grounds. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 01700 Page 4-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 01800 DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS SECTION 01800: DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in tiffs Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: DEFINITIONS A. Abbreviations, Plural Words: Abbreviations, where not defined in Contract Documents, will be interpreted to mean the normal construction industry terminology, determined by recognized grammatical roles, by TxDOT. Plural words will be interpreted as singul~ and singular words will be interpreted as plural where applicable for context of Contract Documents. B. Approved by Architect: In no case releases Contractor from responsibility to fulfill requirements of Contract Documents. C. Demolish: To remove, in whole or part. Demolition of historical or architectural integrity includes removal of historic architectural materials such as, but not limited to, materials in the following categories: site work, concrete, masonry, metals, carpentry, thermal and moisture protection, doors and windows, finishes, specialties, equipment, furnishings, special construction, conveying systems, mechanical and electrical. D. Directed, Requested, Approved, Accepted, etc.: These terms imply "by Architect", unless otherwise indicated. E. Furnish: Supply and deliver to Project site, unloading, unpacking, storage and readiness for assembly, installation, and similar subsequent requirements. F. In Kind: Material(s) and/or components which are an exact match materially, aesthetically, structurally and methodologically of original existing or historical material. Structural, material or methodological deviations which do not adversely affect the aesthetic and/or historic integrity of the material or componem may be allowed at the Architect's sole discretion. G. Install: Operations at Project site, including unloading, unpacking assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar requirements. H. Installer: Entity (finn or person) engaged to install work by Con~'actor(s), subcontractor or sub-subcontractor. Installers are required to be skilled in work they are engaged to install. I. Integrity: Refers to the physical condition and therefore the capacity of the architectural resource to, convey a sense of time and place or historic identity. Integrity is a quality that applies to location, design, setting, materials, and workmanship. It refers to the clarity of the historic identity possessed by a resource. In terms of architectural Section 01800 Page 14 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTON[ ARCHIT[CTS luly 10, 2001 design, to have "integrity" means that a building still possesses much of its mass, scale, decoration, and so on, of either the period in which it was conceived and built, or the period in which it was adapted to a later style which has validity in its own right as an expression of historical character or development. The question of whether or not a building possesses integrity is largely determined by its degree of alteration. For a building to possess integrity, its principal historic features must be sufficiently intact. A building that is significant because of its historic association(s) must retain sufficient physical integrity to convey such association(s). J. Minimum Requirements: Indicated requirements are for a specific minimum acceptable level of quality/quantity, as recognized in the industry. Actual work must comply (within specified tolerances), or may exceed minimums within reasonable limits. Refer uncertainties to Architect before proceeding. K. Ordinary maintenance and repairs: Work performed on architectural materials which does not cause removal, damage or alteration of that material. L. Overlapping/Conflicting Requirements: Most stringent (generally)requirement included in the Contract Documents is intended and will be enforced, unless specifically detailed drawings or language in the Contract Documents clearly indicates that a less stringent requirement is acceptable. Refer uncertainties to TxDOT for a decision before proceeding. M. Preservation, or Preserve: the act or process of applying measures to sustain the existing form, integrity, and material of a building or stxucture, and the existing form and vegetative cover of a site, It may include initial stabilization work, where necessary, as well as ongoing maintenance Of the historic building materials. N. Project Site: Space available to Contractor at location of Project, to be shared with separate contractors, for performance of the Work. O. Project Manual/Specification Text Format: Imperative language is directed at Contractor(s), unless otherwise noted. P. Provide: Furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use. Q. Protection, or Protect: the act or process of applying measures designed to affect the physical condition of a protlerty by defending or guarding .it from deterioration, loss, or attack, or to cover or shield the Property from dangerous injury, in the case of buildings and structures, such treatment is geuemlly of a temporary nature and anticipates future historic preservation, on treatment; in the case of archeological sites, the protective measure may be temporary or permanent. R. Reconstruction: the act or process of reproducing by new construction the exact form and detail of a vanished building, building component, or object, or a part thereof, as it appeared at a specific period of time. S. Refurbish: To re-utilize the existing material or object for its original purpose. T. Rehabilitation or Rehabilitate: the act or process of retoming a property or component to a state of utility through repair or alteration which makes possible an efficient contemporary use while preserving those portions or features which are significant to its historical, architectural, and cultural value. Section 01800 Page 24 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 U. Reinforce: To strengthen or fortify existing building components by adding supplementary structural membem, i.e. beams, plates, anchors, rods, etc. Reinforcement in exposed areas muse be executed so as to effect the least aesthetic intrusion possible as specified or approved by the Architect. V. Renovate: To alter a building or its components to allow for continued functional use. W. Repair, Repair in Kind: To remedy loss, damage or decay of original or existing building material(s) and components to structurally sound and aesthetically authentic condition by in kind mending, patching, splicing, or other methods as insm~cted by the Architect. X. Replace, Replace in Kind: To remedy loss, damage or decay of original or existing building material(s) and components by provision of in kind replicas of original materials and/or components. Y. Replica, Replicate in Kind, Replication: A newly fabricated in-kind copy. of a damaged building material or components which cannot be restored by repam Z. Restore, restoration: The act or process of accurately recreating the original historic form and details of a building, its material(s) or components by repair, reconstmction and/or replication so as to preserve or recreate its appearance and function as it appeared at a particular period of time. Restoration may include the removal of later work or the replacement of missing earlier work, AA. Salvage: To remove a material or object without any damage to the material or object to allow for storage and future reassembly or reuse. BB. Shown: Shown on drawings by notes, graphics or schedules, or written onto other portions of Contract Documents. Terms such as "indicated", "noted", "scheduled" and "specified" have same meaning as "shown", and are used to assist the reader in locating particular information. CC. Stabilization, or Stabilize: the active process of applying measures designed to re- establish a weather-resistant enclosure and the su'uctural stability of an unsafe or deteriorated property while maintaining the. essential form as it exists at present or as restored to its historical appearance. DD. Standards and Regulations: 1. industry Standards: Applicable standards of construction industry have same force and effect on performance of the work as if copied directly into Contract Documents or bound and published therewith. Standards referenced in Contxact Documents or in governing regulations have precedence over non-referenced standards, insofar as different standards may contain overlapping or conflicting requirements. Comply with standards in effect as of date of Contract Documents, unless otherwise EE. Testing Laboratory: An independent, industry qualified or licensed entity engaged for the .project to pmvide inspections, tests, interpretations, reports and similar services. Section 01800 Page 3-4 Paria Santa Fe-Ftisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 FF. Trade Union Jurisdictions: Maintain current information on jurisdictional matters, regulations, actions and pending actions; administer/ supervise performance of work in a manner which will minimizepossibility of disputes, conflicts, delays, claims or losses. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - PRODUCTS NOT USED * * END OF SECTION * * Section 01800 Page 4-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION SECTION 02050: DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS: A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Provision of demolition work of materials and components to be discarded and dismantlement of materials and components which are to be retained for reuse, as indicated on drawings or as required for integration of new materials. 1. Remove concrete sidewalk/walkway at perimeter of building, 2. Remove all non-historic wood shelving, cabinetr3, and miscellaneous casework, 3. Remove all piping and cap outside wall at 3" above grade, 4. Remove all temporary plywood, 5. Remove all non-repairable plaster and lath on interior walls, 6. Salvage all doors and windows for restoration and reuse, 7. Salvage of existing roofing material is NIC, 8. Removal of all roof substrate materials between file and wood decking is NIC, 9. Remove all electrical conduit, wires, boxes, and service to building. 1.03 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor(s) to examine the project site and determine for himself the existing conditions. All work in this section shall be coordinated with affected work in other Sections. B. Obvious conditions which exist on the site shall be accepted as part of the work, even though they may not be clearly indicated on the drawings and/or described herein, or may vary there from. C. All debris of any kind accumulated from the work of this Section shall be disposed off site. D. Burning of any debris on-site will not be permitted. E. Permits, Notice, Etc.: 1. The Contractor(s) shall procure and pay for all necessary permits or certificates that may be required in connection with this work. 2. The Contractor(s) shall serve proper notice and consult with the Owner's Construction Manager regarding any temporary disconnection of Section 02050 Page 1-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation C KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 electrical or other utility lines in the area which may interfere with the removal work or affect others, and all such lines where necessary shall be properly disconnected or relocated before commencing with the work. F. The City of Pads has conducted an investigation, remediation and abatement program for hazardous materials. All contractors shall contact the City and Conslruction Manager for further information. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Verification of Extent: The general extent of demolition work is shown on drawings, but its specific boundaries and methodology must be verified with the Construction Manager prior to commencing work. B. Protection of Adjacent Work: Employ such methods as are necessary to protect from damage any adjacent materials and finishes or any materials, components or systems which are to be reused. Any damaged materials must be restored in kind by Contractor(s) to original condition at his sole cost. C. After verification of extent of work to be demolished, prepare demolition area: 1. Design and install all temporary bracing as required to insure structural stability of adjacent materials and building as a whole. Design of temporary bracing shall be prepared by licensed structural engineer for live and dead loads anticipated from demolition through completion of construction work. See SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES for additional requirements. 2. Install protective measures for adjacent materials. 3. Insure that all areas are protected from weather, particularly water and moisture intrusion, as well as from do/wall dust and other debris. 3.02. DEMOLITION OF MATERIALS/COMPONENTS TO BE DISCARDED: A. Demolition of materials shall be carried out using methods which will not cause damage or stress to adjacent or othenvise affected materials or building systems which are to be retained. In general, manual methods are preferred to mechanical methods. Any mechanical methods must be approved by the Architect prior to commencement of work. B. Carry out demolition with the utmost care. Do not damage a greater amount of material than is indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Construction Manager. Do not damage adjacent materials. Where demolition of materials to Section 02050 Page 24 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 be discarded will have a del~'nental effect on adjacent or other materials/building systems to be retained, affected material to be retained shall be dismantled in such a manner as to allow for reinstallation. 3.03. DISMANTLEMENT OF MATERIALS/COMPONENTS TO BE RETAINED: A. After verification of extent of dismantlement work, carefully remove material indicated so as to preserve material in its entirety. If dismantling material systems, work shall proceed in an orderly manner and be conducted so as to preserve as much of the entire system as possible. All dismantlement work shall be conducted so as to yield salvaged materials in good condifion suitable for reuse. B. All dismantled materials shall be tagged and logged in list form and list submitted to Construction Manager. Carefully store all salvaged materials in an orderly manner in a protected location or location designated by Construction Manager until reuse. 3.04. C~G: A. All concrete shall be cut with a blade prior to removal, with water applied to control dusting. Over cutting shall not be permitted. Any damage due to over cutting must be repaired by ContractoRs) at his sole cost. 3.05. DUE CARE: A. All work shall be executed in an orderly and careful manner, with due consideration for all materials and items to be reused, and the Contractor(s) shall be strictly responsible for any damages thereto. 3.06. UTILITIES: A. Water facilities shall be available and in operating condition at all times A. Abandoned utility lines shall be sealed and marked. 3.07. EXCAVATION: A. Where excavating is required for the removal of foundations, utilities, etc., the resultant void shall be bacldilled so as to provide positive drainage with respect to the building and site. 3.08. OBSTRUCTIONS: A. Demolish and remove existing paving, piping, drainage, elecUical lines, boxes and other obstructions or encumbrances of any kind or character as indicated on the Drawings within the Contract Zone, unless otherwise directed by Conslruction Manager. 3.09 PROCEDURES A. The Contractor(s) shall provide for safe conduct of the work, careful removal and disposition of materials, protection of property, and coordination with other work in progress. The Contractor(s) shall be responsible for the restoration of any utilities disconnected for his work. 3.10 DUST CONTROL Section 02050 Page 3-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 A. The mount of dust resulting from demolition shall be controlled to prevent the spread of dust and to avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area. Use of water will not be permitted when it will result in, or create, a hazardous or objectionable condition such as damage to adjacent materials, flooding or pollution. 3.11 CONTRACT ZONE LIMITS A. The Contract Zone Limits shall generally be as indicated by the Owner, however, work outside the Zone Limits necessary to complete the project may be allowed if proposed to the Owner and approved by the Owner. 3.12 MAINTAINING TRAFFIC A. The Contractor(s) shall conduct operations with minimum interference to streets, driveways, sidewalks, etc. B. When necessary, the Contractor(s) shall provide, erect and maintain lights, barriers, etc., as required by traffic and safety regulations with special attention to protection of life. 3.13 CLEANUP A. Debris and rubbish shall be removed from the site daily and disposed of off site. Debris and rubbish shall not be allowed to accumulate in the building or on site. Collect all construction generated debris which drifts off-site. Debris shall be removed, transported off-site and disposed of in a City approved collection facility. Clean up any spillage on streets or adjacent areas. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 02050 Page 4-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION & EARTHWORK SECTION 02100: SITE PREPARATION & EARTHWORK PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for excavation, filling, backfrlling, rough and finish grading, exterior trench excavation and backfill for utility lines, and relateditems necessary to complete all work shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein. 1.03 COORDINATION WITH OTHER SECTIONS A. Trenching and backfilling for interior utility lines up to a point five feet outside of building area are specified in Section 15010 - PLUMBING. B. Concrete work, electrical work, mechanical work, are specified in their respective sections. C. Soil poisoning is specified in Section 02281 - SOIL TREATMENT FOR TERMITE CONTROL. 1.04 ORDINANCES AND PERMITS A. The Contractor(s) shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and ordinances and obtain the required permits. 1.05 EXISTING UTILITY LINES A. The existence of active and abandoned underground utility lines within the construction area is not definitively known other than those indicated in their approximate locations on the Drawings. Contractor(s) shall take all precautions and measures to locate lines before excavating. B. Should any unknown line be encountered during excavation, the Contractor(s) shall immediately notify the Construction Manager of such discovery. The Architect shall then investigate and issue instructions for the preservation or disposition of the unknown line. Section 02100 Page 14 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation 0 K[YSTONE AgCHITECTS July 10, 2001 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Asbestos Prohibition: No asbestos containing materials shall be used under this section. The Contractor(s) shall insure that all materials incorporated in the project are asbestos-free. B. Yard fill shall be select on-site or imported material and shall be non-expansive, free from debris, perishable or combustible materials, sod, stones larger than 6-incbes in maximum dimension. C. Structural Fill: New structural fill shall be select on-site material or select imported borrow material. Select on-site material shall be non-expansive material free of boulders, debris, or rocks greater than 3 inches in maximum dimension. The select on-site material shall be approved by the Engineer. Select imported borrow material shall be well-graded, non-expansive material, all free from debris, with a plasticity index less than 20. The material shall have not more than 20 percent soil by weight passing the No. 200 sieve. The P. I. of that portion of soil passing the ~¢0 sieve shall not be greater than ten(10). Submit laboratory test results of select imported borrow material for approval by the Engineer. D. Cushion fill under concrete shall consist of a four inch layer of lightly compacted clean gravel such as #3 Fine gravel, or equivalent, (ASTM Size 67), and compacted to level surface. The gravel shall be rehfively uniform (poorly graded) and relatively free of fines with no more than 2 percent passing the No. 200 sieve. An impermeable membrane shall be provided over the gravel as a vapor barrier. A minimum of 2 inches of clean sand shall be provided between the membrane and the slab to protect the membrane during construction and promote even curing of the slab. E. Imported topsoil shall be fecdle, friable soil of loamy character, free from subsoil, debris, stones and as ai~pwved by the Engineer. Topsoil excavated in connection w/th the construction of the project may be used in lieu thereof. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LAYING OUT A. The laying out of baselines, establishing of grades and staking out the entire work shall be performed by a licensed Surveyor or Civil Engineer (licensed in the State of Texas) at the expense of the .Contractor(s) and Contractor(s) shall be solely responsible for then' accuracy. The Contractor(s) shall erect and maintain substantial batterboards showing construction lines and levels. B. Should any discrepancies or conflicts be discovered in the dimensions given in the Drawings and/or Specifications, the Contractor(s) shall immediately notify the Engineer before proceeding any further with the work, otherwise, he will be held responsible for any costs involved in correction of construction placed due to such discrepancies. 3.02 SITE PREPARATION A. Prior to the start of the grading operations, the areas designated for new construction shall be cleared of all above-ground vegetation and other deleterious materials, which shall Section 02100 Page 24 Pa~s Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O K~YSTONI~ ARCHITECT§ July 10, 2001 be wasted off-site in accordance with all applicable laws and ordinances. The near surface organically contaminated soils shall then be stripped from the site and stockpiled for future use as topsoil. This material shall not be used in engineered fills. Any soft or loose spots encountered during stripping operations shall be removed and the resulting depression shall be backfilled in accordance with these recommendations. B. After clearing and grubbing, the existing ground surface within the walkway areas shall be proof rolled with a heavy consmaction equipment (20 tons, rubber wheeled). In fill areas, the existing surface shall be proof rolled before filling and in cut areas, proof rolled after excavating to finish grade. Soft pockets encountered shall be scarified and re-compacted or removed and replaced with select on-site or borrow soils compacted in thin lifts. 3.03 GRADING A. The Contractor(s) shall at all times control the grading around building areas so that the ground is adequately sloped to preclude the ponding of water adjacent to (within 30' of any building) and beneath the structures and their foundations. Surface water shall also be directed away from slopes. B. Grading work shall be monitored by the Contractor(s) and periodic density tests performed to verify that adequate compaction is consistentiyachieved. C. All compacted pads not scheduled for immediate use shall be protected from long- term erosion. 3.04 EXCAVATION A. Foundation excavations will be inspected by the Engineer prior to the placement of the concrete and steel to verify that the anticipated bearing materials have been encountered. Any soft spots or boulders encountered during the foundation excavation shall be removed and backfilled in accordance with the grading recommendations. Steel reinforcement of the foundations shall be provided as directed by the Project Structural Engineer. B. Blasting as a means of excavation shall not be permitted. Mechanical excavation methods will be limited due to the age of the building and the potential for damage to existing systems and materials. C. Excavated material shall be classified and disposed of as follows: 1. Usable materials such as clayey sand as approved by the Engineer shall be stockpiled (for later use as fill material) in a location shown on Drawings or designated by the Engineer. This material may also be excavated directly to fill at the Contxactor's option. 2. Non-usable material such as adobe, mud and soft material shall become the property of the Contractor(s) and shall be disposed of offsite in conformance with all applicable laws and ordinances. 3.05 FILL AND BACKFILL A. Areas designated to receive fill shall be scarified, moisture conditioned within three percent of the optimum moisture content, and uniformly compacted to a minimum of Section 02100 Page 34 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © K[YSTONE ARCHITECTS luly 10, 2001 95 percent relative compaction as determined by ASTM D155778 for a depth of at least six inches. B. Fill shall be laid in loose lifts eight inches in thickness, moisture conditioned to within three percent of the optimum, and uniformly compacted to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction as determined by the above-referenced test. Fills and backfills within pavement areas shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum dry density within 2 feet of finished subgrade. C. Filling operations shall be performed so as to bring the walkway finished surfaces to the correct slopes as indicated on the Drawings. D. In general, fill and back:f'fll operations shall be carried out as follows: 1. Basement Foundation backfill shall be placed and compacted as specified or as directed by Structural Engineer. 2. Walkway backfill shall be placed and compacted as specified or as directed by S~'ueturai Engineer. 3. Trenching backfills shall be placed and compacted in accordance with the grading recommendations utilizing the appropriate mechanical compactor around and above the pipes. Jetting and ponding of the backfill shall not be allowed. E. The subgrade below the new walkways and ramps shall be maintained in a moist condition prior to slab placement to minimize any potential swelling or the subgrade soils. 3.06 INSUFFICIENT EARTH MATERIALS A. Contractor(s) shall import necessary materials without any additional cost to the Owner for smactural fill or yard fill to complete grading work. Such imported materials shall be subject to approval of Engineer and shall meet requirements as specified for each category of materials. 3.07 TOPSOIL AND FINISH GRADING A. Provision of a uniform 6 inch layer of imported topsoil around building including all areas other than AC paved or concrete slab areas shall be NIC. Topsoil shall be lightly compacted to provide a usable lawn or garden. 3.08 FILL TESTING A. All yard and structural fill, road subgrade and pavement section shall be tested by an independent testing agency and all test results submitted to the Engineer for approval. All cost of testing shall be borne by the Contractor(s). Testing shall be made throughout the area for each 6-inch compacted layer. All test results must be approved before the Contractor(s)can proceed with placing of topsoil, cushion fill, base course or select borrow sub-base course. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 02100 Page 4-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 02260 FINISH GRADING SECTION 02260: FINISH GRADING PART i - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for finish grading onsite so as to yield a quality landscape-ready finish grade of topsoil, blending continuously with the surrounding land and carefully sloped so as to provide positive drainage away from the building and related items necessary to complete all work shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Asbestos Prohibition: No asbestos containing materials shall be used. The contractor shall insure that all materials incorporated in the project are asbestos-free. 2.02 SURFACE MATERIAL A. Imported topsoil or stockpiled topsoil material from grading operation at Conmtctor's option after approval by Engineer may be used for finished grading yard fill PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FINISH GRADING A. Outdoor areas shall be graded to finish grades and contours carefully sloped so as to provide positive drainage away from the building in all areas within 45' of the building(s). B. Top soil finished grading shall not be installed until buildings, walks, and other site work are substantially completed. Rake and spread to finish grade which shall blend continuously with surrounding land and be carefully sloped to drain away from building. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 02260 Page 1-1 Paris Santa Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 02281 TERMITE CONTROL SECTION 02281: TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide soil treatment for termite control at the building and the ground area within 30 feet of the building perimeter as specified herein. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Soil shall be treated against termites by a Pest Control Operator licensed and certified as a commercial applicator by the State of Texas. B. The Contractor shall notify the Construction Manager at least one day before application of chemicals. C. A totalizing meter shall be provided to determine application rates and to indicate more than five feet from the applicator at all times. D. Pumping equipment shall be a type normally used and be capable of pumping the working solution in a manner accepted and practiced by the Pest Control Industry. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit to the Construction Manager for approval, 5 copies of the label for the chemical he proposes to use. 1.05 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall furnish a written warranty in 3 copies to the City of Paris stating: 1. The chemical concentration, rates and method of application complied with these specifications; 2. The effectiveness of the treatment is guaranteed for a period of not less than two (2)years from the date of final application of the treatment; 3. All necessary repairs of damages resulting from subterranean termite infestation within a period of one (1) year from the date of project completion acceptance will be made at the Contractor's own expense up to a total cost of $5,000,000.00. 4. If subterranean termite infestation should occur through the treated area within the two (2) year guarantee period, the soil shall be relxeated to exterminate ail infestation without cost to the Owner as stipulated below. The application rates shall be as given by the label of the chemical being Section 02281 Page 1-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © K[YSTON[ ARCHIT[CT$ July 10, 2001 used. All corrective treatments shailbe performed to at least 10 feet around each visible termite activity. a. Working pressure while applying treating solution shall be held to that which is applicable to and safe under the conditions at the sitebeing treated. b. Drill and treat at a rate consistent with the pesticide label. c. Treat through ail floors, aiong both sides of ail partitions and wails, and all cracks and expansion joints according to label directions. Do not harm, alter or drill through existing materials. d. Drill one hole at each plumbing or utility penetration through ground floor slab and treat according to label instructions. e. Reinstall carpets as applicable/necessary. Installation shall be done by a competent commerciai caxpet installer. f. Replace any finish/finish materiais which are contaminated by spilled chemicais. 5. The above-ground areas infested with subterranean termites shail be treated as appropriate with a proven, effective insecticide to eliminate those termites. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Asbestos Prohibition: Only EPA approved materials shall be used. The Contractor shail insure that all materiais incorporated in the project are EPA approved. B. Chemicals shall be aqueous solutions of Dursban TC, Torpedo, Dragnet, Demon TC or Prevail FT and shall be used in accordance with the labels and provisions related to the use of those pesticides as adopted by the State of Texas and the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION AND RATES A. Whenever possible, the solution shail be applied not more than 24 hours before the pouring of concrete over affected areas. B. The treatment shall be applied to dry materiai whenever possible, but in any case shall not be applied under conditions during which the soil does not readily absorb the solution. C. The solution shall be applied uniformly and at the rates indicated on the label for the chemicai being used. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 02281 Page 2-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 2500 CURBS, RAMPS, GUTTERS AND SIDEWALKS SECTION 2500: CURBS, RAMPS, GUTTERS AND SIDEWALKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide concrete walkways, ramps, curbs and gutters complete as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.03 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and General Requirements of the PROJECT MANUAL, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Public Works standards of the City of Paris, 1994 Southern Building Code, "Texas Accessibility Standards", including all revisions, shall govern all work except for the subsections on Measurement and Payment which shall not be applicable. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Asbestos Prohibition: No asbestos containing materials shall be used under this section. The Contractor shall insure that all materials incorporated in the project are asbestos-free.. B. Materials for concrete curbs, gutters, and walkways shall be formulated to match original concrete walkways in color, texture and finish and shall be formulated in accordance with the standard specifications listed below. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall stake out areas of new walkways with final finish, base course and subgrade clearly marked. All such stakes shall be approved by Architect before work is continued. B. Concrete installation shall be in accordance with the applicable codes, regulations and standards. Section 02500 Page 1-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 C. Color, texture, and finish is to match the original concrete. 3.02 FINAL INSPECTION A. At the time of final inspection of the work performed under the Contract, the work covered by this section shall be complete in every respect and operating as designed. All surplus materials of every character, resulting from the work of this section shall have been removed. Any defects discovered in the work, subsequent to this inspection, shall be corrected prior to final acceptance. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 02500 Page 2-2 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © K[YSTON[ ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 03300 REINFORCED CONCRETE SECTION 03300: REINFORCED CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provision of all formwork for cast-in-place concrete, installation of embedded items, reinforcement for all concrete unless specifically noted otherwise, cast-in-place concrete, foundation repair at basement, new walkways, new curbs, new ramps, new gutters, new concrete floors, tests and inspection. Provision of all labor, material, equipment and appurtenances to complete all concrete work indicated and/or as specified herein. B. LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES: Wherever provisions of the Southern Building Code or the local current ordinances are more stringent than the following specifications and standards, the local codes and ordinances shall govern. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: 5. Analysis: Analyze existing original concrete walk'ways with respect to color, texture, aggregate and finish as required to formulate and install new concrete to match appearance in-k/nd. Determine composition by visual inspection of portion of existing concrete scheduled for demolition by crashing and examining an amount adequate to determine the characteristics of composition. B. Samples: Prepare field samples of walkway concrete for Architect's review of materials, application, texture and color: 1. Field Samples: walkway subcontractor shall prepare sample mock-up(s) of each proposed concrete mixture for sidewalks. Resubmit samples as requested by Architect until acceptable application, color, and texture is achieved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General 1. Cement: Portland Cement shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Portland Cement, ASTM Designation C-150, latest version Type I, or Type III. Up to 20% of cementitious materials may be fly ash from an appwved source for normal weight concrete. Cement used in walkways shall match existing original concrete walkways in color, texture and finish. Color matching may be achieved through the addition of concrete admixture colorants according to manufacturer's specifications. The Section 03300 Page 1-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 colorant admixture intended for use shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before any actual mix is made. 2. Concrete Aggregates: Concrete Aggregates shall conform to the Specifications for Concrete Aggregates, ASTM C-33, latest version. The maximum size for concrete aggregate shall be not larger than 1 _ inches for slxuctural concrete or slabs on grade and _ inches for concrete fill over formed decks, capping slabs or pea gravel finish. Concrete aggregate for walkway slabs shall match aggregate used in existing original walkways in size, color and shape. 3. Water: Water shall be clean, potable and free of injurious amounts of acids, alkalis or organic materials. 4. Ready Mixed Concrete: Ready Mixed Concrete shall conform to ASTM Specifications C-94, latest version. 5. Expansion Joints (if shown). Pre-molded joint filler shall consist of asphalt, vegetable fiber and mineral filler between two sheets of asphalt saturated paper and shall meet the requirements of ASTM Specification D-994, latest version. 6. Admixture. Chemical compounds shall be used as an admixture to con~xol plastic shrinkage, improve workability and enuain 3% to 5% air for normal weight concrete. The admixtures shall contain no chlorides, fluorides or nitrates and shall be formulated by the manufacturer for the job area and weather conditions to control setting time. Admixtures shall conform to ASTM Specification C-260 and C-494, latest version. The admixtures intended for use shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before any actual mix is made. B. Forms 1. Lumber: All lumber and plywood used in the construction of forms for concrete shall be sound, clean and free of surface imperfections, and of sufficient size and thickness to rigidly support the loads involved. 2. Plywood: Form plywood shall be sound and free of surface imperfections, and shall be manufactured with exterior glue suitable for use in forming concrete. 3. Accessories: Form ties, clamps and other accessories shall be of such type, size, etc. as will safely support the loads to be encountered. Accessories on exposed faces shall be such as will not leave exposed metal on concrete face. 4. Form Coating: Equal to A.0. Horn Formfilm or Sonneborn Formsaver. C. Reinforcing Steel 1. Quality Standards. Concrete reinforcement shall meet the following applicable specification with latest versions, ASTM Designations: A-615 Standard Specifications for Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcing. A-82 Standard Specifications for Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. Section 03300 Page 2-6 Pa.r/s Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O K£YSTON[ ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 A-185 Standard Specifications for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Reinforcing Bars. All reinforcing bars shall be defon'neck new billet steel bars, Grade 60 (unless otherwise shown on the plans), free of loose rust or mill scale, having no kinks or bends not shown on the drawings. All bars shall be cut to size and fabricated as per slructoral drawings and delivered to the job site properly tagged and identified. Reinforcing bars shall be fabricated in accordance with the standards of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, ACI 315, and ACI 318, latest version. 3. Wire Mesh: Wire mesh shall be standard, smooth, welded wire fabric of the gauges and spacing shown on the plans, and conforming to the ASTM Standards noted above. Mesh shall be free of loose mst, scale, off, hardened concrete or other substance which might decrease bond. 4. Tie Wire. No. 18 gauge soft annealed black wire. D. Miscellaneous Items: See drawings for miscellaneous angles, plates, etc. required. It is not the intention of the Specification to enumerate all the individual items of miscellaneous metal items required. The Contractor(s) shall carefully examine the drawings and shall furnish all materials required to carry out the evident intent of the Drawings in a proper manner and according to best current practice. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Forms: 1. The Contractor shall employ an experienced surveyor to supply all necessary lines and levels to insure that all finished concrete work is properly located, slraight, txu¢, square and sloped not less than 1/8" per foot as necessary to provide positive drainage away from entire building perimeter. 2. AH vertical concrete surfaces shall be formed with wood, including edges of walk.~, slabs on grade, steps on grade and exposed portions of grade beams. If the earth will stand reasonably vertical and firm during excavating and concrete pouting, no forms need be constructed for concrete below grade. 3. Form construction and removal shall conform to the recommendations and requirements of appropriate sections A(2I Standard 347 and ACI Code 318, latest version. AH form work shall be placed straight, level, plumb and tree to line, sufficiently supported, braced and tied to rigidly support the loads involved without movement, and constructed to maximize resistance to shortening of the member. AH joints in form work shall be tight and neat to prevent leakage or irregularities in the exposed surface. 4. The Contractor shall check with all other trades and make certain that all piping, conduit, sockets, insects, sleeves, anchors, bolts, etc., required by the various trades are properly placed and supported to prevent movement during placement of concrete. Section 03300 Page 3-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © K[YSTON[ ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 5. The Contractor shall obtain the Architect's and the Engineer's inspection and approval before placing any structural concrete, giving at least 36 hours notice before pours are scheduled. Obtain the Architect's approval before pouring non-structural concrete. 6. The Contractor shall construct formwork to adequately support pressure from the wet concrete. Reinforcing shall be installed to the Engineer's satisfaction before placing concrete. 7. Thoroughly clean all form surfaces in contact with concrete and coat with approved form coating. Oiled forms shall not be used for exposed concrete surfaces which are later to be plastered or robbed. 8. Leave all formwork in place for a time consistent with the recommendations of the American Concrete Institute. In general, the perimeter vertical beam forms may be removed within 2448 hours after concrete is placed. Should inconsistencies and/or irregularities in the lines, levels or plumb of the concrete occur, the Contractor shall make such corrections as the Engineer directs, without extra cost to the Owner. B. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Reinforcing bars. a. Reinforcement shall be placed in the exact locations shown on the plans. It shall in general, be spaced and supported in the forms with bar supports as specified by the CRSI in its Code of Standard Practice or the ACI's Detailing Manual, spacexl to conformity with such codes, and shall be wired together at intersections so that it will be securely and accurately held in place during the placing of concrete. The fa'st bar in slab steel shall be at 2 inches from outside form, unless otherwise shown. b. Suitable spacers, chairs and/or blocks shall be provided to hold the reinforcing steel in place during the placing of concrete. Bars shall be protected from mst and damage. Comer bars shall be used top and bottom at all outside comers and as indicated on the plans. Comer bars to be equal in size to larger of intersecting bars, unless otherwise shown. Bars shall be spliced 30 diameters or a minimum of 20 inches. c. Oily or greasy bars shall not be used, nor shall any bar which for any reason may not properly bond with the concrete. d. Bars shall be placed to provide 2 inches cover over the outside layers of bars, except that 3 inches shall be provided for bottom bars in earth. Cover shall be I-1/2 inches over bars placed in interior slabs. 2. Wire mesh. Wire mesh if called for shall be placed flat in the forms without kinks, shall be lapped six inches on each edge, and shall be tied at the laps at intervals not to exceed two feet. Wire mesh shall be positioned in the slab with suitable blocks or spacers and its position in the slab shall be carefully checked as concrete placing progresses. Tuck ends of welded wire mesh well down into edge of beam or wall. Do not leave unreinforced border strips. Section 03300 Page 4-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 C. Mixing: 1. Prior to the placing of any concrete at the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval design mix formulas for the proposed mix which shall clearly state the proportions by weight and volume of each ingredient along with materials test results and air, slump and strength test results. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the concrete strengths as called for below. 2. Concrete for this work shall be designed for a compressive strength at 28 days of 3000 psi unless noted otherwise on plans, shall have a water cement ratio of not more than seven gallons of water per sack of cement, shall have entrained air of 3% - 5%, and shall have a slump of not more than six inches, except as approved by the Engineer, who may vary the slump for a more workable mix. Water reducing admixtures may permit greater initial slumps upon specific approval by Engineer. 3. Mixing shall be done in mixers of appr..oved design, opera.ting at th.e,manufac .ma'erls recommended speed and capacity. M~xers shall be eqmpped w~m automauc ttrne locks and water proportioning devices. Mixing time shall be not less than 10 minutes for mixers less than 27 cu. ft. capacity. Transit mixers shall mix the batch at least l0 minutes after the addition of water. Mix shall be mixed for a longer period of time if the mix shows signs of segregation, non-uniform consistency or early excess surface moisture. 4. Batching shall be done by weight using approved scales and devices. All weighing and measurements shall be capable of producing aggregate quantifies accurate to within 2% and cement to within 0.5%. Generally follow the recommendations of ACI 211, latest version. D. Placing: 1. Formwork shall be completed; excess water shall be removed; reinforcement shall be secured in place; expansion joint material, anchors, and other embedded items shall be positioned; and the entire preparation shall be reviewed by the Architect and the Engineer before placing concrete. 2. Concrete shall be placed in its final position as soon as possible after mixing and must be placed within two hours after water has been added to the dry materials. It should be placed in one continuous operation from construction joim to consu'uction joint. Do not permit more than 45 minutes to elapse before continuing placement against any fresh concrete that is not a construction joint. 3. In general it should not be necessary to add water to a properly designed and hatched mix. When necessary, minor adjustments may be made at the job, but care must be taken to prevent overwening the mix. In no case will retempering of concrete be allowed. 4. In placing, concrete shall not be allowed to drop a distance of more than six feet through free space except as noted for bored foundation piers or filled pipe piles. Internal ~~l~ltlal~, but should not be overdone. Care should be taken to keep the vibrators off the reinforcing steel, and to avoid segregation of the mix ingredients. 6. Concrete shall be placed in layers along beams and shall be well worked and vibrated into all comers and around all reinforcing steel. Concrete for slabs shall be Section 03300 Page 5-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS Suly I0, 2001 deposited near its intended position and shall not be made to run or flow into place. Con~te sha~ be worked and tamped in, to obtain a dense and uniform mass. 6. No concrete shall be placed or finished when the temperature is 40° F. and falling, without the permission of the Engineer. Concrete, after placement, shall be protected from freezing for a period of four curing days after it has been placed. Curing days shall mean days during which the temperature is above 40° for a period of twelve hours. In case of drops in temperature below 32° F. the Contractor shall use cove~s, flares, heaters and/or other devices and shall maintain such protection on a twenty- four hour basis until the expiration of four curing days. Concrete which is allowed to freeze and become damaged as indicat~l by discoloration, disruption or failure to develop its proper strength shall be removed and replaced by this Contractor at his expense. Comply with ACI 305 & 306. E. Finish of Slabs: 1. The concrete shall be raked into place and thoroughly compacted by a vibrator and with a grill tamp. The surface shall be slruck off at the floor level by means of previously set screeds. 2. All expansion joints shall be well and accurately tooled to match appearance of existing historic sidewalk joints. The expansion joint material shall be cut back a minimum of 1/2" below concrete surface. 3. Walkway concrete shall be finished to match original existing slabs in color. .and texture, unless such coloration has been previously achieved during concrete nmang by colorant admixtures. * * END OF SECTION * * S~ction 03300 Page 6-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frlsco Depot Rehabilitation © K~YSTONE ARCHITECTS ~uly 10, 2001 SECTION 04200 MASONRY RESTORATION SECTION 04200: MASONRY RESTORATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to ail work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provision of all masonry restoration work including brick replacement, repointing of deteriorated masonry joints, and dry brush removal of post-construction efflorescence or "bloom." B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to work of this Section, as follows: I. Standard Building Code, 1994, Chapter 24, as amended by the City of Paris Texas. 1.03 TESTING & ANALYSIS: A. Anaiysis: Results of analysis and testing of brick and mortar to determine materiai composition and formulate mortar mix design is included in Appendix A of this Project Manual. 1.04 SD'BM/TI'ALS: A. Samples: Prepare field samples for Architect's review of materiais, application, texture and color: 1. Prepare 2' x 2' Mock-up panels of brick replacement and masonry repointing for Architects and Owner's approvai. Mock-up shail be separate from the building - do not use the building for the Mock-up. Resubmit samples as requested by Architect until acceptable application, color, and texture is achieved. 2. The mock-up process is required in order to achieve an aestheticaily and functionaily compatible mortar and brick repair color match and installation methodology. This process is expected to require considerable trial and Section 04200 Page 1-6 Pads Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS Suly 10, 2001 error in the way of preparation o'f multiple field samples and test patches. Contractor shall allot adequate time and resources to conduct this work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Replacement Brick: Contractor shall procure replacement brick to match existing historic brick, as manufactured by: Whittaker-Greer, 9" pink dry-press, fired brick. Supplier: Austin Brick Company PO Box 141156 Austin, Texas 78714-1156 1-800-796-7707 B. Mortar: I. Mortar shall be custom, field batch-mixed mixtures. It may be necessary to combine sand from several different sources to achieve a good match. The final effect of the sand on the overall appearance of the replacement mortar is significant and should not be underestimated. Use only natural river or beach sand(s) as specified. 2. Provide materials as indicated for mortar mix formula: a. Interior Mortar 1-1/2 parts Hydrated Lime, .4STM C-207, Type S. 1/2 part Portland Cement $-1/2 parts Finely graded siliceous natural sa_nd, composed of quartz, quartzite and feldspar, grain slzels) to match exlsttng original, salt free, conforming to ASTM C- 144 DemlneraltTed water, mount as required to achieve soft, yet workable mix. Section 04200 Page 2-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 b. Exterior Mortar 1-1/2 pa~ts Hydrated Lime, ASTlVl C-207, Type S. 1/2 part Portland Cement, color to match existing red-brown 2-1/2 to Finely graded siliceous natural sand, 3 parts composed of quartz, color(s) and gram slze(s) to match existing original, salt free, conforming to ASTM C-144 variable Deminer~ltved water, amount as required to achieve soft, yet workable mlx. 3. Mix only as much mortar as may be readily used prior to preliminary set. No mortar shall be re-tempered. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Prior to commencing work, identify and confirm with Construction Manager the correction of all sources of water intrusion currently causing brick and mortar deterioration including: leaking roof or gutters, leaking downspouts, short downspouts which terminate less than 2'-0" from building, damaged or missing flashings, differential settlement of the building, rising damp, and negative site drainage. Failure to correct these causes of masonry deterioration will result in continued damage to the masonry and wasted effort. Any rework made necessary by Contractors' failure to confirm correction of all water intrusion prior to commencing work shall be carried out at contractor's sole expense. B. Identify which areas of the masonry require repoinfing. Verify these areas with Architect. Do not repoint more than is necessary. C. Determine areas which require brick replacement. Areas of missing brick are indicated on Drawings. Exercise constraint when determining whether or not damaged bricks require replacement. Limit replacement of damaged brick to those units which are badly cracked or spelled. Bricks which exhibit minor chips or surface crocks shall not be replaced. D. Joint Preparation: Remove old mortar to a minimum depth of 2 I/2 times the width of the joint to ensure an adequate bond and to prevent mortar "popouts." For most Section 04200 Page 3-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 brick joints, this will require removal of the mortar to a depth of approximately 1/2" to 1". Any loose or disintegrated mortar that lies beyond this minimum depth should also be removed. E. The use of power tools such as saws with carbide blades or impact hammers for the removal of mortar is expressly forbidden. Only hand-held, hand-powered tools will be provisionally allowed, and contractor must demonstrate considerable skill in execution so that surrounding bricks will not be damaged by mortar removal process. Remove mortar using great care. Do not gouge or cut bricks. F. Mortar should be removed cleanly from the bricks, leaving square corners at the back of the cut. Before filling, the joints should be rinsed with a jet of water to remove all loose particles and dust. At the time of filling, the joints and adjacent bricks should be damp but with no standing water present. H. Mortar Preparation: 1. Recheck all mortar mix materials prior to mixing. Thoroughly wash sand till free of salt and other impurities. Mortar should be mixed carefully to obtain uniformity of visual and physical characteristics. 2. Dry ingredients should be measured by volume and thoroughly mixed before the addition of any water. Half the water should be added, followed by mixing for approximately 5 minutes. The remaining water should then be added in small portions until a mortar of the desired consistency is reached. 3. The total volume of water necessary may vary from batch to batch, depending on weather conditions. 4. Mortar should be used within 30 minutes of final mixing. "Re-tempering," or adding more water after the initial mix is prepared, results in poor quality mortar and is not permitted. I. Do not use any admixtures or additives including, but not limited to, antifreeze compounds, air-entraining additives, or bonding agents. J. Joint Filling and Pointing: Section 04200 Page 4-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 1. Where existing mortar has been removed to a depth of greater than 1 inch, these deeper areas should be filled first, compacting the new mortar in several layers. The back of the entire joint should be filled successively by applying approximately .25 inch of mortar, packing it well into the back corners. This application may extend for several feet. As soon as the mortar has reached thumb-print hardness, another .25 inch layer of mortar-approximately the same thickness--may be applied. Several layers will be needed to fill the joint flush with the outer surface of the brick. It is important to allow each layer time to harden before the next layer is applied; most of the mortar shrinkage occurs during the hardening process and layering thus minimizes overall shrinkage, 2. The rate of hardening can be controlled by dampening the brick and the old mortar before beginning to fill the joint, but free water or excessive dampness in the joint should be avoided. Too much water will delay the tooling or cause excess shrinkage; too little water will be absorbed from the mortar before it is properly set, thus reducing bond strength. 3. When the final layer of mortar is thumb-print hard, the joint should be tooled. Proper timing of the tooling is important for uniform color and appearance, ff tooled when too soft, the color will be lighter than expected, and hairline cracks may occur; if tooled when too hard, there may be dark streaks called "tool burning," and good closure of the mortar against the brick will not be achieved. 4. Joint profile: Match existing original profile for both horizontal and vertical joints. 5. If existing original bricks have worn, rounded edges, recess the final mortar slightly from the face of the bricks. This treatment will help avoid a joint visually wider than the actual joint width; it will also avoid creation of a large, thin feathered edge which is easily damaged, thus admitting water. 6. After tooling, remove excess mortar from edges of joints by brushing with a bristle brush. Section 04200 Page 5-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTON[ ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 K. Repointing and repair work should only be performed when the wall temperature is between 40 degrees and 95 degrees (F) to prevent freezing and excessive evaporation. During hot weather, repoint on shady side of building to stow the mortar d~ing. L. Clean-Up: Remove all excess mortar from work progresses and clean any mortar droppings immediately. Take all necessary precautions to prevent damage to adjacent work. Leave work clean and ready to receive subsequent work. M. No water repellent or waterproof coatings are to be applied. J. Effiuorescence or "bloom" shall be removed by dry brushing with stiff natural or nylon bristle brushes and water. The use of hydrochloric (muriatic) acid is expressly forbidden. The use of power washing, machine powered abrasion devices or other chemical means is expressly forbidden. ** END OF SECTION ** Section 04200 Page 6-6 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHI'i-[CT£ July 10, 2001 SECTION 04250 MASONRY CLEANING SECTION 04250: MASONRY CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to ail work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIIYrlON OF WORK A. Work Included: Masonry cleaning of discolored stone by use of a low pressure wash of distilled water and non-ionic detergents. Cleaning of graffiti disfigured masonry by use of organic and/or petroleum based solvent poultices. In all instances, high pressure washing, steam cleaning, chemicai cleaning, aerosol graffiti removers and mechanical cleaning methods are expressly forbidden. 1.03 TESTING & ANALYSIS: A. Field testing and adjustment of cleaning methodologies is required in order to achieve an aesthetically compatible and non-destructive cleaning system. This process is expected to require considerable triai and error in the way of preparation of multiple field samples and test patches. Contractor shall allot adequate time and resources to conduct this work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Submittal of manufacturer's literature for formulated graffiti removai products and commerciai paint strippers. B. Samples: Prepare field test patches for Architect's and Construction Manager's review of materials and application: Section 04250 Page 1-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECIS July 10, 2001 1. Select inconspicuous areas for testing of cleaning methodologies. Confirm acceptability of location with Construction Manager prior to execution of test patches. Repeat test patches as requested by Construction Manager until acceptable application is achieved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: Materials which may be acceptable for masonry discoloration and graffiti removal include: Distilled Water Non-Ionic Detergents Gel Paint Remover, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) Organic Solvents, acetone, lacquer thinner, in poultices Dimethyl Adipate Denatured Alcohol Mineral Spirits 2.02 Poultices: Poultices should be prepared in order to allow the cleaning solution to be kept in contact with the stained area for as long as possible and allow the cleaning solution to pull the staining material out of the substrate without re-depositing it. A.Formulate poultices in conformance with cleaning solution manufacturer's recommendations. Poultice matedais may include inert clay, diatomaceous earth (fuller's earth) or cellulose products such as pulp cellulose, mixed with a cleaning solution to form a paste or slurry. B. Poultices shall be custom, field batch-mixed mixtures. It will be necessary to engage in substantial field testing in order to perfect an acceptable methodology and contractor shall allot adequate time and resources to conduct this work. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Prior to commencing work, identify and confirm with Construction Manager the correction of all soumes of water intrusion currently causing brick and mortar Section 04250 Page 2-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS luly 10, 2001 deterioration including: leaking roof or gutters, leaking downspouts, short downspouts which terminate less than 2%0" from building, damaged or missing flashings, differential settlement of the building, rising damp, and negative site drainage. Failure to correct these causes of masonry deterioration will result in continued damage to the masonry and wasted effort. Any rework made necessary by Contractors' failure to confirm correction of all water intrusion prior to commencing work shall be carried out at contractor's sole expense. B. Prior to commencing work, identify and confirm with Construction Manager the completion of all masonry repointing. C. Verify areas which require cleaning and confirm extent with Construction Manager. Limit cleaning to those areas which are discolored. Only masonry which exhibits severe discoloration or graffiti disfigurement shall be cleaned - masonry which exhibits minor to moderate discoloration shall not be subjected to cleaning. D. Health and Safety Considerations: Prepare safety procedures for usage of cleaning solutions in strict conformance with Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) available from product manufacturers. Identify all hazardous components and assure that the least hazardous, but most effective, products are utilized in a safe manner. Conform with all applicable federal, state and local health and safety regulations. Provide all necessary personal protective equipment (PPE), including but not limited to face shields, safety glasses, chemical resistant gloves, facemasks with respirators, and full protective clothing with independent air supply. Smoking and open flames are expressly forbidden from work areas. Take all precautions as necessary to protect the health and safety of other workers and the public at large. E. Solvent residue, used swabs or rags, cloths, overalls and all other solvent contaminated items must be safely and legally disposed of daily in conformance with federal, state and local regulations. Provide explosion-proof fittings for electrical equipment as required. F. Contractor shall monitor and control all potentially hazardous situations to workers and non-workers. G. Contractor shall exercise maximum care in placement of equipment, ladders, scaffolding, etc., as required to avoid collateral damage to the building. Contractor shall bear sole responsibility for correction of any such collateral damage. Section 04250 Page 3-4 Paris Santa F¢-Fdsco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 H. Testing: Complete all field test patches and confirm approval for recommended methodology with Construction Manager prior to commencing work. I. Removal Methodology: 1. Poultice with most effective paint remover, organic solvent or petroleum based solvent as determined through field patch testing. 2. Rinse with water, denatured alcohol or mineral spirits, whichever is compatible with cleaning solution. 3. Wash with water and non-ionic detergent. 4. Rinse with water. ** END OF SECTION ** Section 04250 Page 4-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KfYSTONE ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 04920 MARBLE FABRICATION & INSTALLATION SECTION 04920: MARBLE FABRICATION & INSTALLATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Fabrication and installation of replicated historic marble; rehabilitation and reuse of original historic marble for wainscoting, marble counteltops and marble toilet stall partitions as shown on Drawings. 1. Fabrication and installation of replicated historic marble shall match original historic marble in all aspects of composition and fabrication 2. Rehabilitation work shall include repair and re-use of salvaged original historic marble toilet stalls. All repair and replacement work shall match original marble in all aspects of composition, fabrication and appearance. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Requirements of General and supplementary conditions and Division 01 apply to all work in this section. B. Requirements of Section 02050 DEMOLITION apply to all work in this section. C. Applicator shall have a minimum of 5 years verifiable experience in the fabrication of marble countertops, stalls and/or paneling. 1.03 SUBMITFALS: 1. Samples: Provide samples of marble proposed for replica fabrication for Architects review. Resubmit samples as requested by Architect until acceptable application, color, and texture is achieved. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of fabrication and installation details to Architect for review and approval. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Do not commence marble acquisition, fabrication or installation until receipt of written approval of Samples and Submittals by Consu'uction Manager. C. Do not install marble components during adverse jobsite conditions. Coordinate sequencing of work with Construction Manager. Section 04920 Page 1-3 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O K[YSTON[ ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Marble: Provide "Rojo Jupirano" marble or Architect approved equal, as required to provide the best available match for historic marble in terms of color, pattern and texture. B. Provide all materials, blocking and accessories necessary for fabrication and installation of marble wainscoting, countenops and toilet stalls. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Fabricator must examine areas and conditions under which marble work is to be executed and notify Construction Manager in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Starting of work will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area. C. Do not begin work until consultation with and written verification from Construction Manager of: 1. Replacement Areas to Receive Replica Marble: Specific areas which are to receive in-kind material. 2. Repair Areas: Specific areas in which cracked or damaged maffole is to be repaired by patching and/or filling with in-kind material. 3. Reuse Materials: Salvaged original marble designated for reuse. 3.02 FABRICATION A, General: Fabricate marble components as required to replicate in-kind or to repair (patch and/or fill) and reuse salvaged original marble. Use materials and techniques best suited type of material being utilized. B. Scheduling: Do not commence fabrication until Samples and Shop Drawings have been approved and verification of areas to be repaired and/or replaced have been approved by Construction Manager. C. Completed Work: Match approved Samples for color, texture and finish. Remove and replace work not in compliance with specified requirements or approved Sample. D. All work (materials, methodology, etc.)must be in accordance with National Parks Service Technical Bulletins and Preservation Briefs for historic rehabilitation of historic interiors. Section 04920 Page 2-3 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 3.03 PROTECTION AND CLEAN-UP A. Protection: Protect adjacent surfaces and work of other trades against damage by marble work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or, and replacing in-kind, as acceptable to Architect. Take all necessary precautions required to protect adjacent finishes. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced marble surfaces. B. Clean-Up: During progress of work, remove from site discarded materials, rubbish, cartons, packaging, cans, etc. at end of each work day. C. Upon completion of marble work, clean floors and window glass, and adjacent surfaces thoroughly. Upon completion of project, clean and buff marble surfaces. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 04920 Page 3-3 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 0SS00: METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05500: METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provision of all miscellaneous metal, related accessories and fasteners including, but not limited to: 1. Metal pipes and required accessories, 2. Miscellaneous steel attachments, anchors, plates, angles, straps, plate connectors, angles, bolts, expansion shields, etc., to be set in concrete, including items for installing masonry/wood/metal/concrete connections. B. Related Work in other Sections: I. Installation of miscellaneous metal items embedded into concrete, DIVISION 3. 2. Rough hardware for rough carpentry, ROUGH CARPENTRY Section. 1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS A. Requirements of GENERAL and SUPPLFMENTARY CONDITIONS and DIVISION 01 apply to all work in this Section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to work of this Section, as follows: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2. Federal specifications (FS). 3. American Disabilities Act (ADA). 4. American Institute of Steel Constmction's "Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" (DISC). 5. American Welding Society's "Structural Welding Code" (AWS). 6. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers': a. "Metal Bar Grating Manual" (NAAMM-MBG). b. "Pipe Railing Manual" (NAAMM-PR). 7. Steel Structures Painting Council's "Painting Manual" (SSPC). 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welder's Qualifications: Welders shall be qualified in accordance with AWS. Section 05500 Page 1-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 B. Design Criteria: 1. Work shall be designed to support normally imposed loads and conform to AISC requirements. 2. Work shall be designed and installed to yield the least amount of visible impact on historic materials. C. Conflicting Requirements: In the event of conflict between pertinent codes and regulations and the requirements of the referenced standards or the PROJECT MANUAL, the provision of the more stringent shall govern. 1.04 SUBMITI~ALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers specifications, anchor details and installation instructions for products used in miscellaneous metal fabrications, including paint products and grout. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Include plans, elevations, and details of sections and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 1. Where materials or fabrications are indicated to comply with certain requirements for design loading include structural computations, material properties and other information needed for structural analysis. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS All materials are specified to be non-proprietary..items and de~'med as "or approved equal", items listed are examples to be pursued with a mmmmm of two suppliers. The approved equals shall be submitted to the Architect for written approval. See Section 01600 Substitutions. A. Miscellaneous Steel Bars, Rods and Shapes: ASTM A 108, A 501, A 663 or A 675 as applicable. Steel: New, straight and flue manufactured by reputable mills according to ASTM A 283 and 36. B. Galvanized Steel Sheets: ASTM A 526, with 1.25 oz. commercial galvanizing complying to ASTM A 525. C. Wire: ASTM A 475, zinc coated steel. D. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: ASTM A 307 Grade A. High strength bolts: ASTM A 325. Hot-dip galvanize all items in accordance with ASTM A 153. E. Expansion Shields: Fed. Spec. FF-S-325. F. Toggle Bolts: Fed. Spec. FF-B-588C tumble-wing type of class, style and type as required; hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153, cadmium plated, or otherwise treated for corrosion resistance. Section 05500 Page 2-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 G. Anchor Bolts: Furnish and deliver to site, anchor bolts and other items to be embedded in concrete. Provide necessary shop details and diagrams for concrete forms and, if required, provide templates to insure proper and accurate locations and setting of anchor bolts. H. All ferrous metals shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153. I. All exposed aluminum components shall be made from 6063 T6 aluminum alloy. Fasteners shall be either aluminum, stainless steel or cadmium plated steel. All mechanical connections will have interior interlocking fittings completely hidden from view. J. All metal rails and accessories shall be manufactured by R & B Wagner Inc., or Architect approved equal, of bronze with flush weld-on fittings. K. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalva~i~ng welds in galvanized steel, complying with the MIL SPEC DOD-P-21035 or SSPC-Paint-20. L. Miscellaneous Items: Check drawings thoroughly and refer to work in related sections to include all miscellaneous metals items not specifically mentioned but reasonably inferred as necessary to facilitate the proper installation of work of this and related sections. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Workmanship: Use materials of size and thickness Indicated or, if not indicated, as required to produce strength and durability in finished product for use intended. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and with pa_nicular attention to careful concealment of metal fabrications. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of work. B. Surface Preparation: Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be installed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Fittings and Shop Assembly: insofar as possible, fit and shop assemble work ready for erection. Rivet, weld, blind-rivet, or attach with screws all shop and field connections; countersink and finish flush where exposed, unless noted otherwise on the drawings. D. Jointing and intersections: Make accurately in true planes, tightly fitted and drawn up with end threads nicked to prevent loosening. Weld in accordance with the "Structural Welding Code", D1-1.75, formulated by the American Welding Society by direct arc welding process in hands of thoroughly competent workmen. Develop full strength of members in all connections. Do not paint over field welds until they have been inspected by Architect or Engineer. E. Welds: Grind smooth and flush all fillet weld at least 1/8" thick. F. Provide holes and connections for the work of other trades and make necessary connections thereto. G. Form exposed connections with hairline jo'mt& flush and smooth, using concealed Section 05500 Page 3-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTON[ ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. H. Provide insulation of metals from contact with masonry and different metals from contact with each other where necessary to prevent corrosion. Separate metal surfaces in contact with non compatible or heavy duty coat of alkali-resistant bituminous paint on the contact surfaces. I. Bolting: Use proper size bolts and draw nuts tight. J. Accuracy of Work: Fabricate and erect all work square, plumb, straight and tree. Provide ail supporting and anchoring means as required for proper installation. K. Galvanizing: Provide a zinc coating for those items indicated or specified to be gaivanized, as follows: 1. ASTM A153 for gaivanizing iron and steel hardware. 2. ASTM 123 for gaivanizing rolled, pressed, and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 1\8 inch thick and heavier. 3. ASTM A386 for gaivanizing assembled steel products. L. Fabricate joints which will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. M. Shop Painting: 1. Cleaning: Before painting, thoroughly clean surfaces of all grease, mst, welding droppings and loose mill scaie by sandblasting, wire-brushing, solvents or other means as approved by Architect. After erection, wire-brush welded or abraded areas. 2. Priming: Chemically etch and shop prime surfaces of metal fabrication, except those indicated to be embedded in concrete. Prime all ferrous metal work with one full coat of Rust-Oleum g960 zinc chromate primer or Themec #99 red metal primer. Clean gaivanized mew surfaces as recommended by paint manufacturer and apply one (1) coat of Rust-Oleum Galvinoleum or ZRC to ail welded or abraded areas. N. Shop Assembly: Pre-assemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling. 2.03 ROUGH HARDWARE A. Furnish bent or custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes exceeding 16 gauge thickness as required for framing and supporting rough carpentry and for anchoring or securing rough carpentry to concrete or other structures. Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware items are specified in ROUGH CARPENTRY Section. 1. Fabricate items of sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable- iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood sU'uctural connections; elsewhere, furnish steel washers. Section 05500 Page 4-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July lO, 2001 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas to receive work and verify the: 1. Setting conditions and dimensions are correct to receive items. 2. At stud or furred conditions, solid blocking or backing has been provided. B. Do not start installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Fastening to In-place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessa~ for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction; including threaded fasteners, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws and other connectors as required. 2. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in location alignment and elevation, plumb, level, trim, and free of rack,, measured from established lines and levels, 3. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form fight hairline joints. Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed jo'm~ but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed joints smooth and touch up with shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot- dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field applications. 4. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. 3.03 CLEANUP A. Touch-Up Painting: Immediately after erection, dean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint with same material used for shop painting. B. For Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A780. ** END OF SECTION ** Section 05500 Page 5-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100: ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Definition: Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of finish carpentry or heavy timber work and which is generally not exposed, except as otherwise indicated. Types of work in this section include, but are not limited to, rough carpentry for: 1. Wood framing, new. 2. Wood framing: repaired, restored or reinforced. 3. Plywood Sheathing and subflooring. 4. Wood grounds, cants, nailers, and blocking. 5. Wood sub-decking. B. Relat~l Work: SECTION 06700 - WOOD RESTORATION applies to all work in this section. Finish caxpentxy and heavy timber members are spec'flied elsewhere in Division 6. 1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: A. GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION 1 apply to all work of this section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of t~ade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to work of this section where cited by abbreviations noted below: 1. US Dept. of Commerce Product Standard (PS). 2. American Plywood Association (APA). 3. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB). 4. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA). 5. National Forest Products Association (NFPA). 6. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 7. California Redwood Association (CRA) 8. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWl) 1.03 REFERENCES: A. Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20 and with applicable roles of the respective grading and inspecting agencies for species and products indicated. S~fion 06100 Page 1-7 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation C KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 B. Plywood Product Standards: Comply with PS 1 or, with applicable APA Performance Standard for type of panel indicated. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Wood Treatment Date: Submit treatment Manufacturer's instructions for proper use of each type of treated material. 1. Preservative Treatment: For each type specified, include certification by treating plant stating type of preservafivesolufion and pressure process used, net amount of presereative retained and conformance with applicable standards. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. Keep materials dry at all times. Project against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber and provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow proper attachment of other work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER, GENERAL: A. Lumber Standards: Manufacture lumber to comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading roles of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC)Board of Review. B. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to reference with lumber grades and species include the following: 1. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 2. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. C. Grade Stamps: Factory-mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. 1. For exposed lumber apply grade stamps to ends or back of each piece, or omit grade stamps entirely and issue certificate of grade compliance from inspection agency in lieu of grade stamp. D. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. 1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. Section 06100 Page 2-7 Paris Smata Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O K[YSTON[ ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 2. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at time of dressing and shipment unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER: A. For CONCEALED light framing provide "Construction" grade lumber for stud framing (2" to 4" thick, 2" to 6" wide); no. 2 grade for structural light framing, joists, beams and planks (2" to 4" thick, 5" and wider); No. 1 grade for beams, posts and timbers (6" and thicker, 6" and wider); of Douglas Fir or Yellow Pine. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER: A. Provide wood for support or attachment of other work including cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, and similar members. Provide lumber of sizes indicated, worked into shapes shown, and as follows: I. Grade: NO. 2 or better, light framing size lumber, Douglas Fir or Yellow Pine. 2.04 PLYWOOD: A. Trademark: Identify each plywood panel with appropriate APA trademark. B. Concealed Performance-Rated Plywood: Where plywood panels will be used provide APAPerformance-Rated Panels complying' with requirements indicated for grade designation, span rating, exposure durability classification, edge detail (where applicable) and thickness. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Gypsum Sheathing: Complying with ASTM C 79 and the following: 1. Water-repellent treated core with water absorption of less than 10% by weight after 2- hr. immersion (ASTM C 473). 2. Size and Edges: 4' wide, not less than 8' long, 5/8" Type X, with square edges on sides. B. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size, type, material and finish as indicated and as recommended by applicable standards, complying with applicable Federal specifications for nails, staples, scows, bolts, nuts, washers and anchoring devices. Provide metal hangers and framing anchors of the size end type recommended by the manufacturer for each use including recommended nails. 1. Provide all fasteners and anchorages with a hot-dip zinc coating (ASTM A 153). C. Roofing Felt: ASTM D 226, 30-lb. asphalt saturated, for use as shown where wood blocking for frames comes into contact with concrete surfaces. 2.06 WOOD TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS: A. Preservative Treatment: 1. Ail above-ground concealed items: Osmose treatment. After treatment, kiln-dry Section 06100 Page 3-7 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTON[ ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 lumber to a maximum moisture content of 19%. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL: A. Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of work, and units which are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum jo'mt arrangement. B. Set carpentry work to required levels and lines, with members plumb and tree and accurately cut and fitted. C. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. D. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. F. Use corrosion resistant nails. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; pre- drill as required. 3.02 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, AND BLOCKING A. Provide wherever shown and where required for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for tree line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved. B. An_ach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key- beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2" wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.3 WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL: A. Repair, replace or supplement existing framing members with in kind members or as otherwise shown in conformance with the "Secretary of the Interior Standards for Rehabilitation." B. Provide framing members of sizes and on spacing shown, and frame openings as shown, or if not shown, comply with recommendations of "Manual for House Framing" of National Forest Products Association (N.F.P.A.). Do not splice structural members between supports. C. Anchor andnail as shown, and to comply with the "Secretary of the Interior Standards for Rehabilitation," "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of "Manual for House Framing" and "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction" published by N.F.P.A. Section 06100 Page 4-7 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 3.4 EXISTING WALL FRAMING REINFORCEMENT: A. General: Reinforce existing framing with new supplementary framing members and repair or replace damaged existing stud framing where shown on drawings or as directed by Architect. Unless otherwise shown, use in kind material to replace damaged studs and plates. Reinforce and refasten existing framing to supporting construction as required with nails or anchors to meet code as directed by Architect. B. Repair, replace or reinforce frame openings with multiple studs and headers or as indicated on Drawings or as directed by Architect. Provide nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs. Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs. 1. For non-beating partitions, reinforce with double-jamb studs and headers not less than 4" deep for openings 3' and less in width and not less than 6" deep for openings between 0'-6" and 3'-0" in width, or as indicated on Drawings. 3.5 NEW STUD FRAMING: A. General: Provide stud framing for new walls where shown on Drawings. Unless otherwise shown, use 2" x 4 wood studs spaced 16" o.c. with 4" face perpendicular to direction of wall or partition. Provide single bottom plate except where shown otherwise, and double-top plates 2" thick by width of studs; except single top plate may be used for non-load-bearing partitions. Nail or anchor plates to supporting construction. B. Construct comers and intersections with not less than 3 studs. Provide miscellaneous blocking and framing as shown and as required for support of facing materials, fixtures, specialty items and Mm. C. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers or as indicated on Drawings. Provide nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs. Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs. 1. For non-bearing partitions, provide double-jamb studs and headers not less than 4" deep for openings 3' and less in width, and not less than 6" deep for widex openings, or as indicated on Drawings. D. Provide diagonal bracing in stud framing of exterior walls, except as otherwise indicated. Brace both walls at each external comer, full story height, at a 45 degree angle, using either a let-in 1 x 4 or 2 x 4 blocking or metal diagonal bracing. Omit bracing where following types of sheathing are indicated. 1. Gypsum sheathing, 4' panels vertically. 3:1)' EXISTINGFLOORJOISTFRAMINGREINFORCEMENT: ' A. General: Repair and/or reinforce floor framing as shown on drawings. Iustall supplementat3~ framing with crown edge up and support ends of each member with not less than 1-1/2" of beating on wood. Attach supplementary members to wood bearing members by toe nailing or metal connectors; frame to wood supporting members with wood ledgers as shown, or if not shown, with metal connectors. Frame openings with headers and trimmers supported by metal joist hangers; double headers and trimmers where span of header exceeds 4'. Do not notch joists. Provide Section 06100 Page 5-7 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTON[ ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 solid blocking (2" thick by depth of joist) at ends of joists unless nailed to header or bearing member. B. Lap supplementary framing members from opposite sides of beams, g'mters or partitions not less than 4" or securely tie opposing members together. Provide solid blocking (2" thick by depth of joist) over supports, C. Under jamb studs at openings, provide supplementary solid blocking between joists. D. Provide supplementm3, bridging between joists where nominal depth-to thickness ratio exceeds 4, at intervals of 8' or as shown on drawings. Use bevel cut 1" x 4" or 2"x 3" wood bracing, double-crossed and nailed both ends to joists, or use solid wood bridging 2" thick by depth of joist, end nailed to joist. 3.6 EXISTING RAFrER AND CEILING JOIST FRAMING REINFORCEMENT: A. Ce'fling Joists: Repair and/or reinforce as shown on Drawings. B. Rafters: Repair, replace and/or reinforce as shown on Drawings. Provide supplementary members in sizes and spacing shown or as required for in kind replacement. Notch supplementary members to fit exterior wall plates and toe nail or use special metal framing anchors. For supplementary members, double rafters to form headers and trimmers at openings in roof framing (if any), and support with metal hangers. Where supplementary rafters abut at ridge, place directly opposite each other and nail to ridge member or use metal ridge hangers. Replace or reinforce existing rafter connections as shown on drawings. C. Repair, replace or reinforce roof framing as shown on Drawings. D. Provide supplementary and required fasteners for special framing as shown for eav~ overhangs, and special conditions, if any. 3.7 EXISTING TIMBER FRAMING REINFORCEMENT: A. Repair, replace in kind and/or supplement existing wood beams, posts, girders and other heavy timber members as shown on Drawings or as directed by Architect. lastall supplementary and replacemem members with crown edge up and provide not less than 4" bearing on supports. Provide continuous members unless shown; fie together over supports if not continuous. B. Repair, replace in kind and/or supplement existing wood posts and columns with concealed metal anchoring and attachment devices as shown on Drawings or as directed by Architect. 3.9 INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD: A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in Form No. E 304, "APA Design/Construction Guide Residential & Commercial", for types of plywood products end applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Subflooring: Screw to framing. 2. Sheathing: Screw to framing. Section 06100 Page 6-7 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 3. Underlayment: Screw to subflooring. 3.10 GYPSUM WALL SHEATHING: A. General: Provide gypsum board sheathing where shown. Fasten to exterior face of stud framing for walls as required for 1 HR rating. Use 1-1/2" long, 11 gage galvanized roofing nails with 3/8" head or 15 gage, divergent point galvanized staples 1/2" wide x 1-1/2" long. Keep perimeter fasteners 3/8" from edges and ends of board units. Fit boards tightly against each other and around openings. B. Install 4' x 8' or longer sheathing vertically with long edges parallel to and centered over studs. Provide solid wood blocking wherever end joints do not bear against framing sills or plates. Nail or staple to each support in accordance with manufacturer's recommended spacing, but space fasteners not more than 4" o.c. around perimeter at edge and end supports and 8" o.c. at intermediate supports. ** END OF SECTION ** Secfon 06100 Page 7-7 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O K[YSTONE ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 06130 HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION SECTION 06130: HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of heavy timber construction and reinfomement is shown on drawings. B. Timber is hereby defined to include structural framing of wood members with thicknesses of 4" (nominal) or more. C. Types of timber construction specified in this section include the following: 1. Replacement, reinfomement, and/or repair of beams, girders and purlins: new replacement, reinforcement, repair. 2. Replacement, reinforcement, and/or repair of columns; including posts and standards. 3. Reinforcement of or addition of blocking, bulkheading, crossarms or bracing members. 1.03 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: A. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, Industry, or governmental organizations apply to work of this section where cited by abbreviations noted below: 1. Federal Specifications (FS) 2. U.S. Dept. of Commerce Product Standard (PS) 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 4. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB). 5. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA). 6. American Wood Preservers' Bureau (AWPB). 7. California Redwood Association (CRA) 8. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AW1) Section 06130 Page 1-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standards: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with American Institute for Timber Construction "Standards for Heavy Timber Construction" AITC 108, as applicable to work. B. Grading of Timber: Provide timber graded by a recognized agency, with rules and service complying with requirements of American Lumber Standards Committee and PS 20. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TIMBER FRAMING REINFORCEMENT: A. Connectors, Anchors, Accessories: Provide fabricated structural steel (ASTM A 36) shapes, plates and bars, welded into assemblies of the types and sizes indicated, with steel bolts (ASTM A 307), lag bolts (FS FF-B 561) and other standard fasteners as required. 1. Finish each assembly and fastener unit with hot-dip zinc coating (ASTM A 153). Electroplated galvanized or other substandard galvanized hardware will not be allowed. Only top quality, corrosion resistant hardware will be allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: Erect supplemental or replacement framing true and plumb or as necessary to conform with configuration of existing framing members. Provide temporary bracing as required to maintain lines and levels until permanent supporting members are in place. B. Predrill prior to installation of reinforcing rods, anchors, bolts, etc. to minimize splitting and/or stress on existing timbers. C. Install miscellaneous steel connectors, anchors, and accessories as indicated. Concealed installation is required in all exposed locations. D. Handle and temporarily support members to prevent visible surface damage. E. Repair damaged surfaces and finishes after completion of erection, or replace damaged members as directed where damage is beyond satisfactory repair. ** END OF SECTION ** Section 06130 Page 2-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation o KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06200: FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Definition: Finish carpentry includes carpentxy work which is exposed to view, usually non-stxuctural, and which is not specified as part of other sections. B. Types of finish carpentry work in this section include, but are not limited to: 1. Exterior standing and running trim including: a. Door and window brick mould and casings. 2. Exterior and interior wood carpentry at Newsstand 3. Exterior wood brackets & ornamental wood trim 4. Interior ceiling coffers 5. Interior standing and running trim for paint 6. Interior miscellaneous ornamental trim 7. Exterior and interior V-groove board: a. V-groove ceilings and exterior eaves b. Wall paneling. c. Related trims, baseboards, ceiling board and other molding. C. Rough carpentry, including wood sub-decking, is specified in Section 6100. D. Wood doors are specified in Section 08210, E. Wood restoration techniques and wood consolidator is specified in Section 07900. F. Wood windows are specified in Section 8610. 1.03 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: A. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to work of this section where cited by abbreviations noted below: Section 06200 Page 14 Pm'is Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © K£YSTONE ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 1. US Dept. of Commerce Product Standard (PS). 2. National Hardwood Lumber Association (NHLA) 3. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Factory-mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill and grading agency identification; except omit marking from surfaces to receive transparent finish, and submit mill certificate that material has been inspected and graded in accordance with requirements if it cannot be marked on a concealed surface. 1.05 SUBMITrALS: A. The Conlxactor shall submit to the Construction Manager for approval, full size samples, minimum 4" width, of replica trims, as well as new trim profiles, as shown on Drawings. B. Wood Treatment Data: Submit Ireatment Manufacturer's instructions for proper use of each type of treated material. 1. Preservative Treatment: For each type specified, include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative sotufion and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained and conformance with applicable standards. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Protect finish carpentry materials during work to prevent damage, soiling and deteriomtion. B. Do not deliver finish carpen~7 materials, until painting, wet work, grinding and similar operations which could damage, soil or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in Installation areas. If, due to unforeseen circumstances, finish carpenU~y materials must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas meeting requirements specified for installation areas and as approved by Construction Manager. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARDS: A. Softwood Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20 and with applicable grading rules of the respective grading and inspection agency for the species and product indicated. B. Plywood Standard: Comply with PS 1. C. Hardwood Lumber Standard: Comply with National Hardwood Lumber Association (NHLA) roles. D. Woodworking Standard: Where indicated for a specific product comply with specified provision of the following Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWl)"Quality Standards." 2.02 MATERIALS: A. General: Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detailed dimensions. Provide dressed or worked and dressed lumber, as applicable, manufactured to the acmat sizes as required by PS 20 or to actual sizes and pattern as shown, unless Section 06200 Page 24 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 otherwise indicated. B. Moisture Content of Softwood Lumber: Provide kiln-dried (KD) lumber having a moisture content from time of manufacture un~l time of installation not greater than values required by the applicable grading roles of the respective grading and inspecting agency for the species and product indicated. C. Moisture ContentofHardwood Lumber: Provide kiln-dried (KD) lumber having a moisture content form time of manufacture until time of installation within the ranges required in the referenced woodworking standard. D. Exterior & Interior Finish Carpenu'y: Vertical Grain Douglas Fir, Certified Kiln Dried. E. Exterior Trim at Tower: CRA-RIS grade-marked Verdcal Grain Redwood; Certified Kill Dried, S4S, sizes as indicated on Drawings or as required to provide in kind replacement of existingwood. F. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide nails, screws and other anchoring devices of the type, size, material and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed wherever possible, and complying with applicable Federal specifications. a. Where finish carpenay is exposed on exterior or in areas of high relative humidity, provide nails, fasteners and anchorages of stainless steel. 2.03 WOOD TREATMENT: A. Preservative Treatment: 1. All exterior wood ca~penh'y, except wood carpenl~3' specified as vertical grain Redwood: treated. After treatment, kill-dry lumber to a maximum moisture content of 19%. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Inspect all existing wood for potential re-use, refer to Section 6700 Wood Restoration for classification criteria.. B. Condition new wood materials to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing. C. Back prime lumber for painted finish exposed to moisture and high relative humidities, including all baseboard ~m. Comply with requirements of Section 9900 Painting with regard to primers and their application. 3.02 INSTALLATION: Section 06200 Page 34 Paris Santa F¢-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation 0 KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 A. Discard units of new material which are unsound, warped, knotted, bowed, twisted, improperly treated, not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of joints or optimum jointing .arrangements, or which are of defective manufacture with respect to sm'faces, s~zes or patterns. B. Install the work plumb, level, uue and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of I/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level countertops; and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. C. Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Siding and wainscotting shall have mitered joints at outside comers. E. Anchor finish carpenay work to anchorage devices or blocking bnilt-in or directly a~aehed to subs~rates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where prefmished matching fasteners heads are required, use fine finishing nails for exposed nailings, countersunk and filled flush with finished surface, and matching final finish where mmsparent is indicated. G. Exterior Standing and Running Trim: Install replacement trim as required for wood restoration with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible. Stagger Joints in adjacent and related members. Cope at returns, miter at comers, to produce tight fitting joints with full surface contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. 1. Make exterior joints water-resistant by careful fitting. 3.03 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISHING AND PROTECTION: A. Repair damaged and defective finish carpentry work to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean finish carpen~ work on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch up shop- applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. C. Refer to Section 9900 Painting for final finishing of installed finish carpentry work. D. Protection: Installer of finish carpentry work shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 06200 P~e 4-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation 0 KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 06700 WOOD RESTORATION SECTION 06700: WOOD RESTORATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. As specified in Divisions 00 and 01 apply to all work in this Section.. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Restoration/repair of damaged and decayed existing wood components including, but not limited to, structural framing, joists, studs, beams, headers, plates, exterior siding, trim, posts, columns, lath, window sills, frames, jambs, stiles, rails and sash, all interior trim. B. Extent and classification of work to be confm'ned with Architect during building inspection prior to preparation of proposal or bidding. C. See Section 07900 Joint Sealers, for specifications on wood fillers and consolidators to be used for work in this Section. 1.03 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: A. Secretary of the Interior Standards for Rehabilitation. B. National Parks Service Technical Bulletins. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Confer with Architect prior to commencement of and throughout wood restoration/repair work for direction regarding work extent, restoration classification and methodology. Architect shall be sole determiner of extent and methodology of wood restoration work. B. Protect all work in progress from exposure to elements, especially moisture. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 General: A. Industry tested, name brand compounds including liquid fungicide, emulsible concentrate termaticide specially formulated to prevent reinfestation by texmites, exterior varnish, paraffin wax, mineral spirits/turpentine, linseed oil putty. Additional wood products and fasteners, see SECTIONS 06100, 06200, 07900. B. Wood Consolidators and Patching Compounds: "Wood-Epox" and "LiquidWood" products as manufactured by Abatron Inc. as specified in Section 07900. Section 06700 Page 1-3 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation 0 KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXTENT OF RESTORATION/REPAIR WORK: A. Verify extent of restoration/repair work required with Architect prior to commencing work. Notify Architect promptly if exposure of hidden conditions reveals additional required restoration work. 3.02 RESTORATION CLASSIFICATION A. Restoration and repair work shall be classified as follows: 1. Class I - minor to moderately damaged wood components exhibiting <50% damage or deterioration. 2. Class II - wood components exhibiting greater than 50% damage or deterioration or of a sufficient degree to render them structurally unsound or beyond repair using Class I repair methods. 3.03 REPAIR OF CLASS I DAMAGED WOOD A. Verify extent and classification of damage and remedial methodology with Architect prior to commencing work. B. Photo-document damage prior to ~eatment. C. Verify adequacy of moisture protection for affected components. Complete necessary demolition work. Dry affected areas thoroughly. D. Treat decayed areas with fungicide and termaticide. Use an emulsible concentrate termaficide for dilution with water, specially formulated to prevent reinfestation by termites. Dry wood thoroughly after treatment. E. Treat weathered wood with a solution of 24 oz. exterior varnish, 1 oz paraffin wax and enough mineral spirits/turpentine to make 1 Gallon. Apply liberally by brash to saturation point. Allow wood to dry thoroughly before proceeding. No spray application will be allowed. F. Fill small cracks and holes with linseed oil putty. Holes or deteriorated areas larger than 1/2" are to be repaired with Abatron's semi-rigid wood epoxy and patching compound. Follow manufacturer's directions for application. Sand filled and consolidated areas to match original profile and/or undamaged adjacent areas. 3.04 REPAIR OF CLASS II DAMAGED WOOD A. Verify extent and classification of damage and remedial methodology with Architect prior to commencing work. B. Photodocument damage prior to treatment. Section 06700 Page 2-3 Paris Santa Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHIT[CTS luly 10, 2001 C. Verify adequacy of moisture protection for affected components. Complete necessary demolition work. Dry affected areas thoroughly. D. Where not contradicted sauctumlly, repair damaged wood components by cutting away damaged wood and splicing new wood onto remaining sound wood. New wood should match existing adjacent wood profile and texture and meet quality standards for wood trim as specified in Section 6200 - Finish Carpentry. E. If splicing new replacement wood onto adjacent wood which is weathered, treat weathered wood with a solution of 24 oz. exterior varnish, 1 oz paraffin wax and enough mineral spirits/tmpentine to make 1 Gallon. Apply liberally by brash to saturation point. Allow wood to dry thoroughly before proceeding. No spray application will be allowed. F. If existing wood cannot be repaired by splicing, replace entire piece in-kind with respect to size, profile, methodology and aesthetic appearance. New wood must match existing adjacent wood profile and texture and meet quality standards for wood trim as specified in Section 6200 - Finish Carpentry. Any deviation from in- kind requirements must be approved by Architect. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 06700 Page 3-3 Paris Santa Fe~Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 07200 TILE ROOFING SECTION 07200: TILE ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIFrlON OF WORK: A. Work Included: Repair and rehabilitation of existing file roofing to include, 1. Inspection of existing roofing tile and calculation of required replacement tile. 2. Removal, sorting, salvage and on-site storage of existing roofing tile. 3. Inspection and repair of roof substrate, sheathing as per Drawings and as indicated by inspection results. 4. Installation of all flashings and gutters (specified in Section 07600). 5. Installation of roofing felt. 6. Installation of asphaltic roll roofing. 7. Installation of salvaged original roofing file and replica roofing tile. 8. Repair of fiat file vertical cladding at donners, including partial file removal, substrate repair, tile replacement. B. Related Work in other sections, Section 07600 Flashing & Sheet Metal. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Requirements of General and Supplementary conditions, Division 00 and Division 01 apply to all work in this section. B. Requirements of Section 02050 DEMOLITION apply to all work in this section. C. Applicator shall have a minimum of 5 years verifiable experience in the installation and/or rehabilitation of file roofing systems and shall exhibit a thorough knowledge of the technological aspects of historic tile roofing systems. 1.03 SUBMITTAL: A. Contzactor shall submit samples of roof file, manufacturer's descriptive literature and full technical and installation specifications for review and approval. Contractor shall prepare a 3'-0 x3'-0 field mock-up of file installation for inspection and approval of Constmedon Manager prior to proceeding with tile installation. 1.04 INSPECTION & SCHEDULING: A. Contractor shall submit inspection requests to Construction Manager following completion of the following work phases. Do not commence work on additional phases until Section 07200 Page 1-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 inspection and approval of previously completed work by ConsU~ction Manager. Work phases requiring inspection are: Phase 1 Removal, sorting and on-site storage of existing roofing tile. Inspection and repair of roof substrate. Installation of roofing felt. Phase 2 Installation of flashing and roof accessories. Phase 3 Installation of salvaged original roofing tile and replica roofing tile. Phase 4 Flat tile substrate repair at dormers Phase 5 Tile replacement at dormers. B. Coordinate work of this Section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. C. Do not schedule tile removal during forecasted periods of inclement weather. Provide adequate temporary waterproofing during periods of inclement weather. Insure best possible weather resistance and durability of the work and protection of materials and finishing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Provide all materials necessary and incidental to the complete scope of work. B. Tile shall match existing historic roof file in composition, color, dimension, configuration and installation methodology. Tile shall be as custom manufactured by Ludowici Inc. to match existing historic tile. Acceptable distributors include JEH Company, 13910 RR Road 620 N, Austin, Texas 78729, 512-219-6226. C. Substrate: Repair or replace damaged substrate in-kind and as shown on Drawings. D. Roofing Felt: two layers of 30lb felt applied to all substrate surfaces. E. Battens: Existing wood battens shall be replaced with preservative treated wood battens of identical size, shape and configuration; as well as supplementary battens if required by Construction Manager. F. Tile Fasteners: Copper nails and wires shall be used throughout for general fastening of tiles to subs~ate. Provide copper tabs, "tingle" fasteners or copper wire/nail assemblies where required to secure tiles at all locations where tiles are cut and fitted at valleys and roof penetrations. G. Flashings: all existing flashing, gutters and downspouts, with exception of the leader boxes and downspouts at the Tower, shall be replaced, see Section 07600 Flashing & Sheet Metal. Section 07200 Page 2-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation ~ KEYSTONE AKCHITECTS July 10, 2001 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which work is to be executed and notify Construction Manager in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Starting of work will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of conditions within any particular area. C. Do not begin work until pm-construction consultation with Construction Manager and issuance of Notice To Proceed. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Prior to commencing work, Contractor shall meet with Construction Manager to subdivide the Phase 1 work into manageable sections of roofing area that may be completed within one work day, so as to minimize the exposure of the building to the weather. 3.03 ROOF TILE REMOVAL, SORTING & STORAGE: A. All tile removal work shall be conducted with the utmost care to minkmize breakage, including, but not limited to, the following precautions: 1. The roof tiles cannot be safely walked on or weighed on due to their fragility and corrosion of the fasteners holding them in place. Do not walk on existing roof files during removal, repair or replacement work. ConU'actor shall bear sole expense of repair and replacement work necessitated by failure to comply with this directive. Begin removal process by removing a section of files along the eave line and working up towards the ridgeline, so as to create an access "path" to the roof ridge. Removal of tiles within access path should be commenced at the eave and progress upward to the ridge cap tiles. This will expose a "working" area of substrate. Remove and properly dispose of battens. Inspect substrate for structural stability and reinforce if necessary to yield a secure temporary substrate. 2. Continue with remaining file removal starting at the ridge with removal of the ridge tile and work downward, carefully inserting a slate ripper or hacksaw blade under each file to cut the wires and/or nail(s) holding it in place. 3. Specially cut tiles at valleys and hips and specially cut trim files shall be marked on the back with the tile location to facilitate reinstallation. Sort remaining files by type (field, bird-stop, ridge, etc.) and as directed by Construction Manager and store tiles on-site as directed by Construction Manager. 3.04 SUBSTRATE REPAIR: Due to hidden conditions, the extent of substrate repair is not capable of being fully identified and described on the Drawings. The contractor shall be prepared to undertake a thorough field discovery of substmte conditions as existing roof files are removed and to utilize this knowledge in directing the extent of substrate repair. A. Inspection: Inspect substrate for damage, failure or stress, rot and insect infestation and report findings to Construction Manager. Section 07200 Page 3-5 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 B. Demolition: In replacement and repair areas, as designate by the results of the Contractor's inspection and as indicated on the Drawings, or as directed by the Construction Manager, remove all damaged substrate. C. Replace all damaged, rotted or otherwise inadequate wood decking and supporting roof structure. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF ROOFING FELT: A. Do not begin installation of roofing felt until inspection of substrate repair by Construction Manager. B. Install roofing felt according to manufacturer's recommendations and industry standards. 3.06 FLASHING, G~RS & DOWNSPOUTS: See SECTION 07600 - FLASHINGS & SHEET METAL. 3.07 TILE INSTALLATION A. Do not begin installation of roof tile until inspection of flashing, gutter and downspout installation by Constmodon Manager. B. Install new battens utilizing same methodology and configuration as original battens. C. Lay tiles beginning with first course of "birdstop" tiles at eaves, talcing care that tiles overlap the gutter system by at least 2" or as necessary to ensure that rainwater discharges into the central portion of the gutter. Intersperse replica tiles with original tiles as directed by Construction Manager so as to yield a uniform appearance. D. After fitting of first course, examine from ground level and make final adjustments for straightness. Do not proceed with successive courses until all adjustments are made. E. Proceed with installation of successive courses, utilizing same wire/nail fastening system as original installation. F. Ridge and hip tile joints shall be sealed with flexible copper flashing. G. All work (materials, methodology, etc.) must be in accordance with National Parks Service Technical Bulletins and Preservation Briefs for historic rehabilitation of historic tile roofs and historic roofing. 3.08 PROTECTION AND CLEAN-UP A. Protection: Protect adjacent surfaces and work of other trades against damage from roofing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or, and replacing in-kind, as acceptable to Construction Manager. Take all necessary precautions required to protect adjacent finishes. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced roof tiles. Section 07200 Page 4-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 B. Clean-Up: During progress of work, remove from site discarded materials, rubbish, cartons, packaging, cans, etc. at end of each work day. C. Upon completion of roof work, brash clean roof and surrounding area thoroughly. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 07200 Page 5-5 Paris Santa F¢-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © K~YSTONI: ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SECTION 07600: FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: 1. Provision of copper flashings and accessories. 2. The types of work specified in this section include, but are not limited to, the following: a. New roof flashing and miscellaneous metal flashing. b. Repair of existing gutters, leader boxes and downspouts at Tower. c. New gutters and downspouts throughout remainder of building. 1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: A. GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISIONS 00 AND 01 apply to all work of this section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to work of this section where cited by abbreviations noted below: 1. Federal specifications (IS). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. Sheet Metal and Ak Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA). 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout, joining, profiles, and anchorages of fabricated work, for fall lashings, gutters and downspouts; layouts at I/4" scale, details at 3" scale. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance end durability of the work and protection of materials and finishes. Section 07600 Page 1-3 Paris Santa Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL MATERIALS: A. Sheet Metal FlashingtTrim: 1. Copper: 20 oz., except furnish 24 oz for valley flashing and roof caps. B. Gutters and Downspouts: 1. Copper: 20 oz. C. Miscellaneous Materials and Accessories: 1. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal. 2. Bituminous Coating: FS TI-C-494 or SSPC - Paint 12, solvent type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. 3. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. 4. Elastomeric Sealant: one-component polysulfide or polyurethane sealant, complying with FS TT-S-0030, Class A, Type II. 5. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, of same material as material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gauge required for performance. 6. 30 LB. felt Mansville or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, FLASHING AND SHEET METAL: A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturers installation instructions and recommendations, and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Anchor units of work securely in. place by methods indicated, pmvicling for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line end level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints and seams which will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. No soldering of sheet metal will be undertaken by installers while on or near the roof. Conduct soldering only in protected areas which pose no threat of fire to the building. No open flame shall be used anywhere other than in protected areas which pose no threat of fire to the building. C. Existing original gutlers, le~acler boxes and downspouts at the Tower shall be repaired, reinforced and re-anchored as necessary. Section 07600 Page 2-3 Paris Santa Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehabilitation © KFYSTONE ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 D. New gutters and downspouts shall be fabricated and installed to match existing original gutters and downspouts in appearance, size, profile and configuration. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances which might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. B. Protection: Contractor shall advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of flashings and sheet metal work during construction, to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration, other than natural weathering, at time of substantial completion. ** END OF SECTION ** Section 07600 Page 3-3 Pads Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 07800 ROOF ACCESSORIES SECTION 07800: ROOF ACCESSORIE~S PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. The extent and locations of roof accessories are indicated on the Drawings and by provisions of this section. B. The types of accessories specified in this section include the following: 1. Pipe Vents flashing various diameter, 1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: A. GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISIONS 00 AND 01 apply to all work of this section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, indns~, or governmental organizations apply to work of this section where cited by abbreviations noted below: 1. Federal Specifications (PS) 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA). 4. Aluminum Association (AA). 1.03 STANDARDS: A. Standards: Comply with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, rough-in diagrams, details, installation instructions and general product recommendafions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: Provide manufacturers' standard units, modified as necessary to comply with requirements. Shop fabricate each unit to greatest extent possible. Section 07800 Page 1-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTAI.LATION: A. General: Comply wi~h manufacturer's inslxuctions and recommendations. Coordinate with repair of eaves to receive cave vents. Anchor units securely to supporting stnictural subs~'ates, adequate to withstand lateral and thermal stresses as well as inward and outward loading pressures. 1. Except as otherwise indicated install roof accessory items in accordance with construction details of "NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual". B. Isolation: Where metal surfaces of units are to be installed in contact with noncompatible metal or corrosive subslrates, including wood, apply bituminous coating on concealed metal surfaces, or provide other permanent separation. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Clean exposed metal surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Touch up damaged metzl coatings. ** END OF SECTION ** Section 07800 Page 2-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS Suly 10, 2001 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS SECTION 07900: JOINT SEALERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: The extent of each form and type of joint sealer is indicated on drawings and by provisions of this section. The applications for jo'mt sealers as work of this section include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Pavement and sidewalk joints. 2. Concrete construction joints. 3. Floor joints (interior). 4. Wall joints (interior). $. Roof flashing and coping joints. 6. Windows, doors, trims, plates 7. Miscellaneous refurbished areas. 8. Wood consolidator. 1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: A. GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISIONS 00 AND 01 apply to all work of this section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to work of this section where cited by abbreviations noted below: 1. Federal specifications (FS). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1.03 SUBMITrALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, handling/installation/curing instructions, and performance tested data sheets for each elastomeric product required. Section 07900 Page 1-5 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation ~ KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS ~uly 10, 200t 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of liquid sealants under unfavorable weather conditions. Install elastomeric sealants when temperature is in lower third of temperature range defined by manufacturer for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. General Sealer Performance Requirements: Provide colors indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. Select materials for compatibility with joint surfaces and other indicated exposures, and except as otherwise indicated select modulus of elasticity and hardness or grade recommended by manufacturer for each application indicated. Where exposed to foot traffic, select marketing materials of sufficient strength and hardness to withstand stiletto heel traffic without damage or deterioration of sealer system. 2.02 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: A. Sealant No. 1 One-Component Polysulfide or Polyurethane Sealant: Complying with FS TI-S-O0230C, Class A, Type II (non-sag). B. Sealant No. 2 - One-Component or Multi-Component Polyurethane Sealant: Complying with FS TT-S-00227E or FS Tr-s-oo230, Class A, Type I (self leveling). C. Sealant Ho. 3- Single-Component Silicone Rubber Sealant: Complying with either ASTM C 920, Type S, Class 25, Grade KS, or FS Tr-s-oo1543, Class A, Type Non-sag. D. Sealant No. 4 - One-component or muiti-component polyurethane traffic grade sealant, complying with ASTM c 920, Type S or M, Grade P, Class 25, Use T. 2.03 NON-ELASTOMERIC SEALANT: A. Sealant No. 5- Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: Acrylic-emulsion or latex robber- modified acrylic-emulsion sealant compound; permanently flexible, non-staining and non-bleeding. 2.04 JOINT FIlJ.ERS, PAVEMENT TYPE: A. Bituminous and Fiber Joint Filler: Provide resilient and non- extruding type pm- molded bituminous impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D 1751, FS HH-F-341, Type I, and AASHTO M 213.-Provide one of the following products, or approved equal: 1. "Flexcell"; Celotex Corp. Section 07900 Page 2-5 Paris Santa F¢-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation ~ K£YSTON£ ARCiqIT£CTS July 10, 2001 2. "Tex-Lite"; J. P. Pelxoleum Prod. 3. "Fiber"; W. R. Meadows 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Joint Primer/Sealer: Provide type of jo'mt primer/sealer recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint surfaces to be primed or sealed. B. Bond Breaker Tape: Provide polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer, to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint f'dler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable, C. Sealant Backer Rod: Provide compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam, polyurethane foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible permanent, durable non-absorptive material as recommended by sealant manufacturer for back-up of and compatibility with sealant. Backer rod shall be placed into joints at minimum 25% compression. 2.06 WOOD CONSOLIDATORS A. "Liquid Wood" : Provide carving and shaping tools as necessary to allow an appropriate work area for consolidant. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, Abatron, Inc. 1 800445 1754. No substitutions will be considered. B. "Wood Epox": Provide carving and shaping tools as necessary to allow an appropriate work area for consolidant. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, Abas'on, Inc. 1 800 445 1754. No substitutions will be considered. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Installer shall examine subsWates, (joint surfaces) and conditions under which jo'mt sealer work is to be performed, and shall notify Architect in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with joint sealer work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Architect. 3.02 JOINT PREPARATION: A. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of gaskets, sealants or caulking compounds. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which could interfere with seal of gasket or bond of sealant or caulking compound. Etch concrete and masonry joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Roughen vitreous and glazed joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Prime or seal joint surfaces where indicated, and where recommended by sealant manufacturer. Confine primer/sealer to areas of sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. Section 07900 Page 3-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation ~ K[YSTON[ ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 3.03 INSTAH.ATION: A. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified, or asdirectedby Architect. B. Set joint filler units at depth or position in joint as indicated to coordinate with other work, including installation of bond breakers, backer rods and sealants. Do not leave voids or gaps between ends of joint filler units. C. Install sealant backer rod for liquid-applied sealants. D. Install bond breaker tape where indicated and where required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that liquid-applied sealants will perform as intended. E. Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants are deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting" of joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicate& fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, filljoint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. F. Install liquid-applied sealant to depths as shown or, if not shown, as recommended by sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations, measured at center (thin) section of beads (not applicable to sealants in lapped joints). G. For sidewalks, pavements and similar joints sealed with elastomeric sealants and subject to lxaffie and other abrasion and indentation exposures, fill joints to a depth equal to 50% of joint width, but neither more than 5/8" deep nor less than 3/8" deep. H. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants but not subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to 50% of joint width, but neither more than 1/2" deep nor less than 1/4" deep. I. Spillage: Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow from confines of joints, or tospillonto adjoining work, or to migrate into voids of exposed finishes. Clean adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessaxy to e'hminate evidence of spillage. J. Recess exposed joint fillers slightly behind adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise shown, so that compressed units will not protrude from joints. Section 07900 Page 4-5 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 3.04 CURE AND PROTECTION: A. Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. Advise Construction Manager of procedures required for cure and protection of joint sealers during construction pexiod, so that they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal wear and weathering) at time of substantial completion. Cure and protect sealants in a manner which will minimize increases in modulus of elasticity and other accelerated aging effects. Replace or restore sealants which are damaged or deteriorated during construction period. PART 4 - JOINT SEALANT SCHEDULE 4.01 EXTERIOR JOINTS: A. Horizontal non-traffic joints - Sealant No. 2. B. Exterior building windows, doors, jambs, veaical and overhead joints: 1. Wood to wood; wood to metal: masonry to metal, masonry to concrete Sealant No. 1 or No. 3. 2. Metal to metal; metal to glass - Sealant No. 3. 3. Flashing joints - Sealant No. 1 orNo. 2. 4. Horizontal traffic bearing joints - Sealant No. 4 5. Doors, Windows and any damaged wood - Wood Consolidators ** END OF SECTION ** Section 07900 Page 5-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS SECTION 08210: WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Restoration and repair of existing wood doors, replication of new wood doors to match missing original doors, provision of new, historically compatible wood doors. A. Extent and location of wood doors are shown on drawings. B. Types of doors required include the following: 1. Existing doors and frames, restored according to Section 06700 Wood Restoration. 2. New-Replica stile-and-rail doors, wood paneled, to match original existing doors in-kind or as detailed on Drawings. 3. New stile and rail doors, historically compatible with existing historic doors (not replicas of historic doors), glass and/or wood paneled. 1.02 GENERAL CONDITIONS: A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, DIVISIONS 00 and 01, SECTION 06700 - WOOD RESTORATION and SECTION 07900 SEALANTS apply to ail work of this section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to work of this section where cited by abbreviations noted below: 1. National Woodwork Manufacturers Association (MWMA). 2. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). 3. Woodwork Institute of California (WIC). 4. National Parks Service Technical Bulletins 1.03 SUBMITrALS: A. Existing Doors: Restore one existing door according to standards of National Parks Service Bulletin and in accordance with Section 6700 Wood Restoration, for on-site approval by Construction Manager. S~tion 08210 Page 1-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ^RCHITECTS July 10, 2001 B. New and New-Replica Doors: 1. Product Data: Submit door manufacturer's product data for each type of new and new-replica wood door, including details of core and edge construction, lrim for openings and louvers, and finishing specifications for factory finish. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating loca~on and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door, details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking, fLre ratings and other pertinent data. C. Samples: Submit samples for the following: 1. Finished Doors: Submit samples of door faces representing typical range of color and grain. Also submit strips of solid wood 3" x 1'-0" of species to be used for exposed edges, trim and other solidwood components. 1.04 NEW DOOR PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING. A. Protect wood doors during Uansit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced ANSI standard and recommendations of NWMA pamphlet "How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors", as well as manufacturer's instructions as necessary to preserve manufacturer's warranty. 1. Package doors at factory prior to shipping using manufacturer's standard method. B. Identify each door with individual opening numbers which correlate with designation system used on shop drawings for door, flames, and hardware, using temporary, removable or concealed markings. 1.05 SPECIFIED PRODUCT WARRANTY: A. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by Manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors which have warped (bow, cup or twist) or which show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of NWMA and AWI. Warranty must be valid for a period of not less than 1 year from date of completion of the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Existing Doors: Existing original doors which are scheduled for rehabilitation as per the Drawings shall be repaired and restored utilizing the wood restoration methods and materials specified in Section 06700 - Wood Restoration. 1. In-kind wood, or as designated on the drawings, for existing door and frame restoration replacement material. Section 08210 Page 2-5 Paris Santa F¢-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 B. New Doors, Replica & New: 1. Acceptable manufacturers include: Marvin, Kolbe & Kolbe, EFCO or other custom door fabricators capable of meeting the quality standards and product warranty requirements contained herein. 2. Clear VG Red Fir or Douglas Fir, kiln dried to maximum 19% moisture content, solid one-piece stiles, rails, stops and frames. 3. Stiles and rails shall be mortised and/or doweled and well glued with Type I adhesive, and clamped together under pressure. Center rail shall be joined to stiles in a substantial manner, with dowels or appropriately sized biscuits, so that boring for locksets shall not weaken the joint at this point. 4. Doors shall be in-kind replicas of existing door designs or new, non-replica doors as shown on Drawings, with respect to form, appearance and method of construction, unless specified differently herein. 2.02 DOOR SHOP-PRIMING: A. Before delivery of doors to project site, shop-prime as follows: 1. Prime doors shown or scheduled for painted finishes with finish paint compatible primer as specified in Division-9 "Painting" sections of these specifications. 2.03 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT FOR NEW DOORS: A. All new and new-replica doors shall be treated after manufacture by the immersion treaanent for a period of 15 minutes in water repellent preservative in accordance with the requirements of the National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association (NWMA) Industry Standard I.S. 4. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS: A. Existing Doors: 1. Restore all existing doors and related components, including all door openings, jambs, heads, threshes, and trim, according to Section 6700 Wood Restoration and Section 7900 Sealants pertaining to use of wood consolidators, and the National Park Service Technical Bulletins. 2. Hand scrape and sand doors as specified in Section 9900 Painting. Do not chemically strip or dip to remove existing finish. Do not use mechanical or non- mechanical wire brush paint scrapers. Remove all excess materials, fill all existing borings and holes. Re-glue and re-dowel as necessary to yield a solid, square historic door. Section 08210 Page 3-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 3. Hand scrape and sand all jambs, heads and related components. Do not chemically strip or dip to remove existing finish. Do not use mechanical or non- mechanical wire brash paint scrapers. Remove all excess materials, fill all existing borings and holes. Re-glue and re-dowel as necessary to yield a solid, plumb and square assembly to receive original doors. B. New Doors: 1. Stile-and-mil doors shall be manufactured or fabricated in accordance with the WIC "Manual of Woodwork", Section 20, "Special Design and Construction". 2. Prepare for all hardware, bore and set for hinges. 3. Prime all doors. 3.02 INSPECTION: A. Require Installer to examine door frames, after their installation, and doors, prior to their hanging, for the following purposes: 1. To ve~. that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. 2. To verify that doors are flee of defects that could cause their rejection. 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity in installation area prior to hanging. B. Hardware: See Division-8 of these Specifications. C. Job-Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim doors in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fn'c-rated doors, if any. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Fitting Clearances: For non-rated doors provide clearances of 1/8" at jambs and heads; 1/16" per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/8" from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4" clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. 2. Bevel non-rated doors 1/8" at lock and hinge edges. D. Prefit of New Doors: Fit to frames and machine for hardware to whatever extent not previously worked as required for fit and uniform clearance at each edge. E. Job-Site Finished Doors: See painting section in Division 9 of these Specifications for finishing requirements. Section 08210 Page 4-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation ~ KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 3.04 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Operation: Re-hang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely, as directed by Construction Manager. B. Institute protective measures as required to assure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of final completion. ** END OF SECTION ** Section 08210 Page 5-5 Paris Santa ]:e-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 08610 WOOD WINDOWS SECTION 08610: WOOD WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Rehabilitation of existing historic wood windows and in- kind replacement of missing historic wood windows with new replica wood windows. Extent of window repair and replacement is indicated on the Drawings. A. Existing Windows Restoration and Repair: All existing windows exhibiting Class I or Class II repairable damage, as per Section 06700 - Wood Restoration, extent and location as shown on Drawings, shall be restored as specified herein. B. New Replica Windows: All missing original windows, as well as all existing windows exhibiting damage beyond Class II repairable damage, as per Section 06700 - Wood Restoration, extent and location as shown on Drawings, shall be replaced with new in-kind replica windows as specified herein. Extent and location as shown on drawings. C. Wood Trim: New and RestoredExisting exterior and interior wood triras as specified in SECTION 06700 - WOOD RESTORATION. Replacement in-kind of any missing trims or trims damaged beyond Class II repairable damage. Refer to Section 06200 Finish Carpentry for interior and exterior wood trim not specified as integral components of window units (casings, moldings, stools, aprons, mullion covers and similar components). D. Glazing: Provide in-kind glazing to match existing, or as specified here-in, or as shown on Drawings. E. All existing original windows to be restored are to be returned to original working condition. 1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, DIVISIONS 00 and 01, and SECTIONS 06200 Wood Restoration and 07900 Sealants apply to all work of this section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to work of this section where cited by abbreviations not~l below: 1. Federal Specifications (FS). 2. National Woodwork Manufacturers Association (NWMA). 3. Secretary of the Interior Standards for Rehabilitation. 4. Stained Glass Indust~'y Standards 5. National Park Service Technical Bulletins Section 08610 Page 1-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standards: 1. Wood Windows: Comply with General Requirements of NWMA "IndnstryStandard for Wood Window Units 1.5.2", except to extent more stringent requirements are specified herein or on Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Existing Window Restoration: Prepare a sample window unit representing typical scope and standard of quality (in accordance with Sections 6700 Wood Restoration and 07900 Sealants) for inspection and written approval by Architect. No other work is to be executed on the windows until this approval is obtained. B. New Replica Windows: 1. Product Data: Submit window manufacturer's product data for each type of wood window, including details of core and edge construction, trims, and finishing specifications for factory finish. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating location and size of each window, elevation of each kind of window, details of construction, location and extent of hardware and other pertinent data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW REPLICA WINDOWS A. Provide custom replica wood windows to match in-kind the size, shape, configuration, profile, light pattern and style of existing original windows or as shown on Drawings. 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Wood, Existing Windows: Provide in-kind replacement of wood for Existing Windows where required for replacement components or splicing. Provide restoration and repair materials as specified on Sections 06200 Wood Restoration and 07900 Sealants. B. Wood, New Replica Windows: 1. Tower Windows: Vertical Grain Redwood or Mahogany, free of finger-joints, treated with water repellent preservative and kiln-dried to a moisture content of 6 to 12 percent. 2. All Other Windows: Clear vertical grain yellow pine or Douglas Fir, free of finger-joints, treated with water repellent preservative and kiln-dried to a moisture content of 6 to 12 percent. C. Fasteners: Comply with requirements of ANSI/NWMA 1.5.2 for fabrication and with manufacturer's recommendations and standard industry practices for type and size of installation fasteners. 1. For fabrication of wood windows, use stainless steel nails and screws. Section 08610 Page 2-5 Santa Fe-Friseo Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 2. For hardware and accessory installation use brass screws. D. Compression Weather-stripping: 1. Manufacturer's standard nonferrous spring metal or vinyl gasket, designed for permanently resilient sealing under bumper or wiper action, completely concealed when window sash is closed. E. Hardware: 1. Provide solid oil-robbed bronze operational and locking hardware (sash lifts and sash locks). F. Glass and Glazing Materials: 1. Provide in-kind glazing to match existing. 2.03 FABRICATION: All new windows are custom sizes. Coordinate dimensions with actual measurement of each existing window opening in construction work. Expect discrepancies and out-of square rough openings and allow adequate time and resources to adjust windows and window frames accordingly. No cutting of existing rough masonry window openings will be allowed. A. Sizes and Profiles: Provide in-kind replicas of existing/original profiles or as shown on Drawings. B. Where necessary replicate custom sizes and coordinate dimensions with the actual measure of window openings in construction work. C. Extent of each window unit, except as otherwise indicated, includes sash or sashes, frame, stops, sill (including undersill or nosing), exterior casing and moldings, integral mullions and muntins, hardware and accessories. 1. Provide weather-stripping at perimeter of each operating sash. 2. Provide glazing stops (beads), coordinated with glass selection and glazing system as indicated. D. Pre-glaze wood window units at shop before delivery, unless not available as pre-glazed from fabricator; except do not pre-glaze light sizes in excess of 100 united inches. E. Shop-Finished Units: Provide fabricator's standard shop primer finish on exposed interior and exterior window surfaces only of wood components. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING WINDOW RESTORATION: A. All windows shall be removed by window restoration subcontractor prior to commencement of building structural repairs. Section 08610 Page 3-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS $u1¥ 10, 2001 B. Subcomzactor shall pack, crate and transport all windows to Construction Manager approved window restoration shop for restoration and repair work. C. All repair and restoration work shall conform to standards of the Secretary of the Interior Standards for Rehabilitation and the National Parks Service Technical Bulletins and is subject to approval by the Architect: 1. Hand strip, scrape and sand all windows as specified in Section 09900 - Painting. Clean with Oxalic Acid/water at a ratio of 1:7. Chemical tank dipping of windows and/or window components is expressly forbidden. 2. Rejuvenate all weathered wood by lightly sanding and then applying a field prepared solution of 24 oz exterior varnish, 1 oz paraffin wax and enough mineral spirits to make 1 gallon of solution. Flood surfaces and allow to soak for 24 hours prior to removing excess solution. 3. All windows shall be repaired to sound operating and weathertight condition. All damaged wood and glass is to be repaired according to requirements of Specifications SECTION 06700 - WOOD RESTORATION and SECTION 7900 JOINT SEALERS. 4. See Drawings for additional requirements. 5. All work by glass subcontractor is to be directed and coordinated by window restoration sub-contractor. 3.02 INSTAI.I.ATION: A. New Replica Windows: In general, comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of replacement wood window units, hardware, accessories, and other components of work. Adjust installation methodology as required to accommodate individual discrepancies in rough window openings. Most, if not all rough openings will be out-of square and require some adjustment of jamb-head-sill assembly for successful installation. Allow adequate time and resources to adjust window frames accordingly. No cutting of existing rough masonry window openings will be allowed B. Existing Windows: Reinstallation of restored existing windows and installation of window hardware is to be performed by the windowrestorationsubcontractor. C. All Units: Set units plumb, level, and ~ue to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. Refer to Division 7 of these Specifications for joint fillers and sealants required for installation. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Adjust operating sash and hardwar~ to provide smooth operation with tight, weatherproof closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. B. Refer to Section 09900 Painting for required finish to be applied on wood window units at project site. Glaze each unit before application of final finish coat where coat extends over removable glazing bead or over exposed face glazing. Section 08610 Page 4-5 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 C. Clean glass of window units promptly after installation: Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for Final Inspection (of each area of project). Comply with glass manufacturer's recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. D. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, scratched, abraded or damaged in other ways during construction period, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism. E. Touch up and repair factory applied finish as required to provide a consistent visual appearance as required by the Architect. ** END OF SECTION ** Section 08610 Page 5-5 Pads Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE SECTION 08710: FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Furnish and deliver to the building site, all new and replica finish hardware required for all doors, cabinets/drawers, restroom partitions, etc. as required to satisfy all functional uses of the space. B. Inspect, catalog, remove, clean, replate, repair and reinstall existing historic finish hardware designated for reuse. 1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: A. GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISIONS 00 & 01 apply to all work in this Section. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Hardware Allowance: Finish hardware shall be selected by the Architect from a cash allowance for materials only, delivered to the job site, all taxes included. Refer to SECTION 01200 ALLOWANCES for allowance directive. Supplier shall submit proposed hardware installation schedule to Architect during pre-qualification phase of procurement. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Schedule: Submit to Architect three (3) copies of the schedule of selected hardware; list each opening and hardware to be applied. State keying, mat~ri~'al, finish and manufacturer's number for each item. B. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature along with schedule for information only. 1.05 DELIVERY: A. Examine the Drawings, PROJECT MANUAL, and jobsite conditions in order to check all items so they will be suitable and of perfect fit and delivered where and when required. B. All hardware shall be delivered at the site, packed separately with all trimmings, screws, etc., for each paxticular door, all properly labeled and numbered so that they can Section 08710 Page 1-5 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS Suly 10, 2001 be checked with the hardware list which shall be furnished with the goods when delivered. C. Upon delivery of the finish hardware to the jobsite by the hardware supplier, the Contractor shall have a responsible person check in the material at the place for storage. The hardware shall be pmtected from damage at all times, both prior to and after installation. 1.06 QUALITY CONTROL STANDARDS A. All finish hardware locksets, passage sets or privacy sets designated for restoration and reuse shall be restored and installed by a licensed locksmith experienced in historic l~mish hardware. All other hardware designated for restoration and reuse shall be restored by sub-contractor experienced in the restoration of metal finish hardware. B. All new and replica finish hardware locksets, passage sets or privacy sets shall be installed by a licensed locksmith PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FRqlSH HARDWARE: A. All finish hardware shall be as manufactured by Baldwin, Inc., or Architect approved equal. B. All finish hardware shall be solid oil-robbed bronze or solid antique brass. C. After submittal approval, Architect shall make final selection of style numbers from accepted manufacturer for each installation location and hardware group and as required to meet applicable historic guidelines. In those instances where existing historic hardware is in repairable condition and designated for re-use, such units shall be removed, restored and re-installed in original location. 2.02 HARDWARE SCHEDULE: A. All doors and cabinets/drawers shall require the installation of complete finish hardware systems, as designated in the following Hardware Groups and as designated on Drawings. Group 1: New, Historically Compatible Hardware a. Mortise Locks b. Metal Threshold & Weather-stripping c. Door Bumpers and Closers d. Strikes e. Panic Hardware f. Hinges g. Kick plates h. Surface bolts Section 08710 Page 2-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 Group 2: New, Historically Compatible Hardware a. Mortise Locks b. Metal Threshold & Weather-stripping c. Door Bumpers and Closers d. Strikes e. Panic Hardware i. Hinges j. Kick plates k. Surface bolts 1. Extended "swing clear" hinges, custom-made Group 3: Restored Original Hardware + Replica Hardware as Required a. Overhead Track System b. Sliding Track System c. Hinges d. Miscellaneous Handles & Pulls e. Anchoring Hardware f. Passage or Privacy Sets g. Other Original or Replica Hardware, existing or missing, as necessary to pwvide a complete hardware set for each location. Group 4: New, Historically Compatible Hardware a. Passage or Privacy Sets b. Door Bumpers & Closers c. Strikes d. Hinges e. Kick plates Group 5: New, Historically Compatible Hardware a. Pivot Hinges b. Door Latch c. Door Hook Group 6: New, Historically Compatible Hardware a. Passage Sets b. Dead Bolt c. Door Bumpers & Closers d. Strikes f. Hinges g. Kick plates h. Door Hook Section 08710 Page 3-5 Paris Sama Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS Suly 10, 2001 Group 7: Restored Original Hardware + Replica Hardware as Required a. Hinges b. Miscellaneous Handles & Pulls c. Passage or Privacy Sets d. Other Original or Replica Hardware, existing or missing, as necessary to provide a complete hardware set for each location. e. New deadbolt f. New Door Bumper Group 8: New Hardware a. Hasp Lockset 2.03 FASTENINGS: A. Furnish necessary screws, bolts, and other fastenings for proper application of hardware. Fastenings shall be of suitable size and type of securing hardware for heavy use. Fastenings must harmonize with the hardware as to material and finish. B. Furnish necessary expansion shields, toggle bolts, machine or wood screws or other suitable approved anchoring devices where hardware is to be installed on concrete, masonry or other types of backing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING HARDWARE RESTORATION A. Existing historic hardware which has been designated by the Architect for restoration and reuse shall be removed, catalogued, cleaned, replated and returned to fully functional condition. If existing historic hardware is determined to be unsuitable for restoration, provide new historically compatible hardware to match new hardware scheduled for similar installations. 3.02 INST^I.I.ATION: A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in 'Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames and ADA" by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or required to comply wilh governing ADA regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed by Architect Existing original hardware shall be reinstalled in original location unless otherwise directed by Architect. B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Whenever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work specified in the Section 9900 Painting. Do not install surface- mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substxate. Section 08710 Page 4-5 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © KI[YSTON[ AP. CHIT[C-'TS July 10, 2001 C. Set units level plumb and ;me to line and location. Adjust and reinfome the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. E. Installer shall be an experienced lock-smith, capable of providing full follow-up service after occupancy. Installer shall exercise the utmost care during installation of finish hardware. The cost of repairing damage to doors, cabinetxy and/or hardware caused by installer error shall be paid for by Contractor. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior m acceptance or occupancy, whichever occurs later, and make final check and adjustment ofallhardwareitems in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 08710 Page 5-5 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SECTION 09250: GYPSUM WALLBOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Provide gypsum board, joint treaUnent~ and accessories. Application of plaster finish coat. B. Manufacturers: U.S.G. drywall system is specified. The equivalent systems of Gold Bond or Domtar Gypsum board may be used at the Contractor's option. The interchanging of portions of the systems will not be permitted. 1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: A. GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISIONS 00 and 01 apply to all work of this section. B. All gypsum wallboard work shall conform to procedures and techniques recommended in the following: 1. "Standard specifications for Gypsum Wallboard Interior Finishes", American National Standards Institute#A97.1. 2. "Dry Wall Construction" manual published by Drywall Industry Trust Fund, Los Angeles, California. 3. American Society for Testing and Materials. If reference specifications and this PROJECT MANUAL conflict, comply with stricter requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Water resistant Gypsum Wallboard conforming to ASTM C630-78 in wet areas (not for tile or marble underlayment). B. Gypsum Wallboard: Type X, 5/8" thick. C. Joint Reinforcing Tape, Adhesive and Comer Reinforcement: Standard product recommended by manufacturer of gypsum wallboard used. Use trim and comer beads with tape wings - no metal trims to be used. Section 09250 Page 1-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation ~ KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 D. Fasteners: As required, No. 13 gauge, 1-3/8" long, 19/64" head or No. 0.098 gauge, 1-1/4" long, Annular ringed 6d drywall nails, for attachment for wall board studs or 1- 1/4" type "W" bugle head screw. Self-drilling and self-tapping, No. 8 pan head. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Float and tape to a smooth level surface. Allow to cure for 48 hrs prior to plaster texturing. B. Medium texture. No spray application of plaster texturing will be allowed. If during application, any adjacent surfaces or areas are contaminated, contractor must return all affected areas to original. Pre-condition and resume application of texturing using roller application only, or approved equal texture. C. Install trim at all internal and external angles formed by the intersection of either panel surfaces or other surfaces. Apply comer bead to all vertical or horizontal external comers in accordance with manufacturer'sdirections. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 09250 Page 2-2 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS ~uly 10, 2001 SECTION 096~0 RESILIENT FLOORI~TG SECTION 09650: RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provision of resilient flooring and accessories. 1.02 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS A. Requirements of GENERAL and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS and DIVISION 01 apply to all work in this Section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to work of this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below. 1. Federal Specifications (FS). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's literature describing products and installation methods. B. Samples: Submit manufacturers' samples for final color selection. C. Maintenance Materials: 1. Manufacturer's recommended maintenance instructions for each type of flooring installed. 2. Extra Stock: Furnish the Owner at least five percent of each different pattern of flooring material and base. Provide in original unbroken containers. Section 09650 Page 1-4 Paris Santa F¢-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTON~ ARCHITECTS Suly 10, 2001 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time for use. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Close areas of resilient flooring to traffic and other work until flooring is fLrmly set. B. Protect installation until completion of all work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RESILIENT SURFACES A. Vinyl Composition Tile; 1. Meet requirements of FS SS-T-312 2. Size: 12 by 12 by 1/8 inches. 3. Armstrong World Industries Inc.'s "Excelon, Imperial Modem"; the Flintkote Co.'s "Flexichrome, Classic"; Kentile Floor Inc.'s "Architectural Series"; final color as selected by Owner. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Underlayment: Blend of elastomer and lime free, quick-setting dehydrating powder mixture blended in proportions recommended by manufacturer. Same as Crossfield Products Corp.'s "Dex-O-Tex G-26 Underlayment"; or equal. B. Ashesive, Primers, and Cleaning Materials: As recommended by manufacturer of approved resilient materials. C. Reducer Strips: Vinyl; profile as shown; color as selected from manufacturer's Section 09650 Page 2-4 Paris Santa F¢-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 standard range. Same as Mercer Plastics Company, Inc.'s "Tile Reducer No. 63"; or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that subfloors to receive resilient flooring are smooth and meet minimum requirements established by flooring manufacturer. B. Test for dryness using calcium or other approved method. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Underlayment: 1. Apply according to approved manufacturer's directions wherever subfloor presents uneven surface and bring to true level surface. 2. For conditions in excess of one inch thickness, use cement topping with bonding agent as underlayment. B. Tile Layout: Center field or patterns on room or areas such that no border tile is less than one-half size of field tile. 3.03 /NSTALLATION A. Follow approved manufacturer's directions. B. Lay true, level, and even with joints straight, imperceptible, and aligned exactly parallel to respective walls of building. Neatly trim material abutting other work to form true, dean joints. C. Thoroughly bond flooring and bases to sul~surfaces; no blisters will be acceptable. D. Install reducer strips wherever resilient flooring terminates with exposed edge. Section 09650 Page 3-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTON[ ARCHIT[CT$ July 10, 2001 3.04 PATCHING A. Prior to completion of work, remove and replace any scratched or damaged resilient flooring and base. 3.05 CLEANING A. Thoroughly clean resilient surfaces; do not apply maintenance finishes. **END OF SECTION** Section 09650 Page 4-4 Pads Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July I0, 2001 SECTION 09680 CARPET SECTION 09680: CARPET PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIVrION A. Work Included: Provision of all carpet as shown on Drawings. 1.02 INCORPORATED STANDARDS A. Requirements of GENERAL and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, DIVISIONS 00 & 01 apply to all work in this Section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to work of this Section, as follows: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's literature describing products. B. Samples: 1. Manufacturer's standard size in specified range for color and pattern selections. C. Maintenance Manuals: Two printed copies of manufacturer's recommendations for care, cleaning, and maintenance of selected carpet. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver and store materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time for use. Section 09680 Page 1-3 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE AKCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Sequencing Schedule: Do not install carpet until ail wet work and painting is completed receipt of notice to proceed from Construction Manager. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CARPET A. Commercial grade, contract quaiity, woven level-looped nylon carpet, as selected by Architect., I/2" maximum thickness. B. Commercial Grade, 1/2" non-combustible foam pad. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Seaming Accessories: As recommended by carpet manufacturer. B. Binder Bar: 1. Extruded Aluminum: Brass textured finish, same as Wm. L. Bonnell Co., Inc.'s "Trimedge"; Kinkead Industries, Inc.'s "Kintrim"; B&T Metals Co.'s "Chromedge"; or equai. Thresholds and transitions to adjacent surfaces shall be 1/2" maximum height with 1:2 bevel. C. Adhesive: Waterproof cement type, formaldehyde-free, as recommended by carpet manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas to receive carpet and verify that surfaces are suitable for installation. B. Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Subfloor: Prior to installation, repair minor floor irregularities/n-kind with matching T&G wood. Thoroughly clean, leaving no dirt or grit. B. Baseboards: Carefully remove shoemold trim at baseboards and reserve for reinstallation. Section 09680 Page 2-3 Par/s Sama Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTON[ ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 C. Layout: 1. Line up carpet so that ~ lines of carpet match as woven, both in width and length, inexact seam matches will be rejected and must be replaced at Contractor's sole expense. 2. Provide carpet in largest possible lengths using a minimum number of sections. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Apply carpet in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Do not attach pad directly to floor. Piece together using fewest number of pieces possible. Tape and bond seams with special seam cement. One step tape seaming will not be approved. 2. Cut evenly along circulation path, cut and fit evenly around projections, comers and trim strips. Inexact cuts and fits will be rejected and must be replaced at Contractor's sole expense. C. Securely fasten carpet binder bars to floor wherever carpet meets existing flooring and no threshold or other binder bar is indicated. Reinstall shoe mold at baseboards with finish nails, counter-sunk. D. Finish installation shall be free from tacks, scraps, carpet ripples, scallops, puckers and other such defects of installation. All defective work must be replaced at Contractor's sole expense. E. Allow Owner to review carpet scraps and retain any he chooses. Remove remainder of scraps from site. F. Leave carpet clean and free of stains, blemishes and other foreign material. Remove loose threads and vacuum clean. Steam clean any areas which are soiled or matted. G. Install protective coverings over finished work to provide heavy duty protection throughout remainder of construction. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 09680 Page 3-3 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 09900 PAINTING SECTION 09900: PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: I. Extent of painting work is described on drawings and as herein specified. 2. The work includes surface preparation, painting and finishing of all new and existing interior and exterior exposed elements and surfaces throughout project, except as otherwise indicated. a. All work described in this Section must be performed to the highest historic restoration standards and techniques applicable. b. In addition to the surface preparation, all palming and coats of paint specified are in addition to the shop-priming and surface treatment work specified under other sections of work. 3. The work includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts, and of hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under mechanical and electrical work. 4. "Paint" as used herein means all coating systems materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as pdme, intermediate or finish coats. 5. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in "schedules", except where natural finish of material is specifically noted as a surface not to be painted. Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint same as adjacent similar materials or areas. If color or finish is not designated, Architect will select these from standard colors available for materials systems specified. 6. The work includes cleaning of ail interior painted or stained surfaces whether or not they are scheduled to receive paint. 7. The work does not include the removal of lead based paint. Imad based paint removal will be executed by an independent hazardous materials abatement contxactor. Contact the Owner for further details. All Contractors, their employees and agents shall make themselves familiar with which materials in the building have been identified as hazardous materials and take appropriate precautions to avoid exposure to these materials. If in the course of work, materials are uncovered which are suspected of containing hazardous materials, Contractor shall report same immediately to Owner. Contact Owner for further details. Section 09900 Page 1-1l Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTON[ ARCHITECTS Suly 10, 2001 B. The following categories of work are not included as part of field-applied finish work, or are included in other sections of this PROJECT MANUAL: 1. Shop Priming: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under various sections for structural steel, miscellaneous metal, hollow metal work, and similar items. Also, for fabricated components such as Architectural woodwork, casework, and shop-fabricated or factory-built mechanical and electrical equipment or accessories. 2. Pre-Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory-fiuishing or installer finishing is specified for such items as (but not limited to) Architectural woodwork and casework, finished mechanical and electrical equipmentincluding light fixtures, switchgear and distribution cabinets, etc. 3. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, foundation spaces, furred areas, utility tunnels, pipe spaces, and duct shafts. 4. Finished Metal Surfaces: Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, bronze and similar finished matefials will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Operating Parts and Labels: Moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor and fan will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated. Do not paint over any code-required labels, such as Undenvriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information including paint label analysis and application insmactions for each material proposed for use. B. Samples: Prepare and submit samples for Architects review of color and texture only. Provide a listing of material and application ~tbr each coat of each finish sample. 1. On 12" x 12" hardboard, provide two samples of each color and material, with texture to s'unulate actual conditions. Resubmit samples as requested by Architect until acceptable sheen, color, and texture is achieved. 2. On actual wood surfaces, providetwo 6" x 12" samples of stained wood finish. Label and identify each as to location and application. C. Prior to ordering paint system materials, verify final color selection with Architect and adjust as necessary. Section 09900 Page 2-11 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Deliver materials to job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. B. Deliver and store materials only in areas designated; provide protection for walls and floors. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Do not apply paint/stain in rain or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85%; or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Painting may be continued during inclement weather if areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated or cooled within temperature and humidity limits specified by paint manufacturer during application and drying periods. C. Do not apply stain unless in clean and dry condition. Surfaces should be brushed to remove all loose wood fibers and dust. D. Do not paint interior plaster wails and ceilings until plaster is completely cured, not less than three weeks after completion of plaster work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 COLORS AND FINISHES: A. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes, are specified herein.. B. Color Pigments: Pure, non-fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated. No lead pigments, colorants or masking agents are allowed. C. Paint Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used. Review other sections of this Project Manual in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Upon request from other trades, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials proposed for use, to ensure compatible prime coats are used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible palmers or remove and re-prime as required. Notify Construct, ion Manager in writing of any anticipated problems using specified coating s5 stems with substrates primed by others. D. Weathered Wood Rejuvenation: A field prepared solution of 24 oz exterior varnish, 1 oz paraffin wax and enough mineral spirits to make l gallon of solution. 2.02 MATERIAL QUALITY: A. Provide best quality grade of various types of p:fints coatings as manufactured for historic buildings by Sherwin Williams, Devoe, Olympic or other manufacturers acceptable to Architect. Gel stains shall be as manufactured by Bartley's, Thomas Section 09900 Page 3-11 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July I0, 2001 Mosley or other manufacturers acceptable to Architect. Materials not displaying manufacturer's identification as a standard, best-grade product will not be acceptable. B. Provide undercoat primer paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. C. Fungus and Algae Control: A standard commercial mildewcide shall be added to all paints finishes during the manufacturing process for the particular paint. The fungicide shall be incorporated into the paint in a quantity so that the paint meets the fungus resistance test specified in Fed. Spec. TT-P-19 or Fed. Spec. TI'-P-29, for exterior and interior paints respectively. D. Use high quality cleaners for removal of all dirt, grime, debris, mildew and other water damage. Use TSP wash for removal of mildew. No power washing will be allowed. E. Cleaning: Clean all interior surfaces by hand. No pressure washing will be allowed. Mechanical means of cleaning will not be allowed unless approved by Architect. Do not apply more water or liquid than is necessary to clean surfaces. Do not flood surfaces or allow water or liquid to stand. Do not damage surfaces, materials or furnishings with inappropriate cleaners or excessive moisture exposure. Thoroughly clean all surfaces, walls, floors, furnishings, windows, doors, etc. to remove all dirt, grime, debris, mildew, etc. by gentlest means possible. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS: See PART 4 - PAINTING SCHEDULE for paint systems required for specific exterior and interior building materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which painting workis to be applied and notify Construction Manager in xvriting of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Construction Manager. B. Starting of painting work will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area. C. All existlng surfaces must be classified by Contractor according to Existing Surface Condition prior to commencement of work and such classification approved by the Construction Manager prior to commencement of work. Existing Surface Condition classification shall utilize the following criteria: Section 09900 Page 4-11 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 Existing Surface Condition Classification Required Preparation Class I: Minor blemishes or dirt collection Light sanding Class II: Failure of top layer(s) of paint, Paint removal and sanding to some weathered wood next sound layer, rejuvenate weathered wood as specified above. Class III: Substantial or multiple layer failureTotal paint removal to bare wood, x~ood to be primed within 24 hours. Al1 tightly adhered coatings to remain. D. Do not paint over dirt, mst, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise deU'imental to formation of a durable and aesthetically superior paint film. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION: A. General: Perform surface preparation as specified above for surface condition classification. Perform preparation and cleaning~ procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions and as here~n specified, for each particular substrate condition. 1. Remove hardware, hardware accessortes, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for complete painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items. 2. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying p:tint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to sanding. Schedule and implement cleaning and painting so that contaminants fi'om cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly-painted surfaces. 3. Clean wood surfaces to be painted of dirt, oil. or other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. B. Paint Removal: Execute paint removal as specified according to Surface Condition Classification above. 1. Paint removal shall be accomplished through thc gentlest means possible with no gouging, grinding or excessive removal of sound wood. Hand scraping, hand sanding and sanding by small hand-held mechanical oscillating sanders are the only means of paint removal acceptable. An3' request for use of alternate methods must be submitted in writing to t!~e Construction Manager 7 days prior to execution. Architect shall be the sole judge of acceptability of proposed alternates. 2. Under no circumstances will the lbllowing mechanical methods of paint removal be allowed nor considered as an alternative method: Section 09901) Page 5-11 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © K[YST©N[ ARCHIT[CT$ July 10, 2001 a. rotary drill attachraents b. waterblasting c. sandblasting d. blow torches, heat plates or heat blowers C. Rejuvenate all weathered wood prior to repainting with wood rejuvenation solution specified above. Surfaces must be completely dry prior to repainting. D. Pre-Priming: Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer, before application of priming coat. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or compatible wood-filler. Sandpaper smooth when dried. E. Priming: 1. Prime, stain, or seal wood required to be job-painted immediately upon delive~ to job. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of such wood, including cabinets. 2. When stain finish is required, use same paint material for back- priming. 3. Seal tops, bottoms, and cut-outs of un-primed wood doors with a heavy coat of sealer immediately upon delivery to job. F. Staining: 1. All surfaces scheduled to receive stain shall be surface sanded to a satin smooth finish. All gouges, scratches or other surface imperfections shall be filled with compatible linseed oil wood filler and sanded satin smooth. 2. Remove all dust and grit prior to beginning stai ning and varnishing. 3. All surfaces shall be sanded smooth with 30© grit sandpaper between each coat of stain and/or varnish. O. Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces, which are not galv~mized or shop-coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. I. Touch-up shop-applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare, where required by other sections of this PROJ~CTMANUAL Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer. H. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with non- petxoleum based solvent. Section 09900 Page 6- l I Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 3.03 MATERIALS PREPARATION: A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, il: necessary, sta'ain material. 3.04 APPLICATION: A. General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of matedai being applied. Do not commence priming or painting until all wood repair, weathered wood rejuvenation and all other required surface preparation has been completed so as to yield a smooth, uniform surface for receipt of paint. 1. Apply paint by hand brushing or rollers only. Absolutely no spray application of paint or primers will be allowed. 2. Gel stain must be applied by hand according to manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coat of paint, until paint fihn is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to insure that surfaces, including edges, comers, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Paint suffacesbehind movable equipment and fi:rniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment. 5. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, non-specular black paint. 6. Paint back sides of access panels, and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 7. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms and >:icle edges same as exterior faces, unless otherwise indicated. 8. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel coat. 9. Omit first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop primed and touch-up painted, unless otherwise indicated. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first-coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surhcede~.,?rioration. Section 09900 Page 7-11 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 C. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper d~ing. Do not re-coat until paint has dried to where it feels lirm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by coating m,nut'acturer. E. Mechanical and Elecffical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to those items exposed in mechanical equipment rooms, pipe tunnels, and in occupied spaces. 1. Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: a, Switehgear. E. Prime Coats: Apply prime coat of material which is required to be painted or fmished, and which has not been prime coated by others. Re-coat primed and sealed surfaces where there is cviclence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no bm-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. F. Pigmented(Opaque)Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. G. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce glass-smooth surface film of even luster. Visible laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imi*erfections will not be acceptable. 1. Provide gloss finish for final paint coals, unless otherwise indicated. H. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. 3.05 CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION: A. Clean-Up: During progress of work, remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each work day.. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage finished surfaces. B. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainfing, as acceptable to Coastmction Manager. Take all necessary precautions required to protect nexvly-painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided hy others for protection of Section 09900 Page 8-11 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ^RCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 their work, after completion of painting operations. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces. PART 4. SCHEDULE OF PAINTING AND FINISHIN(;: 4.01 PAINT SYSTEMS: A. General: Paint manufacturers must be top-quality brands: 1. Oil-based Primers and Paints shall be as manuf:tctared bv Devoe, Sherwin- Williams, Olympia or Architect approved equals. 2. Latex-based Primers and Paints shall be as manufactured by Devoe, Sherwin- Williams, Olympia or Architect approved equals. 3. Shellac shall be as manufactured by Kre,ner Pigmcms Inc.. 228 Elizabeth Street, NY, New York 10012, 212-219-2394. 4. Gel Stain Varnish shall be as manufactured by Bartley's. Contractor shall verif~ final selection of paint colors B. Exterior Surfaces: 1. Wood Trina: one coat Oil Based Primer two coats Oil based Gloss Paint 2. Door & Window Surfaces (including frames and ~'im): one coat Oil Based Primer two coats Oil Based Gloss Paint 3. Newsstand Wood paneling & Trim three coats Bleached White Shellac Kremer 6044 Bleached Shellac 4. All Other Exposed Wood Surfaces one coat Oil Based Primer two coats Oil Based Gloss Paint Section 09900 Page 9-11 Paris Santo Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 200t 5. Exposed Wood V-Groove Eaves: one coat Oil Based Primer two coats Oil Based Semi-Gloss Paint C. Interior Surfaces: I. Interior Walls & Ceilings one coat Latex Primer two coats Heavy Duty Latex Eggshell 2. Interior Trim one coat Latex Primer two coats Heavy Duty Latex Gloss or Semi-Gloss 3. Wood Doors & Windows and trim two coats Bleached White Shellac 4. Cabinet~ one coat Gel Stain three coats Varnish D. All Miscellaneous Ferrous Metal Surfaces: one coat Primer, anti-rust formulation two coats Heavy Duty Exterior Latex E. Galvanized Steel: Pretreatment Etching Pretreatment one coat Primer, anti-rust formulation two coats . Heavy Duty Exterior Latex 4.02 PAINT COLORS: A. General: Colors designated herein are not manufacturer specific. The colors specified herein are based on the Munsell Color Notation System and are the accepted induslry standard for color matching of historic paints. All acceptable manufacturers are capable of providing color matches using this notation system. For additional information on historic paint analysis and color matching, refer to Appendix A of this Project Manual. B. Exterior Surfaces: 1. Exterior, Gutters, Downspouts, Bright Orange 10R 5/10 Newsstand Roof 2. Exterior, Windows, Doors and Trim Dark Green 7.5 F~G 3/2 3. Exterior, Newsstand Bleached White Shellac Section 09900 Page 10-11 Pads Santa Fe-Fdsco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 4. Exterior, V-Groove Ceiling Light Yeltow Tan 2.5Y 8.5/4 3. Interior Plaster Orange-Red 10R 5/6 Light Yellow T:m 2.5 GY 6/2 Light Yellow Tan 2.5Y 9/4 4. Interior Doors, Windows, Trim Bleached White Shellac * * END OF SECTION * * Section 09900 Page 11-11 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 09910 PLASTER SECTION 09910: PLASTER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Restoration of existing interior plaster. 1. Restoration work shall include in-kind replacement of damaged and inadequately attached plaster and substrate, as well as repair (patching and matching) of firmly attached existing plaster. 2. The work includes removal of existing irreparable plaster and substrate. 3. All new interior plaster used for repair and replacement shall match existing plaster in all aspects of composition, application and appearance, unless otherwise directed by Architect. 4. The work does not include the removal of materials containing lead based paint or asbestos. Lead based paint and asbestos containing materials removal will be executed by an independent hazardous materials abatement contractor. All Contractors, their employees and agents shall make themselves familiar with which materials in the building have been identified as hazardous materials and take appropriate precautions to avoid exposure to these materials. If in the course of work, materials are uncovered which are suspected of containing hazardous materials, Contractor shall report same in writing immediately to Owner. 5. Coating the new gypsum board walls with plaster texture to match existing. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: Section 09910 Page 1-7 Paris Santa Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 A. Samples: Prepare field samples for Architect's review of materials, application, texture and color: 1. Field Samples: Plaster subcontractor shall prepare four(4) 4-foot by 8 foot mock-ups of plaster applications specified, including substrates. Resubmit samples as requested by Construction Manager until acceptable application, color, and texture is achieved. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Do not commence plaster repair until written approval of Field Mock-ups by Architect. B. Do not begin application of plaster until substrate repair and/or replacement is completed and approved by Construction Manager. C. Do not apply plaster during inclement weather or when inside humidity exceeds 85%, inside temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit, or inside temperature is above 80 degrees Fahrenheit.. D. Locate all suspected loose, inadequately bonded plaster. Check for adherence to substrate and cracking. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Plaster Finishes: Provide all materials required to replicate compositionof existing plaster finishes, including but not limited to hydrated lime, ASTM C-207 Type S; Portland Cement, ASTM C-150, Type II, non-staining; siliceous quartz and feldspar sand, ASTM C-144, to match existing as nearly as possible, passed through #8 screen; gypsum plaster; fresh, potable, clean water; in proportions as necessary to match existing plaster. Section 09910 Page 2-7 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 1. Wall Plaster All coats Gypsum/Sand Ration 1:3-4 2. Ceiling Plaster Scratch Type "O" Mortar Brown/Finish Gypsum/Sand Ration 1:3-4 B. Lath: Existing basket-weave wood lathe shall be retained in all instances where it provides a stable, firmly attached substrate. In areas where plaster must be patched, new wood and metal lath is to be patched in with existing lath as per Drawings. C. Bonding Agents: Liquid plaster bonding agents compatible with existing and new plaster mixes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which plaster work is to be applied and notify Construction Manager in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Applicator. B. Starting of plaster work will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area. C. Do not apply plaster over soft plaster, soft or flaking brick masonry, dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture or other conditions detrimental to formation of a durable and aesthetically superior plaster finish. Section 09910 Page 3-7 Paris Santa Fe-Fdsco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 3.02 TESTING & ANALYSIS A. Analysis of existing plaster finishes has been conducted in order to identify the plaster type(s), primary ingredients and their proportions and method of formulation and application. The full results of this analysis are to be found in Appendix A. Contractor will allot adequate time and resources to field test proposed formula(s) and adjust formulas as necessary to achieve a good visual and functional match with historic plaster finishes.. This field testing and adjustment will require considerable trial and error and preparation of field samples and test patches. Contractor shall commit adequate time and resources to conduct this work at no additional cost to Owner. 3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Demolition: Plaster demolition shall be limited to the removal of damaged, loose, deteriorated plaster and lath. Contractor shall make every effort to preserve existing sound areas of plaster. Identify such areas and notify Construction Manager to confirm that such areas shall be repaired through patching and matching rather than removal and replacement. B. Verify that substrate is clean and free of dirt and grit to insure maximum bonding between plaster and substrate. Areas to be patched should be cleaned of all debris with a bristle brush and all plant growth, dirt, oil or grease removed. 3.04 MATERIALS PREPARATION A. Field mix and prepare materials as required by custom plaster formula provided herein. B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of plaster in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Section 09910 Page 4-7 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 3.05 APPLICATION A. General: Apply plaster as required to replicate in-kind existing plaster or to patch and match existing plaster as specified herein and as shown on Drawings. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied, as indicated herein and on Drawings. B. Scheduling: Do not commence plaster application until Field Samples, substrate preparation, and identified areas to be patched and matched have been approved by Construction Manager. C. Patching & Matching: Patching and matching of existing plaster finishes will be carried out as follows: 1. Hairline Surface Cracks: Fill with "high gauge" lime putty, comprised of 50% lime + 50% gauging plaster or drywall joint compound. Fill and feather. Sand smooth. 2. Small Open Surface Cracks: Widen crack slightly with crack widener. Fill partially with drywall joint compound. Bridge gap with fiberglass mesh tape pressed into the patching compound. After compound is dry, cover tape with second coat of drywall compound, feathering at edges. After drying, apply third coat to even out surface, followed by light sanding. After dry remove plaster residue with damp sponge. 3. Large Cracks: Confirm completion of structural repairs prior to commencing work. Remove plaster on each side of crack to yield a total width of 6 inches down to the lath. Feather edges to expose all three existing layers of plaster system. Clean out debris, attach metal lath to existing wood lath with wire ties. Proceed to patch with three coat plaster system as specified. 4. Delaminated Finish Coat: Where finish coat of plaster has separated from base coat, coat affected area with liquid plaster bonding agent. Patch with finish coat and sand smooth. Section 09910 Page 5-7 Paris Santa l%-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 5. Small Holes (less than 4" diameter): Where damage involves loss of brown and finish coats, make repair in two applications. First trowel on a basecoat layer and scrape back below level of existing plaster. After basecoat has set, but not dried, apply another coat of plaster to create a level, smooth surface. 6. Large Holes and Areas: Remove all loose, crumbling, powdery, or rotted plaster down to the wood lath. Feather edges of firmly attached plaster to expose all three layers of plaster. Clean lath and re-nail and repair as necessary to restore structural integrity. Spray lath with fine mist of water or use bonding agent. Attach expanded metal lath to wood lath with tie wires. Apply three coat plaster system, lapping each new layer over each old plaster layer so that old and new are evenly joined and produce a strong, invisible patch. The contours of the new patch shall conform to the contours of the adjacent existing plaster surfaces. 7. Ceiling, Small to Medium Holes, Structurally Sound Lath: Proceed as with method No. 6 above. If in doubt as to reparability and structural integrity of existing lath, proceed as with method No. 8 below. 8. Ceiling, Small to Large Holes or Areas, Structurally Unsound Lath: Remove all loose, crumbling, powdery, or rotted plaster as well as rotted wood lath. Remaining areas of firmly attached plaster and structurally sound lath must span without bowing, sagging or deflecting to adjacent ceiling joists. Areas which do not meet this criteria shall be removed. In such areas, install: a. A new plaster system consisting of 1/2" structural plywood attached to ceiling joists with 2" wood screws. Attach metal lath securely to plywood with staple cleats. Apply three coat plaster system, lapping each new layer over each old plaster layer so that old and new are evenly joined and produce a strong, invisible patch. b. A new drywall system consisting of 5/8" gypsum plaster attached to ceiling joists with drywall screws, taped, floated, and textured to match historic plaster. Section 09910 Page 6-7 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 D. Finished contours of new patches shall conform to the contours of the adjacent existing plaster surfaces. Patches or drywall replaced areas which do not conform to adjacent contours and original historic plaster textures are unacceptable and will be replaced by Contractor at Contractor's sole cost. E. General Minimum Coat Thickness: Apply traditional three coat system: scratch coat 3/8", brown coat 3/8", finish coat 1/8". F. Completed Work: Match approved Field Samples for color, texture and finish. Remove and replace work not in compliance with specified requirements or Architect approved Field Samples. G. All work (materials, methodology, etc.) must be in accordance with National Parks Service Technical Bulletins and Preservation Briefs for historic plaster. H. Curing: Cure plaster for a minimum of 3 weeks. 3.05 PROTECTION AND CLEAN-UP A. Protection: Protect adjacent surfaces and work of other trades against damage by plaster work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or, and repainfing, as acceptable to Architect. Take all necessary precautions required to protect adjacent finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of plaster work. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced plaster surfaces. B. Clean-Up: During progress of work, remove from site discarded materials, rubbish, cartons, packaging, cans, etc. at end of each work day. C. Upon completion of plaster work, clean window glass, and other plaster- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered plaster by proper washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage finished surfaces. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 09910 Page 7-7 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation ~ KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 09920 TERRAZZO FLOORING SECTION 09920: TERRAZZO FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: Restoration of existing terrazzo flooring. 1. Restoration work shall include in-kind repair and replacement of damaged terrazzo flooring and substrate in areas identified by the Architect. All repair and replacement work shall match existing terrazzo in all aspects of composition, application and appearance. 2. The work includes removal of existing irreparable terrazzo and substrate. 3. The work includes analysis of existing terrazzo to determine composition. 4. Ail new terrazzo used for repair and replacement shall match existing terrazzo in all aspects of composition, application and appearance. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Requirements of General and supplementary conditions and Division 01 apply to all work in this section. B. Requirements of Section 02050 DEMOLITION apply to all work in this section. C. Applicator shall be a certified member of the National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association. D. Applicator shall have a minimum of 5 years verifiable experience in the restoration and rehabilitation of historic terrazzo flooring systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Analysis: Conduct chemical and color analysis of existing terrazzo as required to determine material composition and submit report summarizing results of analysis to Architect for review. Report shall include composition of existing terrazzo, method of application, and recommendations for in-kind repair and replacement of terrazzo. B. Samples: Prepare field samples for Architect's review of materials, application, texture and color: 1. Field Samples: Terrazzo subcontractor shall prepare sample mock-ups of each terrazzo color. Resubmit samples as requested by Architect until acceptable application, color, and texture is achieved. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of proposed subslxate repair to Architect for review and approval. Section 09920 Page 1-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation O KEYSTONE AKCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Do not commence terrazzo repair and replacement until written approval of Field Mock- ups by Construction Manager. B. Do not begin application of terrazzo until substrate repair and/or replacement is completed and approved by Architect. C. Do not apply tewazzo during adverse jobsite conditions. Coordinate sequencing of work with Constxuction Manager. D. Locate all suspected loose, inadequately bonded terrazzo. Check for adherence to substrate and cracking. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Terrazzo: Provide all materials required to replicate composition of existing terrazzo and fully execute repair and replacement. B. Substrate: Repair or replace damaged substrate in-kind. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which terrazzo work is to be executed and notify Construction Manager in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Starting of work will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area. C. Do not begin work until consultation with and written verification from Architect of: 1. Replacement Areas: Specific areas which are to be removed and replaced with in-kind material. 2. Repair Areas: Specific areas in which cracked or damaged terrazzo is to be repaired by patching and/or filling with in-kind material. 3.02 TESTING & ANALYSIS A. Applicator shall perform thorough analysis of existing terra~7o in order to identify the terrazzo type(s), primary ingredients and their proportions and method of application. Applicator will formulate terrazzo mix based on analysis of existing terraT~o as approved by Architect. Testing and analysis is expected to require trial and error and preparation of Section 09920 Page 2-4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 field samples and test patches. Applicator must commit adequate time and resources to conduct this work. 3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Demolition: In designated replacement and repair areas, remove all damaged, loose, deteriorated tenazzo and associated debris, grease or any other materials which may adversely affect the replacement installation or repair. Removal shall be executed using the gentlest means possible so as to preserve adjacent surfaces. B. Repair damaged substrate in-kind as required. Verify that substrate is clean and flee of dirt and grit to insure maximum bonding between terrazzo and substrate. Areas to be repaired or replaced should be cleaned of all debris with a bristle brush and all plant growth, dirt, oil or grease removed. 3.04 MATERIALS PREPARATION A. Mix and prepare materials as required to match existing terrazzo. B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of terrazzo in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 3.05 APPLICATION A. General: Apply terrazzo as required to replicate in-kind or to repair (patch and/or fill) existing terrazzo. Use materials, applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. B. Scheduling: Do not commence terrazzo application until Field Samples, substrate preparation, and verification of areas to be repaired and/or replaced have been approved by Architect. C. Repair By Patching & Filling: Repair of cracked and chipped terrazzo which is firmly attached the substrate and/or surrounding terrazzo is the preferred method of ten~z2~ rehabilitation and will be undertaken in all floor areas determined by the Architect and Applicator to be suitable for such repair work. Terrazzo designated for repair must be securely attached to substrate and surrounding terrazzo, substrate must not be damag .ed or deteriorated, substrate must be in structurally sound condition, and prospects for reparr by patching and/or filling must yield an aesthetically adequate and watertight finish. D. Completed Work: Match approved Field Samples for color, texture and finish. Remove and replace work not in compliance with specified requirements or Architect approved Field Sample. E. All work (materials, methodology, etc.) must be in accordance with National Parks Service Technical Bulletins and Preservation Briefs for historic rehabilitation of historic interiors. 3.06 PROTECTION AND CLEAN-UP A. Protection: Protect adjacent surfaces and work of other trades against damage by ter~7o work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or, and replacing in-kind, as acceptable Section 09920 Page 3-4 Paris Santa F¢-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE AI[CHITECTS July 10, 2001 to Architect. Take all necessary precautions required to protect adjacent finishes. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore ail damaged or defaced terrazzo surfaces. B. Clean-Up: During progress of work, remove from site discarded materials, rubbish, cartons, packaging, cans, etc. at end of each work day. C. Upon completion of terrazzo work, clean floors and window glass, and adjacent surfaces thoroughly. Upon completion of project, clean and buff terrazzo floors. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 09920 Page 44 Paris San~. Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHIT[CTS July 10, 2001 SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES SECTION 10800: TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIFFION A. Provide each type of bath and toilet accessory as required by the drawings and/or herein specified. B. Types of bath and toilet accessories required include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Toilet paper holder. 2. Door hook. 3. Grab bars. 4. Paper towel dispenser/waste receptacle. 5. Liquid soap dispenser. 6. Seat cover dispenser. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Accessory Locations: Coordinate accessory locations with other work to avoid interference and to assure proper operation and servicing of accessory units. 1.03 SUBMITFALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical data and installation instructions for each toilet accessory. B. Setting Drawings: Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices in other work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 22 gage minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Section 10800 Page 1-2 Paris Santa Fe-Pris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 B. Brass: leaded and unleaded, flat products, FS QQ-B-613; Pods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges, FS QQ-B-626. C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G60. D. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2. E. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 386, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. F. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit or of galvanized steel where conce, aled. 2.02 FABRICATION: A. General: Stamped names or labels on exposed faces of toilet accessory units are not permitted, except where otherwise indicated. Wherever locks are required for a particular type of toilet accessory, provide same keying throughout project. Furnish two keys for each lock. B. Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories, General: Except where other-wise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. Hang doors or access panels with continuous piano hinge or minimum of two 1-1/2" pin hinges of same metal as unit cabinet. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: Installer shall examine substrates, previously installed inserts and anchorages necessary for mounting of toilet accessories, and other conditions under which installation is to occur, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected m manner acceptable to Ins taller. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners which are appropriate to substrate and recommended by manufacturer of unit. Install units plumb and level, f'rrmly anchored in locations indicated. B. Install accessory units in locations as shown on Drawings, as required to meet TAS and ADA standards for acccessibitity. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. B. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing protective coatings. * * * END OF SECTION * * * Section 10800 Page 2-2 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS .l'uly 10, 2001 SECTION 10900 SIGNAGE SECTION 10900: SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide each type of signage as required by the drawings and/or heroin specified. B. Types of signage required includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Pole mounted metal signs identifying Accessible Parking Stalls. 2. Exterior directional wall mounted metal signs indicating route to accessible enhances. 3. Exterior wall mounted metal signs at accessible entrances 3. Interior direclional wall mounted metal signs indicating route to accessible Enhances. 5. Interior wall mounted metal signs at accessible entrances. 6. Interior wall mounted room identification signs. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Signage Locations: Coordinate signage locations with other work to avoid interference and to assure optimum function and aesthetics. Verify final locations with Architect prior to installation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of signage. B. Setting Drawings: Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices for signage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Antique Brass, FS QQ-B-613, satin finish, monument weight, unless otherwise indicated. Section 10900 Page 1-2 Paris Santa F¢-Fris¢o Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS July 10, 2001 B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G60. C. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 386, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. D. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit or of galvanized steel where concealed. 2.02 FABRICATION: A. General: Stamped names or labels on exposed faces of signage units are not permitted, except where otherwise indicated. B. TAS/ADA Conformance: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units in conformance with TAS/ADA requirements for accessible signage, including but not limited to pictograms and Braille raised symbols, fight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled or or molded. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: Installer shall examine substrates, previously installed inserts and anchorages necessary for mounting of signage and other conditions under which installation is to occur, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install signage units in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners which are appropriate to substrate and recommended by manufacturer of unit. Verify accepmbih'ty of fasteners with Architect prior to beginning work. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated. Fasteners at exterior wall locations must penetrate at exposed mortar joints ONLY. Do not install fasteners at bricks. Any repair work required of brick that has been damaged by he installation of fasteners will be at the sole cost of the Contractor. B. Install signage units in locations as shown on Drawings, as required to meet TAS and ADA standards for accessibility. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing protective coatings. * * * END OF SECTION * * * Section 10900 Page 2-2 P~ns Santo F~-Frisco Depm Rehabilitation © KEYSTONE ~,RCHITECTS Ap~l 23,:! 999 SECTION 15010 ~[ECHANICAL 1~ QUIREMENTS SECTION 15010: M]ECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 KELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Architectural and Structural Plans and Specifications, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Divisions 00 & 01, and other pertinent documents issued by the Architect, are part of these specifications and accompanying Mechanical Drawings, and shall be complied with in every respect. Above shall be examined by bidders. Failure to comply shall NOT relieve Contractor's responsibility or be used as basis for additional compensation due to omission of Architectural and/or Structural details from Mechanical Drawings. B. Scope of work under Division I5 of Specifications shall include complete Mechanical systems as specified and indicated herein. Provide supervision, labor, material, equipment, drayage, machinery, plant, and items necessary to complete Mechanical systems. Items of equipment are specified in singular; however, provide number of items of equipment as indicated and as required for complete systems. 1.02 fi'qTENT AND DEFEN'ITIONS: A. Intent of Mechanical Drawings and Specifications is to provide installation complete in every respect. If additional details or special conditions are required, provide material and equipment usually r'urnished with such systems or required to complete installation. g intent o(these gpecifications is for finished work, tested and ready for operation. Section 1.5[) [0 - Page t-22 '~ P:ms $.m~= Fe-Fd~co D~pot Rchabdhafion ;) Kp~STC, I",E luly 3(], 19')8 C. Details necessary for proper installation and operation shall be included in work as if herein specified or shown. D. Definitions and explanation contained in this section are not necessarily either complete or exctusive, but are general for the'-work to the extent that they are not stated more explicitly in another element of the Contract Documents. Certain , terms found in the Contract Documents including the drawings: indicated - refers to graphic representations, notes or schedules on the Drawings, or other Paragraphs or Schedules in Specifications, and similar requirements in Contract Documents, where terms such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled", and "specified" are used, it is to help locate the reference; no limitation on location is intended except as specifikally noted. Directed - Terms such as "'directed", "requested", "authorized", "selected", "approved", "required", and "permitted" mean "directed by the Architect", "requested by the Architect", and similar phrases. However, no implied meaning shall be interpreted to extend the Architect's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. Provide - The term "provide" means "to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use". rnstaller - An "Installer" is the Contractor or an entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or sub-subcontractor for performance of a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. Similar or Typical - Shall be used in its general sense and not as meaning identical, and details shall be worked out in relation to location and connection to other parts of work. 103 LICENSE REQUIREMENTS: \ License ',~i[[ he required by Contractor or Subcop~tractors in performance of r'ollo~ ing phases m' ,:,m'<truction work. Page .I 22 P:ms $~nm Fe-FNsco D¢~,o[ P,¢habilimdon ,_~ M:YST,~,~ April 23, 1999 l. Plumbing o Plumbing Contractor or subcontractor shall possess current Master Plumber License and persons who work at actual installation, alteration, repair, and renovation shall possess current Master Plumber's License, Journeyman Plumber's Licgnse or classified as apprentice in accordance with provisions of Plumbing License Law or' 1947 of the State of Texas. Project must have at least one (1) Master Plumber engaged in the work at all times that plumbing work is being performed. 2. .¥lechanical Mechanical Contractor or subcontractor shall possess current Mechanical License to perform such work issued by a legally 'incorporated city in the State of Texas for which a written examination is required. 1.04 CODES, RULES, PERMITS, FEES: A. Give notices, obtain permits, pay fees, and other costs, including utility connections or extensions in connection with work. File necessary plans, prepare documents, and obtain necessary approval of government departments having jurisdiction. Obtain required certificates of inspection for work:, and deliver same to Architec~ before requests for acceptance and final payment. B. Pay costs and deposits for utility connections and meters required in connection with contract. Meter deposits will be made in the Owner's name, and receipts given to him with request for final review of mechanical work. C. include, without extra cost to Owner, labor, materials, services, apparatus, or drawings necessary, in order to comply with applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations, whether or not indicated or specified. D. Materials furnished and work installed shall comply with National Fire Codes of NFPA; Supplement Sprinkler Rules of the Texas Board of insurance with requirements oi: local utility companies and governmental de?artments having jurisdiction. Section tS010 - Page 3-22 "~ Pzns S,mt: Fe-Fnsco Depot Rehabillmtion D KEYSTON~ :,RCHITEC-F$ July 30, 1998 E. Material and equipment for electrical work: shall be listed by U'L and bear approval label. ~- F.. Following industry standards shall apply, where applicable, except where requirements of specification are more stringent: AGA American Gas Association ANSI American National Standards ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers AsTM American Society of Testing Materials AWWA' American Water Works Association CS Commercial Standards ~EE institute Of Electrical and Electronics Engineers NEC Nationa/Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association UL Underwr/ters' Laboratories G. Except as otherwise indicated, where compliance with an industry standard is required, comply with standard in effect as of date of contract documents. H. At the request of the Architect/Engineer, Construction Manager or governing authority, submit a change order proposal where an applicable industry code or standard has been revised and reissued after the date of the contract documents and before the performance of the work affected. The Architect/Engineer will decide whether to issue the change order to proceed with the updated standard. 1.05 SURVEYS ,.~X/D M-EASUP,.EMENT: A Base measurements, both horizontal and vertical, from established bench marks. Work shall agree ~ith established lines and levels. Verify measurements at site and check correctness of same as related to work prior to hbrication of shop made items or ordering facto~ made_items. 5ectzon 15010 - Page 4-22 ' '"'= P~is :~,m[a F-:.-Fr~sco Depot Rehabilitation ~_; K[:','ST©IX, E .s,R. CHITEC'-FS .-kpnl "3. 1999 All measurements indicated on Drawings are approximate. Contractor shall be prepared for discrepancies and inconsistencies inherent to historic buildings and allow for adequate time and effort for their resolution. Notify Construction Manager of discrepancies between actual measurements and those indicated which prevents following good practice or intent of drawings or specifications. Do not proceed with work until instructions are received from Construction Manager. 1.06 DR_-kWiNGS gaN'iD SPECIFICATIONS: A. interrelation of specifications, drawings, and schedules: Specifications determine nature and setting of materials; Drawings establish quantities, dimensions and details; Schedules give performance characteristics. B. Except where otherwise indicated, Mechanical drawings prepared by ,-M-chitecttEngineer (Contract drawings) are diagrammatic in nature. Confirm actual layout with Construction Manager prior to proceeding with work. Coordinate layout of' work with historic t_rims, finishes, components, systems and existing structural components. Adjust actual layout of work as directed by Construction Manager. C. Where conflicts exist between drawings or specifications, better quality of greater quantity of work or materials shall be furnished unless otherwise ordered by Architect, in writing. Figures given on drawings govern small scale drawings. D. When mechanical drawings do not give exact details as to elevation of pipe, conduit, and ducts, physically arrange systems to fit in space available at elevations intended, with proper grades for functioning of systems involved, in a manner which does not compromise the historic integrity and aesthetics of the structure. Piping, and duct systems are intended to be installed true and square to ~uilding construction. Locate as high as possible aga/nst structure. Work shall be located in concealed areas with minimal impact on finished areas. E. Exact locati,m of outlets, fixtures, equipment items shall be determined by reference to general plans and to detail drawings, equipment drawings and rough- :n dra~,.ings. Contirm :,ctual layout with Construction Manager prior to Section 150~0 Page 3-22 ?ms $,mm F¢-Fr/sco Dcpo[ Rehabilitation ~' ,~I?rST©N~ proceeding with work. Coordinate layout of work with historic trims, finishes, components, systems and existing structural componenm, Adjust actual layout of work as directed by Construction Manager. Minor relocations necessitated by conditions at site or directed by Architect shall be made without additional cost to Owner. F. Piping interference shall be handled by giving precedence to pipe lines which require stated grade for proper operation. Where space requirements conflict, the following order of precedence shall be observed: I. Building Lines 2. Structural Members 3. Soil and Dra/n Piping '4. Vent Piping 5. Refrigerant Piping 6. Condensate Piping 7. Supply, Return, Outside Air Ductwork 8. Exhaust Ductwork 9. Domestic Water I0. Natural Gas 1 I. Electrical Conduit 1.07 SUBSTITUTION OF ~L,~TERIAL ,-~ND EQLTPMENT: A. Materials, equipment, apparatus, or other products are specified by name, manufacturer, or catalog number, brand name, or type and will establish standards of desired function, appearance, and quality which shall be the BASIS OF BID. Listing of manufacturer by name only does not preclude manufacturer meeting all specifications, capacities, appearance, construction efficiencies, maintenance ease and space limitations. B. No substitutions will be considered prior to receipts or' Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Engineer at least ten days prior to date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include name of the material or equipment for which it is [o be substituted and a complete description of proposed substitution including drawings, performance and test data, and other information necessary ~'~r an cvaluamm. A statement setting ~'orth changes in other materials, equipment or: other portions or' the Work_ includi.n,g,¢hanges in the work or' other contracts Section t ~"o LU - Page 6-22 ..~ P~r~s $,mla F~-Fdsco Depol Rehabililalhm 0 KEYSTONE ~RCHIT~CTS April 23, 199~ that incorporation of proposed substitution would require shall be includedl Burden of proof of the merit of proposed substitution is upon proposer. Engineer's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final C. If Engineer approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bidsl such approval will be set Forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. D. No substitutions will be considered after the Contract Award unless specifically provided in Contract Documents. 1.08 EQUIPIvlENT DEVIATION: '_- A. Proposed use of item or equipment other than that specified or indicated may require redesign of structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring, or other parts of mechanical, electrical, or architectural layout. Redesign, new drawings, and detailing required shall be prepared and submitted to Architect/Engineer for approval ~ .......... ,__,, ,_ .... ~.A ~..,, .... .__ ~.~.~:,:^_., ..~-: ..... , ~_.~ B. Where approved deviation requires different quantity and arrangement of ductwork, piping, wiring, conduit, and equipment from that specified or indicated, provide such ductwork, piping, structural supports, insulation, controllers, motors, starters, electrical wiring, and conduit, and other additional equipment required by system at no additional cost to Owner. C, Comply with all codes and ordinances, with the authority having jurisdiction. Where no governing authority exists, comply with the State building code standards, or the Uniform Building Codes. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of all rework due to code violations of non specified equipment. ':;cotton [50[0 Page 7-22 Pans $.mm F¢-Fnsco De, got Rchabililation .f~ KEYSTC, i~[ ~,RC,~,ITECT$ July J0. 19911 1.09 SITE OBSERVATION: '"' Site observation by Engineer is for express pu.r_pose of verifying compliance by Contractor with Contract Documents, and shall not be construed as construction supervision nor indication of approval of manner or location in which work is being F. efformed as being sate practice or place. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AaND WORKMANSH'IP: A. Materials and apparatus, excep~ as specified otherwise, shall be new, of first class quality and furnished, delivered, erected, connected, and furnished in every, detail. Select and arrange to fir properly into building spaces. Where no specific kind or quality is given furnish first class standard article approved by Architect. B. Furnish services of experienced superintendent, skilled workmen, fitters, metal workers, welders, helpers, and laborers required to unload, transfer, erect, connect, adjust, start, operate, and test each system. C. Unless otherwise indicated, equipment and material shall be installed, with approval of Construction Manager, in accordance with recommendations of manufacturer. This includes such tests as manufacturer recommends. 2.02 FOUNDATIONS, SUPPORTS, PI~ERS, ATTACI-DvlENTS: A. Provide necessary foundations, supports, pad, bases, and piers, as required and shown on drawings for equipment furnished. Submit drawings for approval before purchase, fabrication, or construction. B Provide concrete pads as shown for machinery and equipment where foundations :~re indicated. Extend pads 6 inches beyond machine base in all directions; chamt'~: top :dge. insert 6 inch steel dowel rods into floors to anchor pads. Section 15010 page 8-22 '"~ April 23, 1999 C. When foanda/ions, supports, Pads, ~ases, and pierson moant~ on floo~, c~stmc~io~ shall be same ~at~rial a~d quality of fi~is~ as adjacent ma~e~ial. D. ~ecu~ely a~tach equipment m bailding structure. A~mchmen~s s~all durable, and suitable ~o~ application 2.0~ ~'G ASSEMBLY ~ROCEDU~S: A. SCOW JOhNTS shall be made wi~h tape~ t~mads p~operly cut. ~oints shall be made ~ight wi~ graphim and oil o~ Teflon pipe joint rope applied to pip~ t~reads o~ly. When pipe is cu~ and threaded, e~ s~all b~ ca~g~ully reamed to remove any burrs. B~fom ins~alling pipe tha~ ~ b~en cut and threaded, shavings and ~o~ign material shall be mmo~ed from inside of pipe. B. COPPER WA~R T~E JOLTS s~all be made wit~ solder ~pe fittings. Tube sh~l b~ cut squ~e wi~ bu~s removed. Outside of robe and inside of fittings s~all be cleaned bright with abrasive material before sweating. ~oints shall be made with non-coxosive p~te flux and solid string or wire solder. Solder ~ shall be 9J-~ lead free (Silverbrite I00 or approved equal), unless othe~ise specified. Heat shall be applied unifo~ly to robe amd fittings. C. HUB AND SPIGOT CAST IRON PIPE fO~TS shall be made of compression ~yp¢ positive seal elastomeric g~kets equal to Tyler Pipe and Found Seal neoprene g~kets. D. HL~LESS CAST ~ON PIPE JO~S shall be made by use of neoprene sleeve and s[ainless steel shidd made tight wi[h torque wrench and ~orqued to manufacturer's specifications. E. PVC ~Polyvinyl Chloride) ~OhNTS in pip~n~ systems shall be solven[ welded. P~pe ~nds shall be cut square wi[h inside reamed ~o remove burrs and outside beveled ~o 15 degrees. Universal cleaner shall be used before solvent cement ,~pplied. Solvent cemen[ shall be approved by NSF. Solvent cementing of joints d~fl[ ne~ bc den¢ when ambient temperature ~s ~0 degrees F. or below or when Section 150~0 Page 9-22 Pans Santa Fe-Fdsco Depot Rehabililation ,5 KP~STC,X,[ 4RCHIT[CT~j F. PROCEDURES FOR ASSEMBLING JOINTS IN REFRIGERANT LINES and other specialty piping systems have been set forth dse~here in specifications. For special materials, consult manufacturers for recommended procedures in assembling.joints. 2.04 MfSCELL.-~NEOUS P[P12'q'G REQUIREMENTS: A. OPEN ENDS: Keep ends of pipes (including those extending through and above roofs), drains, and fixture branches, closed with caps or plugs to prevent foreign matter from entering during construction. B. THERM.GL EXPANSION OF PIPE: Provide swing joints, turns, expansion loops, expansion joints, offsets, wherever shown on drawings and wherever necessary to allow for expansion of piping within building. Remove and replace pipes or fittings which are broken due to rigid connections. C. NIPPLES: Nipples shall be of same material and composition as pipe on which installed, and be extra heavy when unthreaded shoulder in less than one inch. ALL THREAD NIPPLES ARE PROHIBITED. D. UNIONS: Provide unions at proper point to permit removal of pipe and various machine~ items without injury to other parts of system. No unions required in welded lines, or in lines assembled with solder joint fittings, except at equipment, machinery, and other special pieces of apparatus. Union connections shall be as follows: I. FERROUS PIPff4G a. 2-1/2' or Smaller - I25 lb. malleable iron, bronze seats, ground joints. b. Y' and larger - 150 lb. flange type, NO: -FERROUS PIPD4G ,t. _-I/_ Ar:,maller- 125 lb. brass, groundjoim. St:orion t SI) LO - Page [ )-22 .~ Pans Santa F¢-Fnsco O¢~ot R.~h:bilita[io. '-.": KE¥STO~[ ~RCHITEC-FS Apdl -'3, 1999 b. 3" and larger - 150 lb. brass flanges. Unions connecting ferrous and copper or brass pipe shall be dielectric type EPCO or equal. E. FLANGES: Steel flanges shall be 150 pound class forged steel, slip-on, welding type, conforming to ASTM A-18l, Grade I and ANSI B16.6, except that comparable weld neck flanges may be used at Contractor's option. Weld neck steel flanges with required pressure rating shall be utilized wherever required by ASME Power Piping Code, or NFPA Codes. 1. - Bronze flanges shall be 150 pound class, cast, soldered, or brazing socket ~pe as required, conforming to ANSI B 16.24. 2. Flange bolts shalI be-hex head steel machine bolts with hex head nuts. Sizes as required. 3. Fiat faced mating flanges shall be utilized with fiat faced cast iron flanges. F. GASKETS: Place gasket between flanges of flanged joints. Gaskets shall fit within bolt circle on raised face flanges and be full face on flat face flanges. Gaskets shall be cut from 1/16" thick, non-metallic, non-asbestos, gasket material suitable for operating temperature from minus 150 degrees F.; Klingerseal C- 4400 or approved equal. 2.05 HANGERS: A. Piping both horizontal and vertical throughout building shall be adequately supported from construction. Supports and hangers shall permit free expansion and contraction in piping systems. Piping shall be guided and firmly anchored where necessary to control expansion and contraction. No piping shall be self- supported. Support vertical pipes with riser clamps sized to fit lines and adequately support weight. Where required for proper support, provide anchor base fittings or other approved supports. B. Provide supports and hangers with corrosion resistant and rust resistant finish. Support horizontal pipes t'rom overhead construction by steel rods, as sized Section [3010 ~ Page t [-22 -,,~ Pans Sanm'F¢-Ffisco Oepo[ R~habilimlivn ~ KEYST,';,~,[ ~RC~ITECTS July 30, t998 below. Hanger spacing for copper steel lines as noted below, except more closely spaced where necessitated by conditions or type of line.,,Place hangers within 2 feet of each elbow or tee. SIZE OF Lh-N'E ROD DIAaMETER HAZ, IGER SPACLN'G 3/4" and smaller 3/8 inch 5 feet l" and 4" 3/8 inch 7 feet 5" through 8" 1/2 inch 8 feet C. Support horizontal cast iron pipe five feet on centers, at every hub and every fitting. Provide thrust restraint at changes of direction to prevent separation of joint. D. Hangers shall be corrosion-resistant and mst-resistant finish. Galvanized or electro-plated after fabrication. Hanger shall be equivalent design to the following: I. Individual - Adjustable split ring swivel hanger (malleable iron) for pipe sizes 1/2 through 4". Adjustable clevis hanger (carbon steel) for pipe sizes 5" and larger. 2. Trapeze, Multiple piping - Fee & Mason "Famet Channel", pipe clamps and fittings. Properly size trapeze members including suspension rods, for number, size, and loaded weight of lines to be supported. Acceptable manufacturers: FEE & MASON, GRINNELL, STEEL CITY, Kh-N'D O RF, UNISTRUT. E. Provide galvanized sheet metal saddles between hanger and insulated piping. Length and gauge of saddles shall be as specified in Section 15250. Secure saddles with two stainless steel straps. F Perr'or:~tc2 srr:tp iron or '.vir¢ is NOT acceptable as hanger material. Section 15010 P;ms S,m[; F:-Fr[sco Depol Rchabili[adon ~ KEYSTOhE qRCHITEc~S Apni :3, 1999 Wrap non-~ous lines wi~h 3M Company 20 mil. ~ pipe insula~io~ ~ape ~o preven~ con~ac~ wkh dissimilar me~als such ~ han~ers, suppo~s, la~hin~ ~hannels, s~cmral s~eel, reinforcin~ b~rs, e~., or use properly pla~ed han~ers. H. No ~ower driven anchorages ~o ~oocre~e s~¢mral members wilJ be pe~i~ed unless approved. ~er~ concrete [nsd~s were not placed at necessa~ hanger locations, concrete shall be drilled and proper siz~ expansion anchors for load involved shall be installed. 2.06 VI]BRAT'[ON ISOLATION: A. Provide vibration isolation .support for air handling equipment, to prevent transmission of vibration to building structure. B. Vibration isolation devices, including auxiliary steel bases and pouring forms, shall be designed and furnished by single manufacturer or supplier. C. Submittal data shall show type, size, and deflection of each isolator proposed and any other information as may be required for Engineer to check isolator selections for compliance with Specifications. Include clearly outlined procedures for installing and adjusting isolators. D. Vibration isolation manufacturer, or his qualified representative, shall be responsible for providing such supervision as may be necessary to assure correct installation and adjustment of isolators. Upon completion of installation and after system is put into operation, manufacturer, or his representative, shall make final inspection and submit his report to Engineer in writing certifying correctness of installation and compliance with approved submittal data. E. Steel components shall be phosphate coated and painted. Nuts, bolts and washers shall be zinc electroplate& Isolators exposed to weather shall have steel parts PVC coated or hot dip galvanized. Aluminum components shall be etched and painted. Nuts. boits, and washers may be zinc electroplated. Page [3-22 ..~ P:~ris Sam~ F'-'-F6sco Depo( Rehabilitation ,~! /,['fSTGNE ~RCHITE,?'$ July 30, 199,1 F. Unless otherwise noted, spring type vibration isolators shall be used for air handling and cabinet fan equipment driven by motors of 5 HP and. larger, it shall be responsibility of isolation Manufacturer to determine amount of spring deflection required for each isolator to achieve optimum performance, prevent transmission of objectionable vibration. Following shall apply: Minimum spring deflection of 2 inches and efficiency of 95%. G. Spring isolators shall be completely stable in operation and shall be designed for not less that 30% reserve deflection beyond actual operating condition. 2.0'7 SLEEYTS, PLATES ,&ND PENETRATIONS: A. Provide and locate sleeves and inserts required for installation in floors, roofs, and walls. Submit proposed layout to Construction Manager for approval prior to commencing work. Coordinate layout of work with historic materials, finishes. components, systems and existing structural components. Adjust actual layout of work as directed by Construction Manager. Drill where required for installation of hangers. B. Sleeves above grade and dry locations shall be constructed from 20 gauge galvanized steel or Schedule 40 PVC pipe and flush on both sides of surfaces. Sleeves on or below grade and moist locations shall be constructed of Schedule 40 galvanized steel, Schedule 40 PVC pipe or cast iron. C. in pipe chases extend sleeve 1-1/2 inches above floor slab and cement in watertight manner, insulated line sleeve shall be at least 1/2 inch greater than outside diameter of insulation. D. Provide sleeves for mechanical piping passing through concrete floor slabs and concrete, masonry,, tile, and gypsum wall construction. Do not provide sleeves for piping running embedded in concrete or concrete slabs on grade. g. Where slee',es are placed in exterior walls below grade, provide "Link-Seal" type wail seals between pipe and sleeve and make completely watertight. F ~,~, here ??es. ,,u~,,> or conduits pass through wails, t'loor or partitions, the space arout~d such ~halI be scaled as follows: Page [4-22 Pans San£a Fd-Fr½sco Dego[ ,~.ehabilitation ~ K~YSTON~ i. Vertical penetrations ~hrou~h floors shall be sealed with ~M, C~5, approved fire barrier caulking. 2.Horizontal penetrations through fire~wall shall be the same as Item I above t~r floor penetrations. 3. Horizontal penetrations through non-fire or smoke rated positions shall b~ caulked with ac~lic latex caulking compound. G. In each finished space, provide chromium plated, one piece, cast brass escutcheon on conduit penetrating wall, floor or c~t bras escmcheon on or conduit penetrating wall, floor or ceiling. Escutcheons shall be sized t9 fit snugly ~o conduit. H. Where pipe motion will occur due to expansion ~d con=action, make sleeves of sufficient diameter to permit fre~ movement of pipe. Where sleeves insulated pipes, make sleeves larg~ enough to p~s pipe and insulation. Check tloor, roof, and wall const~ction finishes to dete~ine proper length of sleeves for v~ous locations. PART 3 - EXEC~ION 3.01 COOPERATION ~TH OTHER TR,~ES: A. Give full cooperation to other trades. Furnish in writing, to allied trades with copies to Construction Manager and Mchitect, info,orion necessa~ to pe~t work off tradei to be installed wi~ minimum of interference ~d &lay. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate v~ious elemen~ of meeh~ic~ wor~ so ~at mech~ic~ system will peffo~ as indicated and be in barony with other wor~ of building. Const~ction Manager and Architee~ngineer will not supe~ise coordination, wNch is exclusive responsibili~ of Contractor. g. Where work will be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with work of other trades, assist in wor~ing out space conditions to make satisfactory ~tdjusut~ent. Plan work sufficiently in advance of const~ction so conflicts can be .~scertamcd and remedial procedures initiated. If adequate solutions can be reached by slcc~m~ ,,r zastm~ into building members, these methods shall be ?aris S,mm Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation c3 KEYSTON~ ~RCHITECTS cleared with Const~cfion Man=~er. [f directed by Construction Man3~er, pre~e composite working drawings ~d sections, ~[ scale ~o l~s than [/4 inch = [ foot, showing work to be installed in relation ~o work of other trades. If work is installed before coordinating wkh o~hcr trades causing interference, mak~ nec~ssa~ changes to co~ec~ condition a~ ao cos~ to Owner. C. Coordinate mechanical work ~i[h electNcal work for proper se~ice to each item of equipment requiring electrical connection. Dete~ine wkh Electrical Contractor th~ proper sequencing and locations for disconaect switches and simil~ poina of inafface between mech~ic~ ~d electdc~ work. D. Fumi~ necessa~ templates, paaems, setting plans, and shop de~Is for proper instalation of work and for pu~ose of coordinating adjacent work. 3.02 PROTE~ION: ' A. Protect work and material from damage. B. Protect work and equipment until finally accepted by Owner. Protect work against theft, injuu, or damage and carefully store materials and equipment received which are not immediately inst~led. Close open ends of work with rempor~ covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent ent~ of obstructing material. 3.03 EXCAVATION &N~ BAC~L: A. Excavation and backfill for installation of plumbing, heating, ventilating, and air conditioning work shall be accomplished for each ph~e of work. Materials to be excavated shall be considered as unclassified and will include materials encountered. B. Before beginning excavations make attempt to locate underground utilities of every nature occurring within bounds of area to be excavated. Proceed with caution with excavation work so that no utility shall be damaged. Should damage result through negligence, carelessness, or failure to comply with above, such utility shall be replaced or repaired. Repair of damaged utilities shall be to ct)ndition equal to or better than adjacent undamaged portion and to complete 5~C~lOnL 3UIU - Page [6-22 . .,,,_ P~r~s Santa F¢-Frisco Oe?~t Rchabdit~tion e ~,£'rST, 3F,[ \RCHtT[CT$ April :3. [999 C. Trenches for underground piping shall be excavated to required depths as specified in respective article. Banks of trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as practicable and properly shored and braced. Trenches shall not be less than 12 inches wider than outside diameter of pipe to be laid. Bottoms of trenches shall be tamped hard and graded to secure required fall. Bell holes shall be excavated under pipe hubs and fittings to assure pipes resting for its entire length on solid ground. Rock shall be excavated to depth of 6 inches below bottom of pipe and shall be filled with pea gravel, course sand, or other approved bedding material and thoroughly tamped. Pipe laid in trenches dug in fill shall bi supported down to load bearing undisturbed soil. After pipes have been tested, inspected, and approved by inspecting authorities, trenches shall be back_filled. D. Unless otherwise noted on drawings, trenches shall be carefully backfilled with pea gravel, course sand, or other approved bedding material to depth of 6 inches above top of pipe. Next layer and subsequent layers of backfill may be excavated materials if of earth, loam, sand, or gavel free of large clods and rocks no larger than D1/2" in diameter. Initial layer of bedding material shall be compacted by hand, uniformly on both sides of pipe and without shifting or damaging pipe. Intermediate 12 inch maximum deep layers of backfill shall be compacted by effective means that will achieve density similar to surrounding undisturbed soil and that will not damage pipe. Special bacLfiI1 materials shall be provided if detailed or specified on drawings. E. Trenches in compacted fit[ shall be backfilled and compacted as required by applicable specification. F. At completion of backfill work, excess materials shall be removed and work area raked smooth and left in finished condition equal to or better than original condition of area. ELECTRICAL WIRLN'G AND CON.'NECT[ONS: ~. Provide motors, motor starters, and pushbuttons required for operation o~ cq'~:~['r::cr~t 5, I,3t,)r< w/ii be se~ in ~[ac: and final connection made by Elecmcal P;~ge l 7-22 B Prepare complete integrated wiring diagram for ~iectrical control system, including interlocks to equipment. Pamal manufact~r's wiring diagrams of different component pa~s W[LL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE in lieu of complete integrated wiring diagram. Diagrams shall be supplied in two copies for ins~lling wiring, one copy to Engineer for record puwoses and copies inco~orated in Owner's Manual. 3.05 T~NCN EXCAVATION S~TY: For trench excavations that exceed 5'-0" in dept8 or as otherwise required by OSHA refer to Section 800 - Special Provisions, for the requirements of Section 5.26, Vemon's Tex~ Civil StatuteS, regarding the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 3.06 VIB~&TION AND NOISE CONTROL: Transmission of perceptible vibration, st~cture borne noise, or objectionabl= air borne noise to occupied are~ by ~quipment inst~led under ~is con,act shall not be peri,ed. Provide isolation of objectionabl~ vibration and attenuation of objectionable noises utilizing suitable isolation materials and method. 3.07 ACCESS~ITY: A. Verify sufficiency of size of shafts, chases, adequate clearance in double partitions and hung ceilings. Cooperate with otaers working in same place. Keep spaces and clearances :o minimum sizes required. B. Locate equipment which must be serviced, operated, or maintained, limited to, valves, traps, cleanouts, motor controllers, switchgear, and drain points. Provide access doors iF required. Minor deviations from drawings may be made to allow for be~:~r accessibilky; however, CHANGES MUST BE APPROVED BY CONSTRUCTION M~NAGER P~OR TO ~ST~LATION. C. Provide e~ac~ location of access paa~s for eack concealed valve, control, damper, or ,~¢r de'~ice requiring service, kerns shall be ~rouped wNer~ possible to r:qlrutlll,:e nk::~ber o( access panels. ,Access panels will be provided by General C,,,m~cror ,~d a~ ,pccified in Architectural Specir'icadons, unless otherwise 5,:crt,m t 50 t0 Page i8-22 April 23, 1999 noted. Location of panels shall be submitted for approv~ in sufficient time to be instaJied in no~al course of work. 3.08 CU~'G ,~N'D PATCff~G: A. [f necess~, drill into or cut through completed walls, floors, roofs, and ceilings to permit installation of work. Cutting holes through concrete shall be accomplished by core drilling or sawing. Iackhammers will NOT BE PE~I~ED. Cutting shall be done by skilled craftsmen. Care shall be exercised to prevent damage to adjacent area. Lintels shall be installed if de~med necess~ to support m~on~ above penetration ~rough wail. Lintel locations will be dete~ined on job site as cutting progresses. If full m~on~.unit is left unsuppo~ed lintel shall be required. B. Labor and materials required to replace or rebuild pa~s of building which ar~ cut or injured shall be t~rnished. Repairs shall be subject to approval of Architect. 3.09 P~G: A. Touch up ma~ed facto~ finish in accordance with painting specifications. Paint g~ piping exposed to weather. 3.10 ~CO~ D~NGS: Contractor shall maintain an "as-built" set of blueline drawings, marked-up in red from the ~onst~ction documents denoting changes occurring during bstailation. Changes may be indicated by scaling or by dimensioning. 3. I ~ ~CO~S FOR T~ O~ER: A. Turn over to Construction Manager or Engineer wit~ t~quest for fina~ review ONE approved bound volume containing following info~ation and drawings. ~ Ccrti~cate~ of acceptanc~ from inspection authorities. Page t')-22 P~s $~nta F~.Fnsco Depm Rehabilitation 2. Warranties, guarantees, and manufacturers' directions on equipment and materials covered. 3. Approved submittal data. 4. Approved installatio~ drawings, wiring diagrams and control ~iagrams. 5. Operating and maintenance bulletins including maintenance schedules on major equipment. 3.12 OPEI:LA. TION PRIOR TO COMPLETION: A. When mechanical equipment or systems are operable, equipment and systems shall be properly supervised during operation. Warranty period shall not commence until such time as equipment or system is operated for beneficial use of Owner. B. Clean equipment, install clean filter media, adjust and complete punch list items before final acceptance by Owner. 3.13 MECHANICAL WORK CLOSEOUT: A. Do not proceed with transfer of mechanical systems to Owner for operation until warranties, performance certifications, maintenance agreements and similar commitments to be signed by Contractor and other entities have been executed and transmitted to Construction Manager (for Owner's records). B. During mechanical work ctoseout phase, meet with Owner's operating representative frequently and agree upon status of operational responsibility for mechanical systems, including security provisions to prevent unauthorized operations, and including protective measures to ensure that mechanical systems are not neglected or misused. Section 15010 Page 20-22 '~- Apnl 23, 1999 3.~4 OUAR.~%EES: Amend and make good defects, sell,men[s, or other rbuks in work. ~sin~ ~rom defective or improper materials and workmanship, which may appe~ w~thin ~wetve months after completion and ~nal acceptance of work. Suppliers o6 mawr equipment items shall furnish to Owner written acceptance of installation of equipment furnished. Date of start of w~an~ shall be.date of final payment, or date of receipt of written request to start equipment for convenience or' O~ner. 3.15 SERVICE: A. Furnish, at no cost to Owner, necessary service to mechanical systems, such as adjustment of controls, air distribution, water balancing, valves, mechanical repair of equipment, or other work requiring specialized training, for period of one year, concurrent with guarantee period specified above. B. This does not include repair of damage due to fire'(unless fire is result of faulty material or workmanship), storm, vandalism, or other factors, nor does it inciude such routine services as oiling motors, cleaning filters, replacing blown fuses (unless caused by defective performance or equipment), nor other work not requiring special skills. 3.16 EX'ISTD/G UTILITIES: Drawings and data of Contract Documents indicate available information on existing udIides and services. Contractor shall secure additional data as required to complete the work indicated. Due to the age and historical uses of the building and surrounding property, accuracy of information is not assured. Refer to Division - 1 provisions for resolution of discrepancies discovered during course of performing work. 3.17 .M.~NN'ER OF CONDUCTENG WORK: Refer to Division - 1 provisions for determination of how construction phasing ~equiremenrs may affect performance of mechanical work. Contractor shall exercise all precautions necessary to control excessive dust, etc. .:?,d protect Ownei"s furnishings and equipment. Owner ~vill cooperate where possible m this regard..&rea where work is being done shall be "cleaned-up' at .:r~d ,)i: each day. Set:rion t3011) Pag,~ 2[-22 Santa F~-Fri~co Depot Rehabilitation ,'c~ KEYSTONE ,ARCHITECTS luly 30, 1995 C. Maintain existing buildings in a safe and weathertig~t condition throughout construction period. Repair damages caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and its contents during construction period. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 15010 _~ Page 22-22 - April 13, 19tY9 SECTION 1S09.1 PIPE EIANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 15094: PIPE RANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES PART ! - GENERAL 1.0 t WORK ENCLU'DED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install pipe hangers and supports, accessories and other incidentals necessary to suspend piping from the structure above, or support piping from beams, walls, or foundations. B. Concrete foundations and supporting structures shall be as specified. Concrete foundations shall be in accordance with Section 03300, CAST EN 'PLACE CONCR.ETE. 1.02 QUALITY ASSUT, ANCE A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Products manufactured by any of several manufacturers specializing in pipe hangers and supports shall be acceptable; such as Grinnell, Modem, Elcen, Carpenter and Paterson, or approved equal. B. DESIGN CRITERIA: Hangers shall be sized to support the weight of the piping full of the fluid being transported and the insulation, if any, plus a safety factor of 2.0. Where several lines are installed adjacent to each other in the same plane and at the same elevation, trapeze hangers may be used; provided they are sized to carry the combined weight of all piping, fluid and a safety factor of 2.0. Thrust anchorage shall be based on water pressure plus hammer and a safety factor of 1.5. 1.03 SUBNETT.-LLS: Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SLq3M1TI'ALS and shall include: A. Product data sheets for each hanger type proposed. B. Schedule to indicate where each type of hanger is to be installed. 1.04 ST,-UN'DARDS: The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: .~NSI STD B3 l. 1.0 "Code for Pressure Piping' MSS STD SP-58 "Standard Practice" Federal Specification WW-H471D 1.05 DELWERY .&ND STOIL&GE: Ship bangers and fitting in rigid cartons and keep gackaged un~il used. Store inside storage sheds or under rooi~ Otherwise, store on ~ood plaffom~s raised above grade and cover with a weather resistant covering. Section 15094 Page 14 Pans Sam~ F~--Frisco Depo~ Rcha~ili[adon r.) ~yST~]X,I~ ~R/HITECT$ April 23, [999 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS: A. The number and ~pe of hangers and silpports necessary for the project, including the type of inserts and the size of rods necessary to carry the installed weights shall be determined by the Contractor, based on calculated loads to be supported. The plans show specific requirements for a number of cases, but do not attempt to indicate all hangers or supports. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the number, location and size of hangers and supports. B, Piping shall be supported so that strain imposed on attached equipment is prevented. Piping shall be fabricated in a manner ~at piping is not strained during installation. Pipe shall not be fabricated in a manner that requires force to Mi=°n pip~ runs, or that requires force to install piping into hangers. C. Hangers and supports shall be capable of vertical adjustment after the piping has been iustalled. Hangers which do not allow for such adjustment shall have turnbuckles installed in the hanging rod. D. Where pipe is noted to be insulated, tho pipe hanger shall not penetrate the pip covering. Pipe hangers shall be on. the outside of the insulation. Provide protection saddles or insulation inserts to prevent damage to insulation. E. Hangers and supports, including threaded rods installed outdoors or indoors at damp atmospheres, such as pipe galleries, bottom levels of pump stations, or underground vaults, shall be galvanized or stainless steel. Other hangers and supports may be ferrous metal. F. Piping which runs at an elevation exceeding 8'-0" from the structure above, and as indicated on the plans may be supported from wall mounted brackets attached to concrete wall surfaces. 107 OPTIONS: At the Contractor's option, ferrous hangers and supports may be field painted after installation instead of prior to installation as specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ~LATERL~LS: A. H.-~NrGER RODS: Carbon steel support rods, conforming to ASTM A-36: machine threaded with continuous threads or threaded both ends; sized in accordance with the weight to be supported. Rods shall be galvanized when used outdoors, or in pipe galleries, pump stations and other wet atmospheres. Rods shalI be copper, bronze or brass when used with copper of bronze piping. Si. CONCRETE LNSERTS: Heavy duty, malleable iron body with anchor or lug, galvanized after fabrication; equal to Fed. Spec. type 18. C CONCRETE INSERTS: Light duty, formed carbon steel with integral anchor, galvanized after t'abncation: conforming to Fed. Spec. %Tv'-H-17ID; equal [o Grinnell figure IS5. Section 15094 Page 2 n Paris $,mla F,e.F'r%co Dcp~( Rchal]lli[ado~ O"K[¥STON[ D. S~EL BRAC~TS: H~avy duty. foxed c~bon steel br~ket wi~h knee b~c; confo~ing ~o Fed. Spec. ~-H-171D, type 34, ~d equal to GdnneJl figure 199. Light duty bracket shall be type 33 and equ~ to Grinnell fig~e 195. E. P~E H.&N'GERS: Confo~ing to of Fed. Spec. ~-H-171D stand.ds for type specified, ~ follows: Description - Fed. 5pec. F&N Std ~ Adjustable clevis, ~, I/2" to 30". bolt p[~ clamp, 3/4"-24" Adjust~le swivel split r~ng, 3/~"-8"Adjustable clevis ring, I/2"- 8" Riser clamp, 3/4"-20" &djustable pipe ring, VT'-8" Description - Fed. Spec. F&N Type Adjustable swivel ting, i/2" - 8", Split ring, 3/8" - 8", Adjustable clevis. It wt, 3/8" - 4", Extension split ~ipe clamp, 3/8" - 3", Adjustable steel yoke pipe roll. F. BE.&M CL~MPS: M~leable iron or forged steel ~justable be~ cl~ps; equ~ to the following Fed. Spec. ~'-H-17ID ~pes: Descaption - Fed. Spec.F&N Ty~ Univers~ side cl~p for I beam, Be~ fl~ge clam~, Beam fl~ge "C" cl~p, ETS be~ cl~p wi~ bolt, Beam ct~p wit~ bolt, Wide ~roat beam clamp. .- G. ~CCESSO~S: Forged steel or mflleable iron accessories, including stee[ bol~ wi~ auts and washers, "U" bolts, Eyebolts, ~mbuc~es, rvd cvupiings, rod sockets, straps and clamps. 2.02 F.~RICATIONS: A. Btacke~: ~ere indicated on &e plans o~, when ~e weight to be supported exceeds ~e ~Iowable ca~ing capaci~ for no~ m~ufacmred brackets, provide speci~ fabricated brackets, ~ necess~. 2.03 M.&~'FAC~r~D PRODU~S: A. Vibr=ion isolators: Shall ~ 30 de~ee swing, double deflection spring-type, m~ufacmrefl by M~on Industries, or approved equ~; sized so ~at ~e m~imum deflection under ~11 loaded condition is no more ~m i/2 ~e tot~ deflection capability of the isolator. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 P~PA~&T[ON A. After faa=cation and before installatiom p~nt hangers ~d suppo~s, inc{uding haager rods, with two (2) coats of appropriate paint. Galvanized steel or stainless steel ~angers and suppo~s, and hangers or suppo<s installed in a cence~e6 [ocatioa. 3uch ~ above ceilings, ne:O not be painted. B Wrap e~ds of threaded rods with tape before painting to insure ~at ~e threads ~e ~ot filled with gaint. Unpainted ends shall ~ long enough to a=ach to insets or ,~ther rcr~inus, plus 1/2" t~r future adjustment. :~¢ction 15094. Page 3-6 Agrfl 23, 1999 3.02 ~'ST.~LAT[ON: A. PIPE H,~NGERS: Pipe hangers used on insulated pipin~under 6" shall have insulation shields equal to Gfinnetl figure 167, installed at each hanger. Saddles sh~l ~ not less than 16 gauge g~vanized steel, not less ~ 12" long and wide enough to cover the lower l/2 o~ the insulation. ~ere pi~ ~ickaess is 8" or l~ger, install pipe covering protection saddles equal to Grinnell fi~re 160 through 166A. Place saddles between piping and hanger to prevent piping rkom c~shing the insulation. ~. ~SERTS: Furnish ~d install c~t-in-place inse~ in concrete walls ~d dec~s, a necessa~ for the instalation of hangers. Lay out ~iping in advice ad acea~n locations o~ inseas ne~ss~ to confo~ to hanger spacing requiremena. Inse~ shall ~ rated for ~e load to be c~ed plus a sffe~y factor o~ 3.0 to alow for ~mre loads. C. ~i~N MOUNTS: Install double-deflection vibration isolators, mounted ~angers which suppoa piping adjacent to pumps or within 20' of motorized equipment. ~ere ta~ze hangers ~e supported, install isolators in al suppoa rods. 3.03 ?~E HANGERS A. Pipe hangers sh~l ~ capable of suppoaing the pi~ in ~I conditions of operation ad pe~it free exp~sion and contraction of ae piping to prevent excessive stress induced into the pipe. B. &re,ne pipe supports only after accurately cflculafing ae weigh~ to suppoaed. Hanger spacings indicated in vinous sections of ~e specifications considered minimums only. The acm~ spacing of hangers ad suppoa ~d sizes sh~l be b~ed on the actual weight suppoaed win a safe~ factor of 2.0, ggadless of ~he spacing indicated elsewhere. C. ~ere hager rods ~e to be hashed to ae structure above, provide ae proper te~inus a~ ae upper end. Provide concrete inserts, be~ hangers, brackets ad lugs necessa~ to attac~ to ae v~ious suppoaing members. Hanger rods shall subject ~o tensile loads only. ~ere laterfl or ~i~ movement is ~ticipated, provide suitable lineage to pe~t swing. D. Hodzonta piping under 8" in size, and not othe~ise noted to be suppoaed on cradles, shall be suspended from ~e structure win pipe hangers having ~aded steel h~ger rods. Hangers supposing copper or brass piping sh~l ~ copper, brass or bronze. Suppon PVC piping with pladc-coated hangers equal to Grinnell t'igure 97c. E. ~ere ~oNzontal piping c~ move in excess of I/2% or where ae hanger rod an~ul~ity ?rom the veaical is ~eater ant four (4) degrees from ~e cold to hot ~osit~on o~ Se pipe, offset ae banger and structural a~tachmena so that the rod ~er:icai in ~e ~ot position. Othe~ise, use a method which allows pipe movement. De~c~¢tl¢~ - ~cd. S~ec Single pipe roller, rod suspended, 42, adjustable p~Fe mi~cr.~3. AJH~L~bIc ,~ccei ?'oke roller, 44. pari~ Santa F~--Fdsco Depot Rchabilitatioa ,c3 Ap~l ,3, 1999 Suppo~ pipe risers using clamp lugs, such ~ Fed. Spec. Type 8. Tra~ze hangers shall consist of a g~v~ized steel a~gie, stol ch~ne~ or Unist~t channels designed i, accordance with ~e tot~ w~ighr ro be supposed, suspended from &e sr~l st~cmre by two or more ~readed steel rods. Clamp piping supposed by trapeze hangers ro support galvanized "U" bolts or steel straps. 3.04 PIPE SUPPORTS A. Concrete cradles ~d s~cific pipe support r~quirem~nts ~e indicated on ~e pians. For other pip~ng supposed from floors on foundations, install p~pe suppo~s b~ed on ~e weight to be c~ied, plus a safe~ factor o~ 3.0. B. Pipe suppo~s tot floor mounted piping, where t~d~cated, sh~l be f~6cated of c~t iron or forged steel and conto~ ro Fed. Spec. ~-~- 17 ID, ~ follows: Desc~ption - Fed. Spec. Pipe saddle suppo~, 4" ro 8 37 Pipe st~chion saddle, 4" ro I_ , ~8, Adjustable ~ipe saddle, 2-I/2" to o6 , 39, C~t iron roller chair, v" to 12", C~r iron roller and stand, 2" ro a2", 45, Adjustable stand & roller, 2" ro 30", 47. 3.05 S~Y SE~R P~G A. Suppo~ c~r iron piping in sizes 2" rh~ 10" suspended from ~e structure using a m~leable iron adjustable swivel, split ~ngs (Type 6) at spacings nor ro exceed 6'-0" cente~. Install hange~ adjacent to hubs. Install addi6on~ hange~ at hub ad~ent to br~ches from ~e t~nk line, and at l~ations whet, sever~ fittings ~e ins~led adjacent to one ~other. B. Suppo~ PVC p~p~ng wi~ a pl~tic-coated, adjustable swiveI lng (Ty~ 7 or 5'-0" m~imum spacing. Install addidon~ h~gers at risers ~d where ~ver~ fittings ~e tnst~led ad~acenr to one ~other. C. Suppo~ soil stack risers w~th pipe clamps ar ~e b~e of each ~ser and at floors o~ ~e st~cmre. 3.06 COPPER OR S~EL P~'G A. Suspend ho~zonral runs of copper or steel piping from ~e st~c~re using adjustable ring clevis suppo~s (Type 7), split pipe ~ngs (T~e 11) or extension split clamp [Type 25) with threaded sr~eI or non-fe~ous rods. ~ere suppo~s on outside ot insulation, it ~s no~ necess~ to install aon-te~eus h~g~rs. E. Pipe hangers shall be sized in accordance with ~e weight to be supposed. Space single pi~e hangers according ro the following mmximum spacings: Size oF Pipe H~ger Spacing: 3J4" or less = 5'-0" I" = 6'-0" I-I/~" ro 2" = T-0" 2-i/2" to 3-I/? = 4': [0'-0" ~2" ~ {~": 20'-0" Section 15~]94 Page P::zts Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation ~' ~'~ ST;')NE ~RCHITECT$ April 23, 1999 16" to 20" = 25'-0" C. Steel hanger rods shall be sized in accordance with the weigh~,to be supported, but shall not be smaller than the following: Size of Pipe Minimum Rod Diu.meter: 2" or less - 3/8" 2-1/2" to 3-1/2" = 1/2" 4" to 5" = 5/8" 6" -- 3/4" 8" to 12": 7/8" D. Copper, brass, or bronze hangers and threaded rods shall be sized on the basis of the weight carried and the strength of the material used. 3.07 PLASTIC PLPSNG A. Suspend plastic piping using plastic-coated, adjustable pipe rings (Type 7or 10), or split ring (Type l I). Spacing for plastic pipe shall not be greater than 3'-0". B. Plastic pipe used for domestic water distribution may be supported by a continuous supporting member, such as a galvanized steel channel, as manufactured by Unistrut or equal, or fiber reinforced plastic channel, such as manufactured by Aicldnstrut, Inc. and supported by steel ~aded rods spaced at 8'-0" maximum spacings. Clamp pipe to channel with "U" clamps or other suitable means at 4'-0" maximum centers. C. Where noted on the plans, support piping with wall brackets and threaded rods with Type 7 or 10 hangers. 3.08 NATURAL GAS PIPD4G A. Gas piping installed inside buildings or structures shall be suspended from the structure with Type 6, 7, or 11 malleable iron pipe hangers and r,hreaded steel rods. Flanger spacing shall comply with the requirements for steel pipe, as specified above. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 15004 .-,~__ Page o-~ Keystone Am~te~s '~' 5123277471 ~8~ ®10:17AM ~2/6 Paris S~nrs F~-Frisco D~pot Rchabili~ion © KEYSFONE ARCHITECTS April 23, 19~9 SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION SECTION 15250: MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL L01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish all labor, materials and equipment and perform all operations in connection with the ins~lation of all above grade piping and equipment. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Insulation materials shall be manufactured at facilities certified and registered with an approved registrar to conform to ISO 9000 quality standard. B. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation materials. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 15010, and shall include: 1. Product data sheets and installation methods. 2. Type, thickness and application for each piping system insulated. 1.04 STANDARDS The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if ~vfinen here in its entirety: MICA Midwest Insulation Contractors Association - National Commercial and Indus~al Insulation Standards. NIAC National Insulation and Abatement Contractors Association - Industry Insulation File. 1.05 DF:,I ]VERY AND STORAGE Deliver products in original, unopened packages with labels attached. Store materials inside building or storage sheds. Protect from weather and moisture. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Provide drop cloths or other coverings to protect equipment and adjacent materials from Section 15250 Page 1-6 Keystone A ~',,itects *B' 5123277471 ~8/8/00 G10:17 AM D3/6 Paris Santa Fc-Frisco Depot Rchal~lita~n © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS April 23, 1999 splashes and droppings. Do not begin insulating until the system has been tested and approved. B. Surfaces to be insulated shall be clean and dry. Sections of molded~ipe coverings shall be firmly butted together. Where insulation terminates, it shall be neatly leveled and finished. C. Vapor barriers shall be installed where specified, with the vapor barrier material to the outside. Take precautions to prevent breaking covetings on insulation. Seal rips and tears with manufacturers appropriate sealer. No exposed insulation will be allowed. Where insulation terminates, the insulation end shall be tapered and covered with vapor barrier material or pipe covering. Seal all edges with manufacturers recommended materials. D. Materials shall have a flame spread rating as specified, but in no case less than required by local codes or authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 GUARANTEES In addition to the Contractor's one (1) year ~a~tee, the installer shall guarantee in writing the insulation system to remain free of defects in materials due to faulty installation for a period of three (3) years from Owner's acceptance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INSULATION TYPES; PIPING AND FITTINGS A. Heavy Density Preformed Fiber~ass Rigid Molded, Noncombustible (ASTM C 547 Type 1, 2 or 3) "K' (KSI) = 0.23 @ 75mF (ASTM C 335). Acceptable manufacturers: Owens - Coming, Knauf. Schuller, Certainteed or CFM Corp. B. Preformed flexible elastomeric insulation, (ASTM C 534) tubular form (unlit) flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 (ASTM FAM Type I "K" = 0.24 @ 75mF). Acceptable manufacturers: Armstrong "Armallex" and Schnller "Rubatex". C. Rigid, molded high temperature hydrous calcium silicate insulation (ASTM C 533, Type 1), noncombustible (ASTM E136). Asbestos free, "K" (KSI) = 0.40 @ 300inF. Acceptable manufacturers: Schuller, Palx:o and Calsilite/Sproule. 2.02 PROTECTIVE COVERINGS AND FINISH TYPES, PIPING A. All purpose jacket, high density white kraft bonded to aluminum foil, reinforced with fiberglass yarn, lap and butt, self sealing with pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive, protected by release paper. Acceptable manufacturers: Schuller "Micro-Lok' and Certainteed "Snap-On". B. PVC FITTING COVERS AND JACKETING: One piece, pre-molded, high-impact UV resistant, white gloss polyvinyl chloride insulation fitting covers and jackets. Meet smoke/flame ratings of 25/50 (ASTM E 84) 0.16 mil thickness, or 0.20 mil thickness where solvent sealed. Acceptable manufacturers: Schuller 'Zeston 2000 PVC", Section 15250 Page 2-6 Keyst~e A rcflitects *~' 5123277471 ~8/8~0 ®10:19 AM P~4/6 Pa,4s S~ta Fo-Frisco Depot Rehabilit.~ion © KEY~I'ONEARCHITECTS April 23, 1999 CEEL-Co. "550 PVC", Knauf 'Proto' or Proto PVC Corp. C. ALUMINUM JACKETING (ASTM B 209): Embossed with integrally bonded moisture barrier over the entire surface, 0.016 inch thick. Accep.,~ble manufacturers; Childers, Corrugated Metals Inc., Pabco, Proto Corp. 2.03 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Flexible Fiberglass Blanket: 812 Spin-Glas meeting ASTM C 533; llexible, "K" (KSI) = 0.24 @ 7500 F (0.035 @ 2400 C. Maximum Service temperature 450o0 F (232°0 C). Density: 1.5 lb/cu, ft (24 kg/cu m) density. Vapor retarder jacket: Aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass yarn and laminated to fire-resistant kTaft, secured with UL listed pressure sensitive tape and/or outward clinch expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic as needed. B. Rigid Fiberglass Board: 814 Spin-Glas meeting ASTM C 612; rigid, "K" (KSI) = 0.23 @ 75== F (0.033 at 24== C). Maximum Service Temperature 450== F (232== C). Density: 3.0 lb/cu, ft (48 kb/cu m) density. Vapor Retarder Jacket: Aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass yarn and laminated to fire-resistant kraft, secured with UL listed pressure sensitive tape and/or outward clinch expanding staples and vapor'barrier mastic as needed. Facing: 1 inch (25 mm) galvanized hexagonal wire mesh stitched on one face of insulation. (Optional) C. Rigid Fiberglass Board: 1000 Spin-G[as meeting ASTM C 612; rigid, noncombustible. "K" (KSI) = 0.~ at 75o0 F (0.033 at 24ce C). Maximum Service Temperature: 850o0 F (454o0 C). Density: 3.0 lb/cu, ft. (48 kg/cu m). Facing: 1 inch (25mm) galvanized hexagonal wire mesh stitched on one face of insulation. (Optional) D. Hydrous Calcium Silicate: Thermo-12 Gold meeting ASTM C 533; rigid molded block; asbestos free color coded throughout material thickness and maintained throughout temperature range. "K" (KSI) = 0.40 at 300== F (0.058 @ 14.9o0 C). Maximum Service Temperature: 1200°0 F (649c~ C). Compressive Strength (block): Minimum of 200 psi to produce 5% compression based on 1-1/T' thickness. Non- combustible as determined by test following ASTM E 136. Securement: Insulation shall be securely banded in place, tightly butted, joints staggered and secured with 16 gauge galvanized or stainless steel wire or 1/2" x .015" galvanized steel bands on 12" maximum centers for large areas. E. Elastomefic Foam: ASTM C 534; flexible cellular elastomeric, molded or sheet. (KSI) = 0.28 at 75== F (0.04 @ 24o0 C). Maximum Service Temperature of 220== F (104== C). Maximum Service Temperate of 220== F (104== C). Maximum Flame Spread: 25. Maximum Smoke Developed: 50 (3/4" thick and below). Connection: Waterproof vapor retarder adhesive as needed. UV-Protection: Outdoor protective coating. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Butt strips (used in conjunction with preformed fiberglass) with quick release adhesive, or staples. B. Metal jacket bands; 3/8" width, 0.015 inch thick bands. Section 15250 Page 3-6 Keystone An31itects 'B' 5123277471 ~ 8,'8~0 G 10:20 AM r~ 5/6 Paris Santo F¢-Fris¢o Depot R¢Imbilit~flon © KEYSTOq'qE ARCHITECTS April 23, 1999 C. Cements, hydraulic setting cement, one coat, 1/8 to 1/4 inch thick application. D. Adhesive: Synthetic rubber base with resins and fillers, resilient and heat resistant, solvent based neoprene contact adhesive. Acceptable manufacturers: 'Armstrong 520 Adhesive". E. Sealants: Water based mastic weatherproofing, breathing type coating. Acceptable manufacturers: Childers 'CP- 10/11 Vi-cryl'. F. Sealants: Vapor barrier, low odor, solvent type coating for low temp. use. Acceptable manufacturers: Childers "CP-30 Low-Odor Chili-Perm". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Thoroughly clean, and dry, all surfaces to be insulated, and install insulation material after performance tests for piping and equipment have been completed and approved. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide adhesives and accessories for insulation fittings and finishes which comply with manufacturers recommendations to preclude voiding manufacturer ~varranty. B. Continue insulation with vapor barrier through penetrations, except at fire rated penetrations. C. In exposed piping, locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. D. On insulated piping with vapor bamer' insulate fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections and expansion joints. E. On insulated piping without vapor barrier and piping conveying fluids 140~oF or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment but bevel and seal ends of insulation at snch locations. Continue sealant a minimum of four inches along the piping. F. Provide an insert, except where roll type hangers are specified, not less than twelve inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation, between support shield and piping, but under the finish jacket on piping 2_ inch diameter or larger, to prevent insulation from sagging at support points. Provide inserts of cork, cellular glass or other approved heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. Factory fabricated inserts may be used. Adhere pipe shield to insulation with adhesive. G. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions and interruptions. Section 15250 Page 4-6 Keystone A~itects ~' 5123277471 ~1~8/8/00 (910:22 AM D6/6 Paxis Sama Fe-Frisco D~pot Rchabili~on © KEYSTONE ARCHITECTS April 23, 1999 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Examine ail insulated piping and repair damage. Repair tips in the outer service jacket with self-adhering tape. Touch-up damaged coatings~ '~ 3.04 CLEAN AND ADJUST Remove ail debris as it accumulates. Section 15250 Page 5-6 KEYSTONE ARCHiTECTS 'B' 5123205763 ~1~8/18/~0 (~ 2:32 PM P12J2 Keystone ^~flitacts ~' 512~P/7471 ~8/8~0 ®10:25 AM r~?./4 Paris Sanl~ Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEY$1'OINE ARCHITECTS ..- April 23, 1999 SECTION 15290 DUCTWORK INSULATION SECTION 15290: DUCTWORK INSULATION '~' PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to install thermal and acoustical insulation applied externally or internally to ductwork and air handling devices, including but not limited to the following: 1. Ductwork insulation. 2. Insulation jackets. 3. Ductwork liner. 1.02 RELATED WORK COVERED ELSEWHERE Painting Section 09901 Ductwork Section 15890 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator:. company specializing in ductwork insulation application with five years' minimum experience. B. Materials: UL listed; flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 in accordance with ASTM E84 and UL723. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Owens - Coming Fiberglass Corporation 2. Certainteed Corporation 3. Manville Corporation 4. Knauf Fiber Glass 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01300 SUBMrrTALS. B. Include product description, list of materials and thickness for each service and location. 1.05 STANDARDS AND REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standards ANSI/ASTM C533 - Mineral Fiber Blanket and Felt Insulation. ANSI/ASTM C612 - Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. B. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Section 15290 Page 1-3 Keystone A~c~itects '~ 5123277471 ~8/8/00 G1(~25 AM r~3/4 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEY~-TONE ARCHITECTS .. April 23, 1999 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE: Deliver all products in original, unopened packages with labels attached. Store materials inside building or storage sheds. Protect from weather and moisture. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MATERIALS A. Type A (Duct Wrap): Flexible glass fiber; ANSI/ASTM 553; commercial grade; 'K' value of .25 at 75(F; .75/CF density; 0.002-inch foil scrim la'aft facing for air ducts with .01 perm rating. B. Type B (Duct Liner): Flexible glass fiber; ANSI/ASTM C553; 'K' value of .29 at 75(F; 1.5 lb/cu ft minimum density; coated air side for maximum 4,000 ft/min air velocity equal to Owens-Coming "Aeroflex" Armstrong 520. Air friction factor shall not exceed 1.05 at 2000 FPM. C. Adhesives: Wate~roofvapor barrier type, or equal. D. Finish: Vapor barrier finish coating, Foster Monolar Coating 60-38 or equal. E. Lagging Adhesive: Fire resistive to ASTM E84-, Childers CP-82 or equal. F. Impale Anchors: Galvanized steel, 12 gage self-adhesive pad. G. Joint Tape: Glass fiber cloth, open mesh. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Install materials after ductwork has been tested and approved. B. Clean sm-faces for adhesives. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturegs instructions. B. Provide insulation on exterior of all round duct. C. Insulation (Type A) application for exterior of ducts in interior of building: 1. Secure insulation ~vith vapor hamer with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor bamer adhesive or tape to match jacket. 2. Install without sag on underside of ductwork. Use four-inch wide strips of adhesive on eight-inch centev~ or mechanical fasteners where necessary, to prevent sagging. Seal vapor barrier adhesive. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. Section 15290 Page 2-3 Keystone A~litec~s *l~ 5123277471 ~8/8~0 G10:27 ^M [~4/4 Pa-is Santa Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEY~I'ONE ^RCHITEL-FS -~ April 23, 1999 3. Insulate standing seams and stiffeners which protrude through the insulation with 11/2- thick, unlaced, flexible blanket insulation. Cover with glass cloth and coat with vapor barrier finish coating. 4. On circumferentialjoints, the two-inch flange on the facing shall,be secured with 9/16- inch outward clinch steel staples on two-inch centers, and taped with a minimum three- inch wide strip of glass fabric and finish coating. 5. Cover seams, joints, pin penetrations and other breaks finish coaling reinfomed with glass cloth. D. Liner (Type B) Application: 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage. Secure insulation with mechanical fasteners on 12-inch centers maximum on top and side of ductwork with dimension exceeding 24 inches. Seal and smoothjoints. Do not use nail-type fasteners. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive.. 2. Ductwork dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air flow. Increase ductwork to allow for insulation thickness. 3. Omit lining as necessary to permit satisfactory operation of dampers and air control devices. Provide 11/2-inch external insulation six inches beyond the liner termination. 4. Coat all exposed edges and lealdng edges of cross joints with adhesive. E. Continue insulation with vapor barrier through penetrations. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Examine all installed insulation and repair damage. Repair rips in the outer service jacket with self-adhering tape. Touch-up damaged coatings. 3.04 CLEAN AND ADJUST: Remove all debris as it accumulates. 3.05 SCHEDULES: Provide insulation or liner for all ductwork in accordance with the following schedule: Applicat/on Insulation Type/Insulation Thickness: Outside Air Intake Ducts A or B Plenums B Rectangular Duct, Interior B Rectangular Duct, Attic B Round Duct W/in Building A Round Duct, Attic A * * END OF SECTION * * Sect/on 15290 Page 3-3 Keystone Amt~itects '~' 5123277471 ~8/8930 ~D10:40 AM [32110 Paris Santa Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehn .hillta~n OKEYS'I'C~E ARCHITECTS Apil 23, t99~ SECTION 19410 PLUMB~NGPWING AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 19410: PLUMBING PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Rb-3' ATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: Submit piping schedule showing manufacturer, pipe or tube weight, fitting type, and joint type for each piping system. Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions, and dimensional drawing on each type manufactured piping specialty of equipment or valve. PART 3 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE M AaN73FACTURERS: A. Manufacturer's equipment acceptable for use on this project, subject to conforming to technical specifications and scheduled capacities, is listed in respective articles. B. Other equipment manufacturers shall comply with Section 15010, MECHAN'ICAL REQUIREIVmNTS. 2.02 SANITARY DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPENG: A. Interior sanitary drainage piping shall extend to five (5) feet outside building or to location indicated. Exterior sanitary drainage piping shall extend from five (5) feet outside building to the sewer. Section 15410 Page 1-9 Keystone Architects ~' 5123277471 8M8/8/00 G10:41 AM [33/10 Pa~ Santo Fe-Fr~sco D~pot Rei'~)ilitation ¢~KL~'TC~E B. Refer to Section 15010, for Piping Assembly Pr°Cedures. C. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING AND FITTINGS ABOVE GROUND OR SLAB as indicated, ASTM A74, hubless cast-iron soil pipe, ser~ce weight, ASTM C1277/A48, and CISPI 310, Class 30-A fittings. D. DRAINAGE PIPE AND I~Ir'rINGS BELOW GROUND OR SLAB: ASTM A74, service weight, hub-and-spigot soil pipe and fittings, with neoprene compression gasket joinm conforming to ASTM C564. E. Refer to Section 15010, for EXCAVATION AND BACKFi~ 1', F. Cast iron pipe and fittings shall comply with ASTM A-77 and Cast Iron Pipe Institute Standard Number 301 and shall bear identification mark of Cast Iron Institute. G. Galvanized steel pipe is prohibited for water pipe. 2.03 TRAPS: Provide fixtures and pieces of equipment requiring connection to drainage system with trap. Traps are specified to be supplied with fixture. Place as near to fixture as possible. No fixtures shall be double trapped. Traps installed on threaded pipe shall be recessed drainage pattern. Provide floor drains and condensate drains with deep seal P-traps. 2.04 CLEANOUTS: Cleanouts shall be brass plugs, located accessibly. In walls of finished area, provide clcauouts with chrome- plated round secured access cover. In finished floors provide adjustable housing, ferrule with plug and round secured nickel brass scoriated top. Ia parking or yard areas, provide cleanouts with scofiated cast iron heavy duty access cover and frame set in 12" X 12" concrete pad. Exterior two-way cleanouts shall be WADE 6030 series or approved equal. 2.05 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING: A. Refer to Section 15010, for PIPING ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES. Section 15410 Page 2-9 Keystone Amhitects ~' 5123277471 ~1~8/8/00 (~1C~42 AM Paris Sar~ Fe-Ffisco Depot Reh~.b. flitation CK.'STONE ARCHITECTS April 23, 1999 B. Trench depth of exterior piping shall be minimum of 12' below average local frost depth of 18" below finished grade, which ever is greater. Refer to Section 15010, for EXCAVATION AND BA~L. C. Water distribution piping shall be AWWA C900, DR 18; fittings, ANSI/AW'WA Cl10, ductile iron, standard thickness, with ANSI/AWWA Clll rubber gasket push on mechanical joint. D. Interior water distribution piping shall be copper Type "L", hard drawn water tube, ASTM B88. fittings, ANSI/ASM~ B16.18, cast copper or ANSI/ASME B16.22 wrought copper with AWS A5.8 Bcup silver braze joints. E. Exterior water distribution piping copper Type "L", hard drawn water tube, ASTM B88. fittings, ANSI/ASME B16.18, cast copper or ANSI/ASME B16.22 wrought copper with AWS A5.8 Bcup silver braze joints. 2.06 GAS PIPING SYSTEMS: A. Trench depth of exterior piping shall be minimum of 18 inches. Refer to Section 15010, for Excavation and Backfill. B. Provide isolating dielectric union and lubricated gas cock wherever piping enters building from underground. C. Above grade gas piping shall be Schedule 40 black steel conforming to ASTM A-120. Fittings for piping two and one-half (2-1/2) inches and larger, and for all underground piping shall be Schedule 40, welding type conforming to ASTM A-234. Fitting for piping two (2) inches and smaller shall be screwed. 150 pound black malleable iron conforming to ANSI B 16.3. D. Steel piping used for underground service shall have FACTORY APPLIED continuous coating and FIELD WRAPPED joints. Coat shall be with 3M Company Scotchkote protective resin No. 202. Wrap fitting and joints, after testing, double- lapped, with 3M Scotchwrap No. 50, 10 mil. pipe tape. Repair damage to protective coating by applying double overlapped wrap of 3M Company Scotchwrap No. 50, before backfilling around pipe. Section 1.5410 Page 3-9 Keystone Architects '~' 5123277471 ~8/8/(30 (~10:43 AM ~5tlO F~is $~a Fe-Ffi~¢o l~t Reh~,_hililalir~ CICI~'TON [AP. CHrI'[-cr~ April Z~, 1999 E. Plastic piping used for underground gas service shall be Schedule 40 Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe conforming to ASTM D-2513. Installation shall be in strict accordance with Code Authority requirements, Gas Utility Company regulation and pipe manufacturer's recommendations. In addition, bare No. 12 ~'~pper wire shall be athacbed to outside of pipe to act as trace for locating buried pipe. 2.07 VALVES: A. Valves shall be provided where indicated or where necessary to control flow of contained fluid. B. GATE VALVES: 2" and smaller: Class 125, bronze, screw-in bonnet screwed, non-rising stem, solid wedge: Crane No. 438, Jenkins No. 370, Stockham No. B103, threaded ends. 2-1/2" and larger: Class 125, flanged, iron body, bolted bonnet, non-rising stem, solid Stockham No. G623. C. BALL VALVES: 2" and smaller. 150 psi, bronze, screwed, standard port, 2 or 3-piece body, TFE seats with bronze trim: Crone No. 9302, Jenkins No. 900T, Nibco No. T-580. D. WATER SERVICE VALVES: 3" and larger. 200 lb. AWWA, IBBM flanged, non-rising stem, double disc, parallel seats with 2" square operating nut. Stockham No. G- 745-0. Provide "T" wrenches for use with standard 2" square valve operating nut. Wrench stem length shall be adequate to allow operation of deepest valve installed. E. CHECK VALVES: 1. 2" and smaller: Class 125, bronze, screwed, horizontal swing, regfinding type. Y-pattern, renewable disk: Crane No. 37. Jenkins No. 92-A, Nibco No. T-413-B, Stockham No. B-319. Section 15410 Page 4-9 Keyst~e Architects 'B' 5123277471 ~8/8/~0 ~10:44 ^M [~6/10 Pads Sa~a Fe~Frisco Depot Re .~.~ilitalim CKEY~TO~[ ARCHfltC-T~ 2. 2-1/2" and larger: Class 125, iron body, flanged, horizontal swing, renewable seal and disc: Crane No. 3?3, Nibco F-918-B, Stockham No. G-931, Mission 12 I-IMP Duo-Check" wafer design non-slam. F. GAS VALVES: 1. 2" and smaller: 125 lb. cast iron body, bronze plug, screwed, plug cock. DeZurik, Nordstrom. 2. 2-1/2" and larger. 125 lb. cast iron body, flanged, lubricated plug cock. DeZurik, Nordstrom. 2.08 GAUGES: A. Provide PRESSURE GAUGES as indicated on drawings. Gauge shall have 4-1/2" dial, white face, black numerals, glass from, aluminum case without flange for direct mounting and be equipped with plain non-rust rotary movement, trumpet brass seamless bourdon spring, and forged brass 1/2" NTT male connections. Select scale range specifically for application with control pressure at approximate midpoint of scale range. Gauges shall be accurate to 1% of scale range. Provide gauges with polished level handled cocks. Gauge shall be provided with pressure snubber, piston type and ball type gauge cock. B. Acceptable manufacturers: ASHCROFT, GOTHAM, TRERICE, WEISS, WEKSLER. 2.09 WATER I--L~'v~IER ARRESTORS: A. Provide properly sized water hammer arrestors, on piping system as required or indicated. They shall be of nesting type, air precharged bellows with both casing and bellows constructed of 18-8 stainless steel. Sizes shall be based on water-supply fixture units. Certified in accordance with PDI Standard WH-201, sizes "A' through "F". Acceptable manufacturers: WADE, ZURN, JOSA.M, SIOUX CHIEF. B. On other hot/cold water supplies provide air chamber same size as supply to fixture and not less than 24" long. Air chambers shall be located directly behind supply connection to fixture. Air chambers shall have capped top, constructed of same Section 15410 Page .5-9 Keystone Amflitects ~ll' 5123277471 EII8/8/00 (~10:45 AM P~7/10 Pa~s Sar~ Fe-Ffisco Depot Rein~..~ita~m C~WSTONE ARCHITECTS April 23. 1999 material as piping system in which they are installed. Insulate in same manner as balance of piping system in which they are installed. 2.10 VALVE BOX ASSEMBLY: Provide cast iron valve box assembly for underground valves. Box assembly shall consist of bottom section to fit over valve bonnet upper section to extend to ground grade and locking lid with word "Water" or "Gas" cast into surface. Assembly shall be Tyler Pipe Company, Series 6850 or equal. 2. l I ROOF FLASI-IEqG: Flash plumbing or drain piping projecting through roof. Flashing shall be compatible with type of wof being used. Flashing shall be waterproof. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING REQUIREMENTS: A. Close ends of pipe including those extending through and above roofs, with caps or plugs to prevent foreign materials from entering during construction. B. Provide swing joints, turns, expansion loops, offsets, wherever indicated and wherever necessary to allow for expansion of piping within building. C. Ream and clean piping after cutting and threading before installation. D. Provide nipples of same material and composition as installed; pipe extra heavy where unthreaded shoulder is less than one inch. No running threaded nipples permitted. 3.02 SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS: A. Grade horizontal sanitary drainage piping 1/4" per foot where possible; no less than 1/8" per foot. Two or more vents may be connected and extended as one vent through roof. Make vent connections to stacks with inverted fittings. Make changes in pipe Section 15410 Page 6-9 Keystone Arcflitects *B' 51232'/7471 ~8/8/00 G10:47 AM r~8/10 Pads Santa F~-Fdsco Depot Reh~jiital/on ~KP/~rc~I~ ARCHIT/C-F~ April 23, 1999 sizes with reduced fittings or recessed reducem. Make changes in directions with use oir 45 degree wyes, long sweep bends, sixth, eighth, sixteenth bends. Sanitary tees may be used on ve~ical stacks. 13. Provide cleanouts in horizontal runs. Cleanouts in straight runs shall be installed every 70 feet. VERIFY LOCATION OF FLOOR CLEANOUTS 13EFORE INSTAIJ~ATION. Cleanouts larger than 4" will not be required. Coordinate location of wall cleanouts with General and Drywall Contractors. Locate exterior cleanouts so they do not occur in sidewalks or driveways. C. PVC plastic piping shall not be installed under drives. Provide service weight cast iron or as indicated under drive and extending three feet beyond drive both ways. 3.03 INTERIOR WATER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: A. Piping systems shall be concealed in chases, above ceilings, and in.walls in finished areas. Run exposed only as specified or indidated. B. Water piping systems shall be installed level and low points of risers shall have 1/2" ball gate or ball valves installed with hose ends in order to adequately drain system. C. Provide group of plumbing fixtures with gate or ball valve on every piping system so that groups of fixtures may be isolated from accessible location. Provide General Contractor with locations of access doom. D. Provide Water Hammer Arrestors at each plumbing fixture supply branch as close as possible to point of quick closure. Arrestors shall be installed in an upright position. E. Piping shall have reducing fittings used for reducers or increasers where change in pipe sizes occurs. No bushings allowed in piping. F. Exposed chrome-plated, polished, or enameled connections from fixtures shall be put up with special care, showing no tool marks or threads at fittings, and supported by neat racks or hangers with round head screws of same materials and finish. G. Valves shall be so located as to make removal of bonnets possible. Flanged valves shown in horizontal position shall be moved with valve stem inclined one bolt hole Section 15410 Page 7-9 Keystone Architects 111'5123277471 EI18/8~0 (~10:48 AM ~9/10 Fails Santa Fe-Ffiseo Depot Rehabilitation C~CN[ ARCHIT[-CT5 ^pri] 23, ~999 above horizontal position. Screwed pattern valves placed in horizontal lines shall be ~made-up~ with valve stem inclined at angle of thirty (30) degrees above horizontal position. 3.04 S'I'EFJ117~kTION OF WATER SYSTEM: After installation and testing of water piping, domestic wa~er system shall be completely sterilized with chlorine solution and entire system thoroughly flushed. Amount of chlorine solution and procedure of application shall be according to requirements of Public Health Authorities. 3.05 TESTING: A. Piping system shall be properly tested to assure being absolutely tight. In case of pipes which are to be insulated, tests shall be completed and piping systems proved to be absolutely tight before insulation is applied. Pipes placed so that they will ultimately be concealed shall be tested before system is concealed and made inaccessible. B. Domestic water system test shall consist of subjecting piping systems to hydrostatic pressure test of 150% of normal operating pressure for 2 hour period. During test period, leaks in pipes, fittings, or accessories shall be stopped, and test repeated until system is leak free for one hour period. C. Interior sanitary drainage and vent systems shall be water tested either in its entirety or in sections. If applied to entire system, openings in piping shall be tightly closed, except highest opening, and system filled with water to point of overflow. If system is tested in sections, opening shall be tightly plugged except highest opening of section under test, and section shall be filled with water, but no section shall be tested with less than ten (10) feet of next preceding section shall be tested, so that no joint or pipe in building (except uppermost ten (10) feet of system) shall have been submitted to test of less than ten (10) foot head of system water. Water shall be kept in system, or in portion under test, for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts. 3oints shall be inspected. Leaks shall be repaired and test repeated until four hour retention period has passed, free of leakage of system. D. Exterior sanitary, sewers shall be tested at minimum of 10 foot bead of water by plugging end at is points of connection with public sewer or private disposal system Sec~orz 154.10 Page 8-9 Keys~me An~itects 'B' 5123277471 ~8/8/00 ~10:.49 AM [~10/10 Paris Santa Fe-Fris¢o Depot Rel~ilitathm ¢av, EY~TONI; ARCHFr[CT~ and completely filling sewer with water from lowest point to point, at least 10 feet above highest exterior elevation. Building sewer shall be watertight. E. Gas piping systems shall be subjected to pneumatic test pressui~ of 60 pounds per square inch for period of time adequate to soap and check joints for leaks, but in no case less than four hour period. If leaks are found in welded pipe, repair by cutting out and rewelding operations. Alternate testing aiid rewelding operations shall be repeated until gas piping systems are absolutely tight at pneumatic test pressure indicated above. If leaks occur in threaded joints, leaks shall be eliminated by replacing leaking fittings or by tightening properly. Leaking flange bolts appropriately tightened or have gaskets replaced. * * END OF SECTION * * Sec,/on 15410 Page 9-9 paris S~n[a F~-Ffisco D~go[ Rcfl~bilim(io. '~KEYSTONE -~R. CHITECTS April _,), 1999 PLUD[BING EQUIPMENT SECTION 15420 PLUM~ING EQUIPMENT: SECTION 15420 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.0I RELATED DOCUNFENTS: A. Drawings and general pro'2isions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 00 & 01 Specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 SUBMYI'TALS: Submit manufacturer's technical data, installation instructions and dimensional drawing on each plumbing fixture, equipment and drain. 1.03 TAS ACCESS1]3FLITY STA~NFDARDS: A. This project is required to comply with the ADA and the State of Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) of the Architectural Barriers Act. B. Water closet controls shall be mounted on the wide side of toilet areas. Water closets shall be installed eighteen inches (i8") from the wall to the centerline of the fixture. Adjacent lavatories shall be installed eighteen inches (18") minimum ~rom the centerline of the water closet to the edge of the lavatory,, and thirty six inches (36") minimum from the wall. (Reference section 4-.16 TAS). Provide offset flush valve riser to avoid conflict with grab bars. Provide approved flush v:tl~e handles. Section 15a20 Page l-$ - p:~-is S,mm F~-Ffis¢o Depot Rehabilitation ~KEYSTONI~ ARCHITECTS A,.pnl ~ 1999 PART 2 - MATERL'kLS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE M.&N'UFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer's equipment acceptable for use on this project, subject to conforming to technical specifications and scheduled capacities, is listed in respective articles. B. Other equipment manufacturers shall comply with Section 15010, MECHANICAL REQUIR. EIV[ENTS. 2.02 D RALN'S: A. Provide drains as shown and scfieduled. Install floor drains with deep seal P-traps with clamping collars in membrane floors. All floor drains shall be primed except for floor drains in showers. B. Drains shall be specification grade. Castings shall not be repaired, plugged or brazed. C. Acceptable manufacturers: J'OSAM, WADE, ZU1L'q. 2.03 PLU~FBgqG FIXTURES: A. Provide fixtures and trim as scheduled. Replace fixture which is marred or broken before time of acceptance. Protect with heavy paper wrappings. Clean fixtures and trim after painting and cleaning of building. B. ,-Utter setting, bed and caulk fixtures along joints at wails, floors, other intersecting surfaces, with plastic compound (non-shrinking type). DOW-CORNING (S1LASTIC), GENER,~L ELECTRIC (RTV), or approved alternate. C. Acceptable manufacturers: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWL"q'GS 2.04 WATER HEATER: AS SCHEDULED ON Sec:ion [5420 Page 2-~ Pans $,~[a FeoFfisco Dcpo[ R~habilim/ion ,~KI~¥STOI'~E ~,RCHITECT$ April 23, 19~) 2.05 MIXING V.-~LVE " A. Pressu're balancing type non-scald mixing valve, set for high-low flow by either single or hi-low dual units capable of operating at 9_ gpm Iow flow and 20 gpm. Acceptable manufacturers; Symmons, Leonard, Powers, Tcmp¢ontrol. PART 3 - EXECL-TION 3.01 CONiN'ECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS: A. Rough4n and make final connection to denoted equipment and fixtures furnished by others. Coordinate required trim and appurtenances with equipment supplier. Provide all fixture traps, isolation unions, shut off valves and necessary components not furnished 'for a complete and operable system. Use manufacturers rough-in drawings. Where equipment is not delivered prior to final acceptance, cap valved outlets and plumbing services for future connection. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 15420 Page 3-1, - P~'~s Santa F~-Fdsco Depo~"Reh=bilitation ~KEYST©I\t~ 4P, CHIT~CTS April 23, 1999 AIR COOLED CHILLER SECTION 15682 AIR COOLED CHILLER: SECTION 15682 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK h'NCLUDED A. Furnish ail Iabor and material, equipment and incidentals necessary to install complete qhiller package including compressor, motor, drive, evaporator and air cooled condenser, including: I. Charge of refrigerant and oil. 2. Controls and control connections. 3. Chilled water conne&ions. 4. Motor control panel including disconnect and starters. 5. Electrical power connections. 6. Isolators. 1.02 RELATED WORK COVERED ELSEWHERE Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Control Systems - Section 15901 Mechanical Requirements - Section 15010 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide manufacturer's certification that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Trane 2. Carrier 1.0~ SUBMITTALS A. Subrrdt shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01300 SUBMTFTALS. B. Indicate on shop drawings all components, assembly, dimensions, operating weights and loadings, required clearances and location and size of field connections. Indicate equipment, auxiliary support requirements, piping and connections, va]yes, strainers and valves requited for complete chiller. C. Indicate on product data ail rated capacities, weights, specialties and accessories, electrical requirements Nd wiring diagrams. [3 Submit maintenance data. Section 15682 Page P~ns $~nm Fe-FHsco~Depot'~ehabilimdon ~KEYST©I",.[ -~,RCHITECTS April 23, 1999 1.05 ST.~S ~ ~~ A. ~edc~ National S~d~ Instimt~ (~SD St~d~. ~NSI BgJ~ 15 * Saf~ Cod~ for Mech~ic~ ~fdg~tion. ~N'SUAS~ 90A - Energy ¢onse~tion m N~w Building Design. ~SUAS~ SEC 8 - Boiler and Pressure V~sse[ Cod~. ~NS~ 465 - C~n~ Cooling ~r Condi6oners. ~NS~L 984 - Saf~ St~d~d for Heretic Motor Compressors. B. Na~on~ Elec~cal Cod~ ~. 1.06 DEL~RY, ~L~G ~ STOOGE A. Comply wi~ m~ufacmrer's inst~lation ins~c~on$ for rigging, unloading, ~d ~spo~ng uni~. B. ~otect un~u from physic~ damage. F~to~ coil shipping covers shall be kept in pl~c until inst~lafion. C. Uuk consols sh~i be capable o~ wi~s~diag 185( F storage tempe~mres ia' ~e con~rol comp~ent ~o~ an indefi~te pe~od o~ ~me. 1.07 GU~ES A. ?rov~de a ~11 p~ w~nty ~or o~e ye~ from date of acceptance of ~e pro~ect. B. Provide 1 yc~ w~ ~or rephc~mca~ compressors including mate~ ~d labor. 1.08 MAhNTENANCE SERVICE : A. Furnish service and maintenance of complete assembly for I year from Date of Acceptance. 1.09 OPERATION ,auNT) MA.k-N I'ENANCE MANUALS A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals. B. Include start-up instructions, maintenance data, parts lists, controls and accessories. Include troubleshooting guide and recommendations such as normal differential pressure at which the oil filter should be replaced. C. Wiring diagams showing electrical service for chiller components, safety devices and indicator lights. D. Written instructions for installation and assembly, where required, including assembly drawings showing match-marldng of field assembled components. E. Written instructions for adjustment and checldng. F. vv'ntren listing of limiting conditions of chiller including minimum permissible temperatures, minimum voltages, max/mum and minimum permitted ambient conditions, maximum permitted chiller-water-entering temperature and recommended thermal shock and change-over temperatures, Section 15682 Page 2-5 paris Santa F'.-Frisco Depth'Rehabilitation ~K~YSTONI~ &RCHITECTS April 23, 1999 G. Wdrren operating instructions including start-up routine and normal operations, re~lations and controls and shutdown for emergency. [.-L Written service instructions including manufacturer's recommendations on stocking of spaxe parts, including gaskets and o-rings. I. Repor~ si~ed by a qualified employee of ~e chiller manufacturer indicating that work has been properly installed in accordance wi~ manufacturer's writ'ten insmactions. .r. Wiring diagrams, including complete terminal block to terminal block interlock control wiring diagrams, and a complete ladder-type schematic diagram from the refrigeration machinery and its associated equipment, such as ~e chilled water pumps, time delay relays, water flow switches, refrigeration safety controls and similar items. K. Provide i~teriock control dia~ams to provide the operation specified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENER.X.L A. Provide a factot~-assembled and tested, packaged, air cooled, water chiller consisting of four scroll compressors, compressor motors, condenser, evaporator, thermal or electronic expansion valves, refrigeration accessories, instrument and control panel including ganges and indicating lights, auxiliary components and accessories, and motor starters. B. Provide units with energy efficiency rating (EER) not less than prescribed by ANSI/ASHRAE 90A. C. Provide chillers having minimum capacity, as scheduled on the drawings, and capable of producing the scheduled leaving water temperature at design conditions. Base capacity of units on a fouling factor of .00025 for the cooler. 2.02 COMPRESSORS A. Construct hermetic or semi-hermetic helical scroll compressors with oil pump, oil level sightglass, oil charging valve, and direct drive motor. B. Statically and dynamically balance rotating parts. C. Provide oil lubrication system with oil charging valve and oil filter to ensure adequate lubrication during starting, stopping, and normal operation. D. Provide 100%, 75%, 50%, and 25% capacity capability. E. Provide constant speed 3600 rpm compressor motor, suction gas cooled with solid state sensor and electronic winding overheating protection, designed for across-the- line seaming. Furnish with star~er. Compressor motor power factor shall be .90 or greater, fi: thc compressor motor power factor is less than .90. power factor correction capacitors must be installed. Section 15682 Page 3-5 ..o, 1999 2.03 EV.-kPOIL-XTOR A. Provide shell and tube type evaporator, seamless or welded ste~l construction with cast iron or fabricated steel heads, seamless internally finned copper tubes, roller expanded into tube sheets. B. Design, test, and stamp refrigerant side for 300 psig worldng pressure and water side for 215 psig working pressure, in accordance with ANSIIASME SEC 8. C. insulate with 0.75 inch minimum thick: flexible elastomeric closed cell insulation with maximum K value of [0.26]. Provide heat tape to protect evaporator to -20 de~ees F. D. Provide water drain connection, vent and fittings for factory installed leaving water temperature control and Iow temperature cutout sensors. 2.04 CONDENSER ,,M'qD FAaNS A. Construct condenser coils of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubing. Provide sub-cooling circuits. Air test under water to 425 psig. B. Provide vertical discharge direct driven propeller type condenser fans with fan ~ard on discharge. Entire fan assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced and fan assembly shall be either painted or zinc coated steel. 2.05 ENCLOSURES A. House components in 14. gauge galvanized steel frame and mounted on welded structural steel base. Hot-dip galvanized steel frame coating shall be Underwriters Laboratories [nc. (UL) recog~tized as G90-U, LtL guide number DTH'W2. B. Unit panels, and control panels shall be finished with an air-dry paint. Control panel doors shall have door stays. C. Mount starters and disconnects in weatherproof panel provided w'ith full opening access doors. 2.06 REFRiGEtLAzNT CIRCUIT A. All units shall have 2 independent refrigeration circuits, each with two compressors piped in parallel. Provide a passive oil management system to maintain proper oil levels within compressors. t3. Provide for each refrigerant circuit: 1. Liquid line service valve. 2. Filter dryer (replaceable core type). 3. Liquid line sight glass and moisture indicator. 4. Electronic or thermal expansion valve sized for maximum operating pressure. 5. Full ,operating charge of R-22 and oil. L'nit t'actor'y leak tested at 200 psig. S~¢tion t 5682 Page 4-5 P~ns Santa Fe-J:ris¢o Depo'l"Rehabililation ,~KEYSTON[ ARCHITECTS April 23, 1999 2.07 CONTROLS A. On chiller, mount weatherproof control panel, containing starters, power and control wiring, disconnect switch factory wired with terminal'Nock power connection. Provide primary and secondary fused control power transformer and a 120 volt single phase connection for evaporator heat tap~. B. Provide the following safety controls with indicatihg lights or diagnostic readouts. 1. Low chilled water temperature protection. 2. High refr/gerant pressure [each compressor]. 3. Low oil flow protection [each compressor]. 4-. Loss of chilled water flow. 5. Contact for remote emergency shut-down. 6. Loss of refrigerant charge protection. 7. Motor current overload. 8 .. Phase reversal/unbalance/single phasing. 9. Over/under voltage. l 0. Failure of water temperature sensor used by controller. 11. Compressor status (on or off). PART 3 - EX2ECUTION 3.01 EqSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Align chiller package on steel or concrete foundations. C. Install units on vibration isolators. D. Connect to electrical service. E. Connect to chilled water piping. F. Arrange piping for easy dismantling to permit tube cleaning. 3.02 M,~x4'UFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Provide services of a factory trained representative for one day to leak test, refrigerant pressure test, evacuate, dehydrated, charge, start-up and calibrate controls. Provide certification in writing that this work was accomplished. B. Supply initial charge of refrigerant and oil to fully charge the system, and leave it in complete and satisfactory operating condition. Replace all or any part of the refrigerant or oil charge that may be lost during the testing operations or warranty period. C. In addition to other services of factory trained representative, provide services of a factory trained representative for a period of l day to instruct the Owner's operating personnel in the operations and service o~' the units. , 4, END OF SECTION * * Section {5682 - Page 5-5 ""- P~zis San~ F¢.F¥is¢o De~ot R'~h~t~iiit~tion ~KEYSTO~E ~CHITECT5 April 23, 1999 SECTION 15890 DUCTWORK SECTION 15890: DUCTWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install a complete ductwork system. 1.02 R~:'~.ATED WORK COVERED ELSEWHERE: Painting Section 09901 Duct Insulation Section 15290 QUALITY ASS UR,&NCE: A. LN'STALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS: The Installer of the air distribution sS'stem shall be experienced in this line of work and been in business for not less than ten (i0) years. B. DESIGN CRITERIA Ductwork shall conform to the classification 'stated herein, as defined by SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards" and ASI-IRAE handbook, including, but not limited to, fabrication and supports. ~.04 SUBMITTALS: Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SU"BMI'ITALS and shall include: A. Complete Duct System 13. Duct fittings with gages, sizes C. Sizes and welds 1.05 STANDARDS .&ND REFERENCES: The applicable provisions of the following standards shall be made a part of this section as if written in their entirety: A. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineering (ASHRAE) ASHRAE Handbook - I997 Fundamentals Chapter 32, Duct Desig-n ASFIRAE Handbook - 1996 HVAC Systems and Equipment Chapter i6, Duct Construction B. Shee~, Metal and ,-Ur Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA) SMACNA 'HVAC Duct Construction Standm'ds" C. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) Publications NFPA 90A "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems" Section [5890 _ ?age I-4 ~ 1999 D. Under~.vriter's Laboratory {UL) Standards U.L. Std I$ l "Factory Made Duct Materials and ,-Ur Duct Connectors" E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) P~blications: ASTM A525 General requirements for steel sheet, zinc coated (galvanized) by the hot-dip process ASTM A167 Stainless and heat resisting chromium-nickel steel plate, sheet and strip ASTM B209 Aluminum and aluminum alloy steel and plate AST.,'v! I=-84 Test for surface burning characteristics of building materials American Welding Society AWS D9.1-90 Sheet metal welding code, 1990, 1.06 DEL~'ER¥, Fr~MN'DLD,rG Az",FD STORAGI~: A. install fans, air handling units and other equipment in the building upon delivery. Do not deliver ductwork until the building is closed in. Store ductwork either inside the building or in storage sheds at the site until installed. B. Store electrical components, such as motor operators, products having a factory finish, such as registers and grilles, and small iterrm in cartons inside storage sheds. 1.07 ~O8 CON'DITIONS: A. Drawings are shown approximately to scale, but dimensions shall be used in all cases in preference to scaled dimensions. Drawings are generally schematic in that not all offsets and fittings are shown. B. Prior to fabrication of ductwork, visit the site and determine the job conditions that will affect the fabrication of the duct. Do not pre-fabricate ductwork in a manner that does not allow for adjustments in the field to fit the job conditions. Contractor shall adjust location and sizes of ductwork as necessary to fit the conditions as found ar the site and shall include offsets, transitions, and other adjustments to ductwork as necessary. No extra compensation will be allowed for Contractor's failure to determine the site conditions. C. Coordinate with other trades in locating and positioning of the ductwork. Determine what other components must be installed in close proximity with the ductwork, and determine the sequence of work to give the other trades the opportunity to install their equipment. D. Equipment shall be located in regard to t~e manufacturer's minimum clearance requirements, based on the actual equipment selected for installation. Ducts shall not be installed in a manner that prevents access to service panels, motor and belt, or other components that require maintenance. E. Ductwork shall be constr~cted to the standards o~ NFPA 90A. 1.08 DEFENITIONS: A. Duct Sizes: Sizes shown on drawings are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, increase sheet metal size ~o maintain inside clear dimension inside lining. g Low Prcsst~re: Two pressure classit~cations: April 2% 1999 One-inch WG positive ~ negative static pressure and velocities less than 2,5~ t~m, seal Cl~s C in accordance with SMACNA. 2. Two-inch WG positive or negative static pressure and vel~mes less than 2,5~ ~m, seal Cl~s B in accordance with SMACNA. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.0 [ ~L~: A. Gene~: Non-combustible or confo~ing to ~quiremen~ for CI~s I air duct materials, or U~ 18l. B. Steel Ducts: ASTM A525 or ASTM A527 g~v~iz~d ste~l sheet, lock-foxing quality, having z~nc coating of 1.25 oz per sq ft for each sid~ tn confo~anc~ with ASTM Ago. C. ~exible Duc~: ~[erloc~ng spiral of g~vmized steel or alu~num cons~ction of fab~¢ supposed by helically wound spring steel wire or fiat steel ban&; rated to 2 inches WG positive and 1.5 inches WG negativ~ for Iow pressu~ duc~ and 15 inches WG positive or n~gativ~ for medium high pressure duc~. D. ~sulat~d ~exible Ducts: ~exibl~ duct wrap~d wi~ ~nimum I inch thick flexible gl~s fiber insulation, enclosed by sea,ess ~u~num pi~ented pl~tic vapor b~er j~k~t; m~ximum 0.23 K valu~ at 75 de~ees F. E. St~nless Steel Duc~: ASTM A167, Typ~ 316. F. F~teners: ~ve~, bol~, or sheet metal screws for~ ste~l duc~. Weld ali join~ in stainless ste~l 4uctwork. G. Seal~r: Non-h~de~ing, water resist~t, fire resistNe, compatible with mating ma[ed~s; liquid used alone or with tape, or m~tic, H. Hanger Rod: Steel, galvanized threaded bot~ ~n~, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. L Exposed Ductwork: Provide wi~ coating to Mlow painting. A. LOW P~SSL~ DUC~O~: 1. Fab~cate ~d suppo~ in accordance with SMACNA "~AC Duct Cons~ction Stand,ds~' and ASH~ handbooks, except ~ indicated. Provide duct material, gages, r~inforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. Minimum static pressure cI~sification for all ductwork is one-inch WG positive or negative. I Size round duc~ installed in plac~ of rectangul~ duce in accordance with ASHK~ ~able of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. Obt~n approval of proposed 4ubs~ttution of round duct. 3 C,>n>:mct t==s. bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1 i/2 times width of duct ,m centcrtine, kVhere ~ot possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide ¢xtc:~dcd '. <,,- tummg ,~anes. P:~ge 3-4 P3ris ~n[= F,.--FP'=sco Depo~"P. chabilimdon ~¢&E¥ST,D~ ARCHITECTS April 23, 1999 Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. construct with divergence upstream of equipment not exceeding 30 degrees; convergence downstream not exceeding 45 degrees. '" 5. Provide easements where ductwork conflicts with piping and structure. Where easements exceed 10 percent duct area, split into two ducts maintaining original duct area. 6. Connect flexible duce to metal ducts with draw bands. 7. Provide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated where 90 degree conical tee connections may be used. 8. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 hNSTALLATION: A. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pitot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. B. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. C. Set plenum doors 6 to 12 inches above floor. Arrange door swings so that tan static pressure holds door in closed position, D. Connect terminal units to medium or high pressure ducts with one foot maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. E. Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct. Hold in place with strap or clamp. F. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. G. Properly support all ductwork with hanger rods attached to the structure. 3.02 CLE,-~"4 ,&N-D ADIUST: A. Clean duct system and ~'orce air ar high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust. To obta/n sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning. B. Balance air quantities to the air flow shown on the drawings. C. Submit an air balance report for approval. END OF SECTION * ~ .Suction 15,~90 ' Page l-.l ' '"~- April 23, SECTION 15901 HEATING, VENTILATION AND Alt CONDITIONING CONTROL SYSTE,M$ SECTION 15901: HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK k-N'CLUDED Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install a complete automatic temperature control system for the various systems. Section 15010, MECH,4aN'ICAL REQUIREMENTS is hereby made a pat; of this Section az if written herein in its entire.ry. 1.02 QUALiTY ASSURANCE A. ACCEPT.adBLE MAN'UFACTUT, ERS The conn-ol systems shall be designed and installed by a company experienced in this type of work, such as Powers Controls, Robershaw, Barber-Colman, Johnson Controls, or Honeywell. The company shall have a staff of designers and engineers capable of designing the systems described in this section, and who have installers experienced in this type of work. B. DESIGN CRITERIA The Control Manufacturer shall furnish the devices necessary to install a complete sysmm of controls, including transformers, relays, contact points, limit switches, and other components necessary for proper operation. Within the limitations specified in this section and DIVISION i6, the Manufucmrer shall design the system, selecting the components necessary to fulfill the control sequences specified. C. DEMONSTR,-kTION After the complete systems are operational demonstrate that the control devices satisfy the requirements of this Section to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1.03 SU'BM1TTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0 ! 300, SUBMITTALS and shall include: A. Product ~lata sheets for control components. B. Complete wiring diagrams for each system. 1.04 STA.NT3ARDS The installation shall be in accordance with accepted practice and the ordinances of the State of TexaS and the local authorities havingjurisdiction over the work. The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as ii: written here in their entirety: ASHP,.4E Standard 15 'American Standard Sat'cry Code for Mechanical Equipment". ~,SHRAE 5kmdard .\SHRAE 'Fundamental~ Handb,>,)k" NFp~, Standard TI)'N,ttI,*ll:tl Electrical Code" Section 1501)I Pnge 14 ?ar, s Sanla Fz-Fr~sco D~pot R~:habdlta6or~ ~.K~'r ST~,x,~ .~.~ni 23, 1999 [.05 D!:LI~JERY ,<NT) STOR.-XG£ Ship small components separately inside cartons or other protective coverings. Store components under cover until installed. Remove parts from carton and inspect for damage, then immediately install into position. [.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Examine drawings and deterraine all conditions of operation. Provide the conr. ro[ syste~n necessary to achieve the operational requirements specified herein. Furnish the control components necessary to make the various system complete ,.and as necessary to ach/eve the control sequence specified. B. Components shall be manufactured by the minimum number of companies possible to achieve the desired results. Components of the same type and function shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the systems. C. Low voitage wiring shall be installed in conduits as specified in DMSION 16. The installer shalI submit wiring diagrams showing Where conduits are to be installed and shall coordinate the installation with other trades to insure that conduits are installed in the proper location. D. The Manufacturer shall furnish wiring diagrams and other data necessary to be included into an Operation and Maintenance Manual Data shall include a typewritten operations sequence for each separate system. E. Where packaged air conditioning equipment is furnished with factory controls, install the components in accordance with the Manuf'acmrer's printed wiring diagams and instructions. t .07 GUAR.-~NTEES The entire control system shall be guaranteed in writing for a period of one (i) year. The Contractor shall repair or replace defective parts and make such adjustments as necessary dinting this per~od at no additional cost ~o the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. CONDL'ITS ,~\~D WIRENG: Conduit and wiring shall be in accordance with the requirements ,2f Section ~6[I[, CONDUITS. B. ELECTRICAL COMPON'ENTS: Contractors. star, ers, relays, and other electrical components ~-nail be !n accordance with Section 16150. ELECTRICAL EQU~I2°MTENT. C NAMEPLATES: Nameplates shall be in accordance with Section 01080, IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS. Install a nameplate at every, control device. The identification mark on the -nameplate shall correspond to the number included in the wiring diagram or shop drawings. P:lgc ] I ~ Paris Santa ~-Fr~sco Oe~ot Rehabilitation eNETST,~'%]~ ~RC~IT[CT~ ~.02 M,&NTu,TAC'[%'RED PRODUCTS A. Thermostats: Wall mounted types having concealed adjusfl'nents and adjustable sensitivity. Where thermostats are to be mounted on outside walls, provide insulating back pintos. Thermostats shall have p/astir locking covers or' a design that prevents tampering with the thermostat setting while the cover is closed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 hNSTALLATION A. Mount control devices and attach securely, install operator motors in the proper position and install connecting rods to operating parts. B. InstalI thermostats as specified, otherwise as directed by the Engineer, in locations acceptable to Architect. Do not locate thermostats so as to damage, obscure or in any way compromise historic trims, materials or finishes. Thermostats for unit heaters which are installed at the unit shall be mounted on heavy weight galvanized steel boxes suspended below the unit heater by means of rigid galvanized steel conduits. 3.02 CONTROL SEQUENCES Air handling units shall be controlled by individual thermostats which shall modulate chilled water or hot water three-way valves as required to satisfy space temperature requirements as set by the thermostat. Chiller Control: The chiller shall be started via a start/stop switch in the Basement Mechanical Room. The chiller shall be interlocked with the chilled water pump. Boiler Control: Boiler temperature shall be reset with outdoor air temperature so that the boiler leaving water temperature is reduced by two degrees F for each one degree r/se in outdoor air temperature beginning with a leaving water temperature of 160 degrees F at an outdoor air temperature of 50 degrees F and reducing to a leaving water temperature of 140 donees when the outdoor a/r tem~rature rises to 60 degrees F. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Test each separate system, cycling the unit the full operating range and ascertain that components perform as specified. Adjust set points and riming elements. Demonstrate the systems functional ranges to the Engineer. 3.05 CLE.-LN' AND ,4JDJ-UST A. Remove cartons and other construction debris from the stc~'c:ure ~ [t accumulates. Remove oil or other contaminants from floors or finishes. B Operate the various systems, check each operating component for proper operation. Adjust set ?omts to groper posttton. Adjust thermostats to rsad accurate temperatures. END OF SECTION P:~gc 3- 1 Keystone A n::hitects '~' 5123277471 ~8/8/00 ~10:57 AM D?./21 Pads Sar~ Fe-Fri~co Depot ~ch~l~ ~-FC~ E ARCHIT[-CT~ Ap~ 2~, 1999 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16010: ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 R~' ATED DOC!JMEHTS: A. Architectural and Structural Plans and Specifications, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Division 00, 01, & 02 and other pertinent documents issued by , are part of these specifications and accompanying Electrical Drawings, and shall be complied with in every respect. Above is included herewith, and shall be examined by bidders. Failure to comply shall not relieve responsibility or be used as basis for additional compensation due to omission of Architectural and/or Structural details from Electrical Drawings. B. Scope of work under Division 16 of Specifications shall include complete Electrical systems indicated and as specified herein. Provide supervision, labor, material, equipment, drayage, machinery, plant, and items necessary to complete Electrical systems. Items of equipment are specified in singular, however, provide number of items of equipment as indicated, and as required for complete systems. 1.02 IN'r~NT: A. Intent of Electrical Drawings and Specifications is to provide an installation complete in every respect. If additional details or special conditions am required, provide material and equipment usually furnished with such systems, or required to complete installation, whether mentioned or not. B. Intent of these specifications is for finished work, tested and ready for operation. C. Wherever word "provide" is used, it means "furnish and install, complete and ready for use". Section 16010 Page 1-20 Keystone Architects ~' 5123277471 ~[~8/8/~0 G 10:57 AM r~ 3/21 Paris SmSa F¢-Frisco Depot R~h~..b. ilit. afion OKEYS-roNE AF. CHIT[-CT~ Apm z~. ~ D. Wherever phrase "as directed" is used, it means "as directed by Constr~ction Manager." E. Where the word "similar" or ~typical' occurs it shall be used in ~ general sense and not as meaning identical, and details shall be worked out in relation to location and connection to other pares of work. F. Minor details necessary for proper installation and operation shall be included in work as if herein specified or shown. 1.03 LICENSE REQUIREMENTS: License will be required by Contractor or Subcontractors in performance of following phases of construction work: A. Electrical - Electrical Contractor or Subcontractor shall possess current electrical license to perform such work issued by a legally incorporated city in The State of Texas for which written examination is required. B. Fire Detection and Alarm - Organization which plans, sells, services, installs or maintains Fire Detection and alarm devices shall possess valid Certificate of Registration from The State Board of Insurance of Texas and must have licensed superintendent engaged in work at all times that this work is being performed. 1.04 CODES, RULES, PERMITS, FEES: A. Give notices, obtain permits, pay fees, and other costs, including utility connections or extension in connection with work; file necessary plans, prepare documents, and obtain necessary approval of governmental departments having jurisdiction. Obtain required certificates of inspection for work, and deliver same to Construction Manager before request for acceptance and final payment. B. Pay costs and deposits for utility connections and meters required in connection with contract. Meter deposits will be made in the Owner's name, and receipts given to him with request for final review of electrical work. C. Include, without extra cost to Owner, labor, materials, services, apparatus or drawings necessary in order to comply with applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whether or not indicated or specified. Section Page 2-20 Keystone Amhitec~s '~ 5123277471 ~8/8K~0 O 1~.58 AM r~ 4/21 Paris San~a Fe~Ffisco Depot Ret'~2fl. ' i~afic~ CKEY~TON~ ARCHITECTS D. Materials furnished and work installed shall comply with National Fire Codes of NFPA; with requirements of local utility companies and governmental deparUnents having jurisdiction. E. Material and equipment for electrical work shall be listed by UL and bear approval label. F. Following iudustry standards shall apply, where applicable, except where requirements of specification are more stringent: ANSI American National Standards Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineel~ ASTM American Society of Testing Materials CS Commercial Standards IEFE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers NEC National Electrical Code NEIV£a_ National Electrical Manufacturer's Association N~FPA National Fire Protection Association UL Underwriters' Laboratories G. Except as otherwise indicated, where compliance with an industry standard is required, comply with standard in effect as of date of contract documents. H. At the request of Architect, Engineer, Construction Manager or governing authority, submit a change order proposal where an applicable industry code or standard has been revised and reissued after the date of the contract documents and before the performance of the work affected. The Architect/Engineer will decide whether to issue the change order to proceed with the updated smnderd. 1.05SURVEYS AND MEASUREMENT: A. Base measurements, both horizontal and vertical, from established bench marks. Work shall agree with these established lines and levels. Verify measurements at site and check correctness of same ns related to work prior to fabrication of shop made items or ordering factory made items. B. All measurements and location indicated on Drawings are approximate. Contractor shall be prepared to adjust final locations of fixtures and equipment as directed by Architect at no additional cost. Contractor shall be prepared for Section 16010 Page 3-20 Keystone Amhitects 'B' 5123277471 ~8/8~0 ~,11:00 AM [~ 5/2'1 ~ S~ Fe-F~co D~pot R~babfl~tat~oa ~I(['~TON E AECHrr[-CT~ ^F~ 23, ts discrepaucies and inconsistencies inherent to historic buildings aud allow for adequate time and effort for their resolution. Notify Construction Manager of discrepancies between actual measurements and conditions and those indicated on Drawings. ~' B. In the instance of discrepancies between actual measurements and those indicated which prevent following good practice or intent of drawings and specifications, notify Construction Manager and do not proceed with work until instructions are received from Construction Manager. 1.06 DRAWhNGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. Interrelation of the specifications, drawings, and schedules is as follows: Specifications determine nature and setting of materials; Drawings establish quantities, dimensions and details; Schedules give performance characteristics. B. Except where otherwise indicated, Electrical drawings pre£ared by Engineer (Contract drawings) are diagrammatic in nature and m_ay_no_t_show_ex_.a_ct f!_ni_s_he_cl_ _..location. Confirm final locations with Con_~tructio_n Ma_n~er prior t? c_?mmencin_g work. Coordinate layout with historic trims, finishes, components, systems and existing decorative and structural components. Contractor shall allow for adequate time and labor to adjust final locations with Architect prior to commencing work. It is recognized that actual layout of installed work may vary from contract drawings. C. Should drawings disagree with themselves or with specifications, better quality or greater quantity, of work or materials shall be furnished unless otherwise ordered by Construction Manager, in writing. Figures given on drawings govern small scale drawings. D. When electrical drawings do not give exact details as to elevation of pipe, conduit, and ducts, physically arrange systems to fit iu space available at elevations intended, with proper grades for functioning of systems involved. Exposed conduit and duct systems, are intended to be installed true and square to building construction, located as high as possible against structure. Work shall be concealed in finished areas. Secl/on 16010 Page 4-20 Keystone A~cflitects ~' 5123277471 ~1E8/8/00 (~11:01AM [~ 6/21 Pa~s Sarma Fe-Fdsco Depot Reh~b[~i=a on ~qG'TON [AP. CHIT[-CT~ April 2~, 19~9 E. Exact location of outlets, fixtures, equipment items shall be determined by reference to general plans and to detail drawings, equipment drawings, and rough- in drawings. Minor relocations necessitated by conditions at site or directed by Architect or Construction Manager shall be made without ao~ditional cost to Owner. Piping interference shall be handled by giving precedence to pipe lines which require stated grade for proper operation. Where space requirements conflict, following order or precedence shall be observed: 1. Building Lines 2. Structural Membem 3. Soil and Drain Piping 4. Vent Piping 5. - Refrigerant Piping 6. Condensate Piping 7. Supply, Return, Outside Air Ductwork 8. Exhaust Ductwork 9, Fire Protection Piping 10. Domestic Water 11. Natural Gas 12. Electrical Conduit 1.07 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT: A. IvIatefials, equipment, apparatus, or other products are specified by name, manufacturer, or catalog number, brand name, or type and will establish standards of desired function, appearance, and quality, which shall be the BASIS OF BID. B. No substitutions will be considered prior to receipts of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Engineer at least ten days prior to date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of proposed substitution including drawings, performance and test dala, and other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment of other portions of the Work including changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of proposed substitution would require shall be included. Burden of proof of the merit of proposed substitution is upon proposer. Set, on 16010 Page 5-20 Keystone Amflitects '~' 5123277471 ~8/8/00 ~)11:~2AM ~7/21 ~ S ~ur.a Fe-Fdsco Depot Re .h~b'dRal/c~ c~'Y~-r(~ [ A~,CHIT/CTf Engineer's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. C. If Engineer approves a proposed substitution prior to receilYt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addeudum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manucr. D. No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided in Contract Documents. 1.08 EQUIPiV[~ DEVIATION: A. Proposed use of item or equipment other than that specified or indicated may require redesign of structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring, or other parts of mechanical, electrical, or architectural layout. Redesign, new drawings, and detailing required shall be prepared and submitted to Architect/Engineer'for approval. 1.09 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWL'qGS: A. Submittals are not opportunities for gaining acceptance of substitutions. Do not proceed with submittals which do not comply with requirements of Contract Documents. Substitutions must comply with Article 1.07. Request for substitutions after Contract is awarded will be considered only in case of product unavailability or other conditions beyond control of Contractor. B. Within 30 calendar days after receipt of Notice to Proceed submit to Construction Manager number of copies which Contractor requires, plus six which will be retained by Owner/Architect/Engineer, minimum of ten brochures of equipment and materials to be furnished. C. Non-fabricated items such as conduit,' wire, insulation, etc., shall be listed with manufacturer and type, correlating information submitted to particular items designated on drawings or in specifications. D. Each set of submittals shall be indexed and with specification section number. Mark each submittal with project identification, Contractor's name, date, and initialed to indicated approval, knowledge of contents and as certification that Section 16010 Page 6-20 Keystone Architects 'B' 5123277471 E1~8/8/00 Gl1:03 AM Paris Santa F¢-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation CKFfSTONI5 AP. CHD'[CT~ Alii 23, 1999 submittal has been checked in detail for compliance with contract documents. SUBMITTAL WITHOUT STAMP AND SIGNATURES INDICATING ABOVE V~I .l. BE RETUR_Nt:D WITHOUT ACTION BY ENGIN~'~ E. Brochures shall be specific and complete in detail, including dimensional drawings on items of equipment as listed in each section of specifications. Specific items that are being submitted shall be clearly defined with pertinent data underlined in ink on all copies. Information shall be presented so line-by-line comparison may be made with drawings and specifications. Deviation from drawings and specifications shall be enumerated on separate sheet and so entitled. DATA OF GENERAL NATURE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. F. Engineer's review of shop drawings or product submittals does not relieve Contractor's responsibility for deviation from requirements of contract documents unless Engineer is informed in writing of such deviation at time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of specific deviation. Engineer's review shall not relieve Contractor's responsil~ility for errors and omissions in shop drawings, submittals, quantities, measurements, or building conditions. G. Construction Manager/Architect/Engineer will take action on maximum of two submittals for each Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample of the same item. In the event a third submittal is required, Contractor shall bear cost of processing. Cost shall be determined on basis of the agreed fee for additional services of the Contract between the Owner and Architect. H. Definitions of markings on product submittals and shop drawings shall be as follows: 1. Submittals or shop drawings marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" indicates no corrections by Engineer. Checking is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information ia the Contract Documents. 2. Submittals or shop drawings marked "EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED' indicates minor amount of correcting. Checking is complete and fabrication will be allowed provided such action will expedite construction and noted corrections are adhered to. If fabrication is not made strictly in accordance with corrections noted, item shall be rejected in field and Section 16010 Page 7-20 Keystone Arcflitects '~' 5123277471 1~8/8/00 ~11:04AM r~9/21 Paris Santo Fc-F~sco Depot Rehat~itattoa CKEYSTC~E ARCHrTICTS A~m 23, ~ Contractor will be required to replace such work and that of other Contractors, in accordance with corrected submittals or shop drawings, at his own expense. 3. Submittals or shop drawings marked "REJECTED" indicates they are contrary to contract requirements or too many corrections are required. No work shall be fabricated under this m~rk. Engineer shall list his reasons for rejection on submittal or shop drawings, or in transmittal letter accompanying their return. Submittals or shop drawings must be corrected and resubmitted. I. Replace items which are rejected for failure to comply with specifications and drawings with acceptable item at no additional Cost to Owner. If no satisfactory item is submitted, Architect/Engineer reserves right to select type and make of materials to be provided. 1.I0 SITE OBSERVATION: Site observation by Engineer, Architect or Construction Manager is for the specific purpose of verifying compliance by Contractor with Contract Documents, and shall not be construed as construction supervision nor indication of approval of manner or location in which work is being performed as being safe practice or place. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS ANT) WOP, KM.,~NSHIP: A. Materials and apparatus, except as specified otherwise, shall be new, of first class quality and furnished, delivered, erected, connected, and finished in every detail. Select and arrange to fit properly into building spaces. Where no specific kind or quality is given furnish first class standard article approved by Engineer. B. Furnish services of experienced superintendent, skilled workmen, fitters, metal workers, welders, helpers, and laborers required to unload, transfer, erect, connect, a,djust, start, operate, and test each system. Sec~on 16010 Page 8-20 Keyst~e Architects ~' 5123277471 ~8/8/00 G11:O6AM I~ 10/21 Pa~ $~a Fe-Fr~s¢o Depot Rebab~taa(~ ¢~'STONE ARCHITECTS C. Uuless otherwise indicated, equipmeut aud material shall he installed, with approval of En~neer, in accordauce with recommendation of mauufacturer. This h~cludes such tests as manufacturer recommeuds. 2.02 MOTOR CONTROLS: Provide motors with proper starting equipment. Starting equipment shall be provided by trade furnishing motor, unless otherwise specified. When starting equipment in a Motor Control Center is provided by Electrical Contractor coordination between motors and starting equipment shall be made. Motor starting equipment provided by one trade shall be of same manufacturer unless it is integral part of equipment on which it is mounted. 1. Motor starters shall conform to NEMA for industrial control. #IC-1, latest issue, and be housed in NEMA standard enclosures. PROVIDE PHASE FAILURE AN~D PHASE REVERSAL RELAYS ON MOTORS 10 lip AND L~RGER. Manual starters for fractional horsepower single phase motors shall be "ON- OFF'] switch type, combined with thermal overload device. Switch shall be constructed so that it cannot be held closed under sustained motor overload. B. Magnetic starters shall have thermal overload protection in EACH ungrounded leg and be solenoid operated. Provide correct size heater element to protect motor, allowing it to operate based on motor load ambient temperature experienced on individual motor. C. Operating coils shall be 120 volts unless otherwise specified. D. Pushbuttons (~vith or without pilot lights), "Hand-Off-Automatic" switches, and other required apparatus, shall be standard duty type, mounted on NEMA enclosures or in cover of starter, as specified or scheduled. These shall be furnished by trade furnishing starter, except as specified. E. Subject to conformance with above specifications, acceptable motor control manufacturers are: ALLEN- BRADLEY, CUTLER HAMMER, GENERAL I::! F. CTRIC, GOULD, SQUARE D. Seclion 16010 Page 9-20 Keystone An:~itects '~ 5123277471 ~8/8/00 ~11:07AM Q 11t2'1 Paris Santa Fe-Ffisco Depot Rehebilitafi(~ ©KEfYroN[ AI~CHITE-CTS Ap~t 23, 1999 2.03 FOUNDATIONS, SUPPORTS, PIERS, ATTACFL-MENTS: A. Provide necessary foundations, supports, pads, bases, and piers,~s required and shown on drawings for equipment furnished. Submit drawings for approval before purchase, fabrication, or construction. B. Provide concrete pads as shown for equipment where foundations are indicated. Extend pads 6" beyond equipment base in all directions; chamfer top edge. Insert 6' steel dowel rods into floors to anchor pads. C. Where foundations, supports, pads, bases, and piers are mounted on floor, construction shall be same material and quality of finish as adjacent flooring material. D. Securely attach equipment to building structure. Attachments shall be strong, durable, and suitable for application. 2.04 HANGERS: A. Conduits, both horizontal and vertical, throughout building shall be adequately supported from construction. No conduit shall be self-supported. Support large vertical conduit pipes with riser clamps sized to fit lines and adequately support weight. Where required for proper support, provide anchor base fittings or other approved supports. B. Provide supports and hangers with corrosion-resistant and rust-resistant finish. Galvanize or electro-plate hanger rods after threading. C. Provide Universal concrete inserts on concrete work, and beam clamps for structural work. Supports shall be as required for loads involved. D. Support horizontal conduit from overhead construction. Hanger support spacing for rigid conduit and EMT shall be in accordance with National Electrical Code. Secdon 16010 Page 10-20 Keyffione A~flRects "~ 5123277471 ~8/8~0 G11:08AM P~ 12r2'1 Pazis Santo F¢-Frisco Depot Re~.~ta~on OKEYSTO~E AP. CHITECT$ E. ~gem shall be as follows: Individual -Kindoff C-149 Multiple -Kindoff B-905 channel with C-105 straps. Acceptable Manufacturers: FEE & MASON, 'GRINNELL, KINDORF, UNISTRUT. F. Properly size trapeze members including suspension rods, for number, size, and loaded weight of lines to be supported. Coordinate with Mechanical Contractor if trapeze is common with piping systems. G. Perforated strap iron or wire is NOT acceptable as hanger material. H. No power driven anchorages to concrete structural members will be permitted. Where concrete inserts were not placed at'necessary hanger locations, concrete shall be drilled and proper size expansion anchors for load involved shall be installed. 2.05 SLEEVES, PLATES AND PENETRATIONS: A. Sleeves above grade and dry locations shall be constructed from 20 gauge galvanized steel or Schedule 40 PVC pipe and flush on both sides of surfaces. Sleeves on or below grade and moist locations shall be constructed of Schedule 40 galvanized steel, Schedule 40 PVC pipe or of cast iron. Sleeves through beams shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe. B. Provide sleeves for conduits passing through concrete floor slabs and concrete, masonry, tile, and gypsum wall construction. Do not install conduit embedded in concrete or insulating concrete slabs on grade. C. Where sleeves are placed in exterior walls below grade, provide "Link-Seal" type wall seals between conduit and sleeve and make completely watertight. D. Where conduits pass through walls, floor or partitions, the space around such shall be sealed as follows: Section 16010 Page 11-20 Keyst~e Architects 'B' 5123277471 E1~8/8/00 (~ 11:09 AM ~ 13g21 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Deoot Reh~...bflitadert CI~'YYI-ONE ARCHITECTS 1. Vertical penetrations through floors shall be sealed with 3M, CP25, UL approved flue barrier caulking. 2. Horizontal penetrations through fire wall shall be the ~ame as Item 1 above for floor penetrations. 3. Horizontal penetrations through non-fire or smoke rated partitions shall be caulked with acrylic latex caulking compound. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES: A. Give full cooperation to other trades. Furnish in writing to allied trades with copies to Construction Manager, information necessary to permit work of trades to be installed with minimum of interference and delay. Sequence. coordinate, and integrate various elements of electrical work so that electrical system will perform as indicated and be in harmony with other work of building. Architect2Engineer will not supervise coordination, which is exclusive responsibility of Contractor. B. Where work will be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with work of other trades, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustment. Plan work sufficiently in advance of construction so conflicts can be ascertained and remedial procedures initiated. If adequate solutions can be reached by sleeving or casting into building members, these methods shall be cleared with Architect. If directed by Architect, prepare composite working drawings and sections, at scale no less than I/4 inch = I foot, showing work to be installed in relation to work of other trades causing interference, make necessary changes to correct condition at no cost to Owner. C. Coordinate electrical work with mechanical work for proper service to each item of equipment requiring electrical connection. Determine with mechanical contractor the proper sequencing and locations for disconnect switches and similar point of interface between mechanical and electrical work. D. Furnish necessary templates, patterns, setting plans, and shop details for proper installation of work and for purpose of coordinating adjacent work. Section 16010 Page 12-20 Keystone Architects ~ 5123277471 ~8/8/00 ~11:11 AM [314/21 Paris Santa Fo-Frisco Depot Reba.b./iitalic~ Cle, EY~TONI; ARC:HI'FECT~ 3.02 PROTECTION: A. Protect work and material from damage. B. Protect work and equipment until finally accepted by Owner. Protect work against theft, injury, or damage and carefully store materials and equipment received which are not immediately installed. Clo~e open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of obstructing material. 3.03 ~[ .~CTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS: A. Provide wiring for temperature controls, equipment controls, and interlock wiring. Provide power wiring for starters, and install motors and starters not factory mounted on equipment. B. Set motom in place and provide final connections. 3.04 VIBRATION .~.\'D NOISE CONTROL: Transmission of perceptible vibration, structure-borne noise, or objectionable air-borne noise to occupied areas by equipment installed under this contract shall not be permitted. Provide isolation of objectionable vibration and the attenuation of objectionable noises utilizing suitable isolation materials and methods. 3.05 ACCESSIBILITY: A. Verify sufficiency of size of shafts, chases, adequate clearance in double paaitions and hung ceilings. Cooperate with other working in same place. Keep spaces and clearances to minimum sizes required. B. Locate equipment which must be serviced, operated, or maintained, limited to, valves, traps, cleanouts, motor controllers, switchgear, and drain points. Provide access doors if required. Minor deviations from drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility; however, CHANGES MUST BE APPROVED PRIOR TO INSTAl .1 ATION. Section 16010 Page 13-20 Keyst~e Arcflitects '~' 5123277471 ~8/8/00 (D11:12AM [315/21 Pads San~a Fe-Fdsco Depot Re ..~tafim ©KEf~TONE AECHITECT[ C. Provide exact location of access panels for each concealed valve, control, damper, or other device requiring service. Items shall be grouped where possible to minimize number of access panels. Access panels will be provided by others and as specified in Architectural Specifications, unless otherwise no~ed. Location of panels shall be submitted for approval in sufficient time to be installed in normal course of work. 3.06 CUTThNG AND PATCHING: A. This Article specifies cutting and patching of electrical equipmem, components, and materials to include removal and legal disposal of selected material, components, and equipmem. B. Refer to the Division 1 Section: CUTTING AND PATCHING for general requirements for cutting and patching. C. Do not endanger or damage installed work through procedures and processes of cutting and patching. Arrange for repairs required to restore other work, because of damage caused as a result of electrical installation. D. No additional compensation will be authorized for cutting and patching work that is necessitated by ill- timed, defective, or non- conforming installations. E. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of electrical equipment and materials required to: 1. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill-timed work: 2. Remove and replace defective work; 3. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Document; 4. Install equipment and materials in existing structures; F. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected electrical equipment, components, and material as indicated, including, but not limited to removal of electrical items indicated to be removed and items made obsolete by the new work. Protect the Secdon 16010 Page 14--20 Keyst~e An:flitects 1~ 5123277471 ~[~8/8/~0 (~11:13AM r~ 16/21 Pads S~,,t~ Fe-Frisco Depot Re~.hilit~,ion ¢:~"t,'~'ON [ ARCHI'I-~CT~ structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. G. Locate, identify, and protect electrical services passing through remodeling or demolition area and serving other areas required to be maintained operational. When transit services must be interrupted, provide temporary services for affected areas and notify Owner prior to changeover. 3.07 PAINTING: With exception of items specified to be painted under General Contract Specification or items furnished with suitable factory finish: equipment, equipment supports, piping, valves, fittings, ducts, and insulation, located in equipment rooms, on roof, outside building, or exposed to view within building, shall be painted. Painting shall be three coat application. First coat suitable primer for material being painted and final two coats color selected by Architect. 3.08 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM IDEN-I'IYICATION: A. Make it possible for personnel operating and maintaining equipment and systems to readily identify various pieces of equipment. Items of equipment shall be clearly marked and be given san~e number or designation as shown on drawings. P~vide name plates for all equipment concealed above ceilings. B. Equipment, such as switchboards, panelboards, motor starters, timeclocks, and other devices, shail be identified by attachment of nameplates and constructed from laminated phenolic engraved plastic 3 ply with white surface and black interior core at least 1/16 inch thick. Engraved lettering shall be Condensed Gothic 1/4 inch high and properly spaced for easy and legible reading. Plates shall be attached to equipment by use of permanent type adhesive or chromium plated screw. C. Complete identification cards for switches, starters, and other devices in distribution panelboards, switchboard, motor control centers and similar pieces of equipment, on typewriter in neat manner and insert card in card holder behind piece of clear plastic. Complete index card on lighting and distribution panelboards in proper, neat, typewritten manner, and insert in card holders behind Section 16010 . Page 15-20 Keystone Am~litects ~' 5123277471 ~8/8/00 G11:14AM ~ 17/'ZI Paris Saa~a Fe-Fdsco Depot Reh~i~cm CI~'Y~TO~I~ AECHITECT~ AI~I Z~, ~ sheet of clear plastic. Where card size is insufficient for proper identification of all cffcuits, then photo-reduce to fit card holder. 3.09 RECORD DRAWINGS: ~ Contractor shall keep accurate record of details and location of conduit layouts, equipment and fixturea, and at completion of work. provide Owner two ~ets of mylar sepias Record Drawinga showing routing or changes. 3.10 RECORDS FOR THE OWNER: A. Turn over to Architect or Engineer with request for final inspection, two approved bound volumes containing following information and drawings. Binding to be such that material can be removed. 1. Certificates of acceptance from inspecting authorities. 2. Letter of acceptance from Owner, for spare parts or material. 3. Manufacturer's certification, in writing, of equipment, and systems as specified. 4. Warranties, guarantees, and manufacturer's directions on equipment and materials covered. 5. Approved submittal data. 6. Approved light fixtures brochure, including manufacturer's name, catalog number, ballast type, and size lamp, plus ordering data, wiring diagrams and control diagramn, 7. Approved shop drawings, wiring diagrams, and control diagrams. 8. Other data and drawings required during construction. 9. Repair parts list on major equipment or systems with suppliers address and telephone number. Section 16010 Page 16-20 Keystoae Arct~ects ~r 5123277471 ~8/8~0 ~11:15AM E~ 18/'21 10. O~ng ~d m~nte~ce b~letim inclu~ng m~ntens.ee sched~es on major eq~pment. 11. Reco~ d~wings. (See ~icle 3.10) ~ 12. Coat.or shaR accum~ate ~d rein &~ ~d i~o~ation in neat fo~ d~ng co~e of project; submit to Am~c~ngineer for approval ~d tmmmit to Owner in ~und vol~e. 3.11 OPERATION PRIOR TO COMPLETION: When electrical equipment or systems are operable and it is advantageous to operate equipment, equipment and systems shall be properly supervised during operation. Warranty period ~hall not commence until such time ad equipment or system is operated for beneficial use of Owner. 3.12 TESTING: Test installation after wiring is complete and connected, ready for attachment of fixtures and equipment, and again when fixtures and equipment have been connected ready for use. Resistance between conductors and between each conductor and ground shall conform to NEC. Take amperage and voltage readings at each panelboard with lighting circuits in operation and submit typewritten tabulation of readings to Architect/Engineer to demonstrate that load is balanced at each panelboard. 3.13 El .ECTRICAL WORK CLOSEOUT: A. Do not proceed with transfer of electrical system to Owner for operation until warranties, performance certifications, maintenance agreements and similar commitments to be signed by Contractor and other entities have been executed and transmitted to Architect/Engineer (for Owner's records.) B. During electrical work close-out phase, meet with Owner's operating representative frequently and agree upon status of operational responsibility for electrical systems, including security provisions to prevent unauthorized Section 16010 Page i%20 Keystone Amflitects ~' 5123277471 El~8/8~0 (D11:17AM r~ 1g/21 Paris Santa Fe-Frisco Depot Re~abilit~c~ OKEY~C)N[ AECHITECTS operations, and including protective measures to ensure that electrical systems are not neglected or misused. C. Refer to Article 3.10 - Record Drawing. Except where otherwtse indicated, electrical drawings prepared by Engineer (eomraet drawings) are diagrammatic in nature and may not show location accurately for various components of electrical systems. Shop drawings (including coordination drawings) prepared by Contractor show certain portions of work more accurately to scale and 19cation, and in greater detail. It is recognized that actual layout of installed work may vary substantially from both contact drawings and shop drawings. In general, record every substantive installation of electrical work which previously is either not shown or shown inaccurately, but in any case record the following: D. UndergroUnd cabling and conduits, both exterior and interior, drawn to scale and fully dimensioned. Work concealed behind or within other work, in non- accessible arrangement. Mains and branches of wiring/cabling systems, With switchgear, switchboard, panelboards, and control equipment and devices located and numbered and with equipment requiring maintenance located. Scope of each change order, noting C.O. number. Grounding systems including primary, secondary and special. Sensor and signal locations of alarm and control systems. Refer to Division-1 sections for coordination of electrical close-out work with variable loads on electrical system. Sequence close-out procedures properly, so that work will not be endangered or damaged, and so that every required performance will be fully tested and demonstrated. I~. After final performance test run of each electrical system, clean system both externally and internally. Lubricate both power and hand operated equipment and remove excess lubrication. Touch-up minor damage to facto~ painted finishes and other painting specified as electrical work; refinish work where damage is extensive. F. In addition to specific training of Owner's operating personnel specified in individual Division-16 sections, and in addition to preparation of written operating instructions and compiled maintenance manuals specified in Division- 16 sections, and elsewhere in these specifications, provide general operating instructions for each electrical system. Conduct walk-through explanation each demonstration for orientation and education of Owner's personnel to be involved Section 16010 Page 18-20 Keystone Amhitects ~' 5123277471 EI]8/8/00 ~)11:18 AM D 20/21 Paris Santo Fe-Ffi~co Depot Ea!abilitalic~ ¢~'Y$-ro~4[ ARCH[I'[-CI'S in continued operation of building and its electrical systems. The explanation shall include the following: 1. Describe each basic electrical system and funcnomng of its control system, if any. Explain and point oat identification system, signals, actuators, sensors, alarms, te!ecommunication systems and similar provision of work. Describe interfaces with mechanical equipment, including interlocks, start-up, shut-down, emergency, safety, system failure, security and similar provisions. 2. Emphasize emergency procedures and safety provision for protection and safety or occupants during equipment malfunction, disasters, power failures and similar unusual circumstances, and describe system limitations and precautions including adjustments. 3. Outline basic maintenance, procedures and major equipment turn- around requirements. 4. Display and conduct "thumb-through" explanation of maintenance manuals, record drawings, spare parts inventory, storage of extra materials, meter readings, and similar service items. G. At time of substantial completion of electrical work, Owner's operating personnel will take over operation of electrical systems. However, until time of final acceptance, respond promptly with consultation and services on whatever operation or maintenance problems may remain or arise in continued operation of electrical systems. 3.14 GUARANTEES: Amend and make good any defects, settlements, or other faults in work, arising from del~ctive or improper materials and workmanship, which may appear within twelve months after completion and final acceptance of work. Suppliers of major equipment items shall furnish to Owner written acceptance of installation of equipment furnished. Date of start of warranty shall be date of final payment, or date of receipt of written request to start equipment for convenience of Owner. Sec~on 16010 Page 19-20 3.15 SERVICE: A. Furnish, at no cost to Owner, necessary service to electrical systems, such as adjustment of controls, or work requiring specialized training, ~or period of one yea~, concurrent with guarantee period specified above. B. This does not include repair of damage due to fire (unless fire is result of faulty material or workmanship), storm, vandalism or other factors, nor does it include such routine services as replacing blown fuses (unless caused by defective performance of equipment), replacing lamps, nor other work not requiting special skills. 3.16 EXISTING UTILITIES: Drawings and data of Contract Documents indicate available information on existing utilities and services. Comractor(s) shall research all available utility records with City of Paris prior o commencing work. ContractoRs) shall closely coordinate utility work with the City of Paris. 3.17 MAbhNER OF CONDUCTING WORK: A. Refer to Division 1 - provisions for determination of how construction phasing requirements may affect performance of electrical work. B. Contractor shall exercise all precautions necessao' to control excessive dust, etc. and protect Owner's furnishings and equipment. Owner will cooperate where possible in this regard. Area where work is being done shall be "cleaned-up" at end of each day. C. Maintain building in a safe and weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damages caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and its contents during construction period. * * END OF SECTION * * Secuon 16010 Page 20-20 p~i~ S~m: Fe-F~sco C)epo~ t~.~h~bithalion 0 KE¥ST©~ April '-3, 1999 SECTION 16100: RACEWAYS SECTION 16100: RACEWAYS PART 1 - GENEI~L 1.01 RELATED DOCI~qVIENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division i Specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 SUqBNLIT'fALS: A. Contractor shall prepare and submit field prepared drawings for all proposed raceway system locations at I/4" = I '-0", except for raceway systems which are located in the attic and basement. Do not commence work until field drawings have been reviewed and adjusted by Construction Manager and/or Architect. Revise and resubmit proposed raceway system locations and means of installation until approved by .&chitect. B. Submit for record data a schedule showing manufacturer, fitting types on conduit system, and boxes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE Mt-M',ZUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer's equipment acceptable for use on this project, subject to conforming with technical specifications and schedules, are listed in respective articles. B. Other equipment manufacturers shall comply with Section 16010, ELECtRiCAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 . CONDLTTS: A. Run wire of every, description in rigid conduit, intermediate metal conduit, or electric metallic tubing except where specifications allow the use of type MC cables. B. Conduits 2-I/2 inch and larger shall be rigid galvanized steel or intermediate metal conduit (LMC) in accordance with UL standard #6 or UL #1242 and for all conduits, regardless of size, which are exposed to weather, buried in earth, concrete, roof decks, damp or wet locations, and paneiboard feeders. Rigid galvanized conduit buried in earth shall be field wrapped (50% overlap with 3M Company #50, 20 mil.) pipe tape or shall have a factory-applied plastic coating. C Conduit for <cr~ :ce keders and panelboard feeders buried in em~h may be PVC rigid plastic in lieu or' rigid galvanized stout, provided adequately sized ground wire is installed and grounded ~n approved manner N,~ ?VC conduit shall be installed above grade: use 90 degree long- Page {-4 sweep rigid steel elbows when emerging from underground. Install d~id pl~ric conduit D. Use elec~c me~lic robing in sizes not exceeding 2 inch elsewhere. E[ectfic met~]ic robing shall be~ UL label. E. Conduits concealed in walls or under slab, shall be ~nJmum conduit size 3/4 inch unless othe~ise indicated. O~er sizes shall be ~ required by NEC for number ~d size of conductors installed. F. Finings of electric metallic robing shall be threadless compression type. Indention or setscrew ~p~ EMT fittings ~e acceptable. G. Piffle conduit sh~l be Schedule 40, 90 degrees C., UL rated. Conduit shall be composed polyvinyl chloride, sh~l confom to N~ standards, ~C ~clc 347, ~d sh~l be UL listed. Conduit, fittings, etbows and cement sh~l be produced by s~e m~ufacturer's recommendations. H. Steel fle~ble met~ conduit, UL approved, shall ~ used for fin~ connections to motors, rransfo~ers and recessed light fixtures except where specifications allow ~e use of ~pe MC cable. Connection between rigid 9onduit or E~ and flexible conduit sh~l be made arough conduit couplings. Recessed lighting fixtures may be connected using 72 inches of steel flexible conduit. Connections to motors exposed ro weaner shall be vinyl covered liquid flexible conduit with wate~roofconnectors. Grounding conductor with ~een insulation sh~l be installed ~ .~L ~EX~LE CONDU~T. 2.03 ~CTION ORPL%L BO~S: A. Provide junction or pull boxes in raceway systems where necess~ to hcilimte conductor inst~ladon. Conduit runs of more than I00 feet, or wi~ more than ~ree right ~gle bends, shall have pull box installed at convenient inre~ediate locations. B. Boxes shall ~ galvaized steel, o~ me~ gauge and physical size ~ required by NEC for number and size of conduiB and conductors involved. Furnish with removable screw covers for either flush or suvaco installation, ~ required. 2.04 OL~ET BO~S: A. Provide metal outlet box in which conductors te~nare. Boxes shall be size, ~'~e and desi~ best suited for pu~ose, made or' galvanize~ steel, and ~ approved and labeled. g. Recessed boxes t~r lighting fixtures shall ~ 4" octagon~ boxes. 2-1/8" deep. and sh~l ha,,e 3/8" fixture stud where used to suppo~ incandescent fixtures. C. Recessed boxes For wail switches shall be 4" square, 2-1/8" deep in standard walls and 1-I/2" deep in chin wails. When gang a~angements are employed, use 2- l/2" gang boxes. Provide piaster ring and cover as required. D Recessed boxes For receptacles shall be 4" square, 2- 1/8" Jeep in standard w'alls, and 1-1i2" d~p in chin wc~i!s. Provide plaster ring or cover as required. [~a,_.g'¢ 2 4 April 23, 2.05 FLOOR BO,'GES: A. Install floor boxes as required. Floor boxes shall be equ~ to HL'BBEL # B2589, with required flanges & cover plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LNST,&LLATION AND WORKMANSHIP: A. Contractor shall make all provisions with regard to time, labor, mater/als and equipment to allow for the adjustment of raceway system installations to accommodate historic materials, trims, finishes and design features at no additional cost. Contractor shall be prepared to utilize special installation means and methods for concealment of raceways, boxes, switches, etc. as directed by Construction Manager, ,-M'chitect or Engineer. B. Contractor shall prepare and submit field drawings for all proposed raceway system locations at 1/4" + l'-0", except for raceway systems which are located in the attic and basement. Do not commence work until field drawings have been reviewed and adjusted by Construction Manager and/or ,Architect. Revise find resubmit proposed raceway system locations and means of installation until approved by Architect. C. Raceway systems to be installed in existing masonry wails shall require careful routing out of e,,dsting plaster wall finish and masonry so as to accommodate conduits and boxes. Do not remove more historic mater/al than is absolutely necessary to accommodate conduit and allow for unobstructed replacement of plastering system. Contractor shall confirm exact methodology for wall routing with Construction Manager prior to commencing work. D. Conduit joints shall be cut square, threaded, reamed smooth and drawn tight. Make bends and offsets with standard conduit ells. Make field bends with approved bender or hickey, or hub- type conduit fitting. Number of bends per mn shall conform to NEC limitations. E. Run concealed conduits in with bends and offsets as required for concealment within historic mater/als. Run exposed conduits parallel and at right angles to building lines. Install conduit runs to avoid proximity of other services or systems which may prove injurious to conduit or wires which it confines. Install conduits passing through roof in time to be flashed by Roofing Contractor. Provide pitch pans, if required. F. Conduits shall be continuous from outlet to outlet, from outlet to cabinet, pull or junction boxes. Secure to boxes with iocknuts and bushings so each system is electrically continuous throughout. On conduit 1-1/4" and larger, bushings shall be insulating type with double lock.nut. Where conduits are installed in damp or wet locations, avoid creating moisture traps. Jo{n conduits embedded in concrete floors or root' decks, which cross building expansion joints, using expansion fitting and bonding jumpers. Cap conduit ends to prevent entrance of foreign materials during construction. G. Install conduit systems complete before conductors are pulled in. Firmly secure conduits not embedded in c~mstrucdon by approved pipe damps, hangers, etc., as specified in Section I doit). ELECTR[CAL REQU[REY, IENTS. [-{ Securely mount juncti,m or puli boxes to building structure with supporting facilities md¢?endcnt ,.,r' corldtnls enter:ny or leaving boxes. 5cctmn i6 i{)O Page 1-4. I. Mount outlet boxes for switches at standard height of 48" from floor, and receptacle boxes in baseboards, except for the freight wing of the building which shall requires floor installation, unless other heights are required for the specific installatio,a, to be in full compliance with TE~S ACCESSI]3 FLiTY ST..-~NDARDS of the Architectural Barriers Act Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes or unless directed or indicated otherwise by the Architect. J. No through-the-wall outlet boxes will be allowed. Where outlets occur back-to-back in common wall, boxes shall be offset not less than 6" separation. K. Location of outlets indicated is approximate only. It is Contractor's responsibility to study building drawings with relation to spaces, trims, materials and finishes surrounding outlets so his work will not compromise the historic aesthetics and integrity of the building and will fit with work of others. Locate lighting fixtures symmetrically as directed by the Architect and so as not to interfere with other work or equipment. * * END OF SECTION * * ?:tge ~-4 P::m~ $~n[=~-Ffisco Depo~'R~h~bilimdon 0 KEY~TO,%E AECHITECT$ April" -~, 1999 SECTION 16120 WIRE AND CABLES SECTION 16120: WIRE AND CABLES PART I - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Supplementary Conditions, Divisions 00 & 01, apply to fffis section. 1.02 SI.J'BMTi~ALS: Submit for record data a schedule showing manufacturer and conductor type. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPT.a..BLE MAN'LrFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer's material acceptable for use on this project: ANACONDA, PHELPS DODGE, ROME, S~MPLEX, SOUTHWIRE, TRIANGLE, AFC CABLE SYSTEMS. B. Other material manufacturers shall comply with Section 16010, ELECTRICAL REQU~qE~X~ENTS. 2.02 CONDUCTORS: A. Conductors shall be soft drawn annealed copper wire, with conductivity no less than 98% that of pure copper at 20 degrees C. (68 degrees F.), and 600 volt insulation of type indicated. Wire shall be UL approved and labeled. Wire size, insulation type, and manufacmreFs identification to be permanently marked on conductors .jacket at regular intervals. B. Factory color coding up to and including No. 8 AWG shall be as follows: Phase 120/208 Voit (wye) Phase 277/480 Volts (wye) A Black A Brown B Red B Orange C Blue C Yellow Neutral White Neutral Gray Ground Green Ground Green Connect circuit conductors of same color to same ungrounded feeders throughout installation. Large wires shall be color coded by one inch wide band of colored Scotch tape or approved alternate on end of each conductor. Section 161 '.If) Page I-2 p:ms Sama Fe-Frlsc > Dcpm R~:habditafion '~'1 KEZSTC, C',,~ ~,RCHITECTS April ~5, 199') C..%:o. 8 wire and larger shall be stranded, No. l0 and smaller shall be so~id. Do not use wire smaller than No. 12 except for signal or control circuks, which may be No. 14. Wire motor branch circuits with No. 12 conductors unless scheduled or noted otherwise. Home runs for lighting branch circuits sha/l be No. 12 conductors where length or' such run from first outlet to panelboard does not exceed 50 feeT. No. l0 conductors shall be used for home runs over 50 feet in length. ~ndividual taps to lighting fixtures may be smaller than branch circuit conductors, as permitted by NEC. D. All branch circuit conductors #I2 & #10 shall be THWNFFH~N or XHHW', solid copper with a thermoplastic insulation suitable for conductor temperatures of 90 degrees C. E. All conductors #8 and larger shalI be THWN,'T'HI-kN, or XHHW, stranded with a thermoplastic insulation and an outerjacket suitable for conductor temperatures of 75 degrees C. or 90 degrees C., inclusive. rnstall green equipment grounding conductor for all systems. Use color coding to identify ungrounded conductors at junction boxes, wireways and/or terminations. The Contractor, at his option, may furnish and install type MC metal clad cable for branch circuits serving lighting, power, and receptacle loads except that no type MC cable shall be used below ~ade, in concrete slabs,' or in exposed locations. Temperature ratings of the conductors shall be as described for individual conductors above and N'EC derating factors shall be applied to the ampacity of conductors in type MC cable to ensure that the conductor size is suitable for the temperature and for the number of conductors within the cable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 [N'ST,-ULLATION AxN'D WORIQMANSHiP: A. Do not draw conductors into conduit until work of injurious nature is completed. Use UL approved cable pulling compound as Iubricant where necessary. Run mains and feeders in continuous lengths without joints of splices. Make joints or splices in branch circuits with approved so[derless connectors. B. installation shall meet the requirements of National Electrical Code Art/cle 300. * * END OF SECTION [',ge 2.1 '"~ p~s Santa Fe-Fris¢o Dcpo[ Rehabilitation © KE¥STOh~I~ -~RCHITECTS April 23, [999 SECTION t6143 WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16143: WIRING DEVICES PART I - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCLr/Vl]E;xrrS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 5UBMIT!'.ALS: Subm/t for record data, manufacturer's data on each electrical wiring device. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MA~XFU'FACTURERS: A. Manufacturer's equipment acceptable for use on this project, subject to conforming with technical specifications and schedules are: ARROW-HART, BRYAaNT, GEaNERAL ELECTRIC, HUBBELL, LEVITON, PASS & SEYMOUR. B. Other equipment manufacturers shall comply with Section 16010, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK. 2.02 WIRING DEVICES: Wiring devices shall be ivory in color. Devices shall be specification ~ade unless noted otherwise. 2.03 COVER PLATES: Cover plates for flush-mounted switches, receptacles, signal outlets and Idndred devices shall be as selected by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION .3.01 h-"4STALLATION OF WIR~'G DEVICES: A. Install wiring devices as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. B. Coordinate with other work, including painting, electric boxes and wiring work, as necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other work. C Install wiring devices only in electric boxes which are clean; free From excess building materials, dirt, and debris. Section 16i43 Page 1-2 P~is Sa. II F~-Fd~¢o Dcpo[ R~h~bililalion (~ K[¥$TON[ ~P, CNIT[CT$ Ap~[ 23, 1999 D. fns~Ml wiring devices after wi~ng is completed. E. ~s~l wall plates ~ter painting is completed. ~ F. Devices indicated adj~ent to o~er devices sh~l be in s~e box and sit un&r co--on plato. Suitable b~ers shall be provided in box for sep~afion of device from adjacent devices where required. 3.02 GRO~G: A. Provide equipment ~ounding connecfons for wiring devices, unless o~e~ise indicated. Tighten connections to comply wi~ tightening torques specified in ~ Std. 486A to ~sure pe~ment md effective ground. B. Inst~l se~ice en~mce ~ounding ~ required by N.E.C. * * END OF SECTION * * Section 16143 Page 2-2 P~ds Santa F~-FHsco Degot"~h~bil~l~o~ © KEYSTO~ ARCHITECTS April 23. 1999 SECTION 16170 MOTOR AND CONTROL SECTION 16170: MOTOR AND CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, ificluding General and Supplementary Conditions, Divisions/30 & 01, apply to this section. 1.02 SUBMiTtALS: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical items. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE NL,-MNI_J'FACTURERS: A. Manufacturer's equipment acceptable for use' on this project, subject to conforming with technical specifications and schedules, are listed. B. Other equipment manufacturers shall comply with Section 16010, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 MOTOR AND EQU13PMENT Wll>,.ING: A. Completely connect equipment including controls requiring electric wiring, which is provided by others. Outlets of various types are indicated on drawings, but exact location of scope of work shall be verified before installation. B. Refer to other Sections of Specifications for scope of connections to equipment furnished. Deterrrdne from Contractor of those trades, by actual measurement at site, or by direction from Architect, exact location of items. C. Mechanical Contractor will furnish rough-in drawings, wiring dia~ams, etc. required for proper installation of electrical work. Contractor shall request drawings required, in writing, in ample time to permit preparation of drawings and proper installation of wiring. D. Terminate conduits in conduit boxes on motors. Flexible steel conduit no less than 12" long shall be connected between r/gid conduit and motor terminal. PROVIDE GROUND WIRE. E. Provide disconnect switch in accordance with NEC requirements, unless switches are furnished integral with motor control equipment, or unless indicated otherwise on drawings. F Twistlock receptacles with plug will be acceptable as disconnecting means on 120 volt motors of I/S HP or less. Section [6170 -',~- Puge I-2 pans Santa F':-Fnsco Depot Rehabilitation ~0 K[¥ST,D~'~[ [P. CHIT[CT5 April ./'3, [999 2.03 TEMPEI~-kTL~RE CONTROL WIRD~'G: Mechanical Contractor will furnish necessary temperature controls, as4pecified in Division 15. Control wiring is part of Electrical Contract, and shall be in accordance with control suppliers diagrams and under supervision ofsupplier's representative. CONTROL W'IR~G SHALL BE COLOR CODED. Control wiring shall be mn in conduit to 6" above ceiling, wiring shall be plenum rated cable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MOTORS: Except for items that are famished with factory installed integral motors, Contractor famishing motor driven equipment shall provide electric motor of required size and electrical characteristics for piece of equipment, and shall mm this motor over to Electrical Subcontractor for installation. It is responsibility of Electrical Contractor to complete wiring required for installation of electric motors, including power and interlock wiring. Electrical Contractor shall provide required operations to install motors in accordance with approved wiring dia~ams and instructions furnished by Nlechanical Contractor. 3.02 CONTROLS: Mechanical Contractor will deliver items of control equipment requiring electr/cal connections to Electrical Contractor for setting and connection, Labor and materials required for installation shall be responsibility of Electrical Contractor who shall install it in accordance with approved wiring dia~ams furnished by Mechanical Contractor. 3.03 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Contractor shall refer to Mechanical Specifications for scope of connections to equipment furnished under this Contract and shall determine from Mechanical Contractor, actual measurements at site, and by direction from Architect, and/or Engineer exact locations of item. Mechanical Contractor will furnish roughing-in drawings, wiring diagrams, etc., required for proper installation of electr/cal work in connection with items under Mechanical Sections of this Specification. Contractor shall, in writing, request drawings he requires in ample time to permit preparation of drawings and to permit proper installation of wir/ng. 3.04 ['qSTALLATION: A. Conduits shall terminate in conduit boxes on motors, where possible. Where motors are not provided with conduit boxes, term/nam conduit in condulet fitting at motor. Provide insulated ground wire in all flexible conduits. B. ~,~'nere disconnecting switches are not provided integra/with control equipment for motors, Contractor shall provide disconnect switches required by NEC. Generally, disconnect switches shall be enc[osed externally operable switches adequate size for duty intended. Switches shall be installed as close as possible to motor or controls they serve and shall be within sight of motor. * * END OF SECTION * * 5cot[tm Ifil 7l} ' "'"- P:lge 2-2 April 23, 1999 SECTION 16400 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SECTION 16400: ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENEtL-kL 1.01 RELATED DOCU]vtENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division [ Specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 SL'BMT~'ALS: A. In space ass!gned for installation of Main Switch Groups and Panetboards, Electrical Contractor shall verify field conditions and prepare filed drawings at 1/4" =1'-0" of proposed equipment installation layout for review by Architect. Lq addition, Contractor shall prepare shop drawings for submittal to Engineer of ali equipment. B. Submit manufacturer's dam. including but not limited to, voltages, number of phases, short circuit and continuous current ratings, main and branch circuit breakers or fused switches, sections, main buses, and enclosures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE M)uNLrFACTURER: A. Manufacturer's equipment acceptable for use on this project, subject to conforming with technical specifications and schedules, are: GENEP,.'kL ELECTRIC, SQUARE D, WESTD, i'GHOUSE. B. Equipment manufacturers shall comply with Section 16010, ELECTRICAL REQUIREME?Cl'S. 2.02 PANELBOARDS - GEN'ERAL: Provide panelboard with number and size of circuit breakers or switches scheduled on drawings. Submit shop drawings as specified under Section 16010; ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS for approval before starting fabrication. Indicate number, size, and type of cimuit breaker or switches, dimensions, gauge, type of cabinet construction; size of main, neutral, and grounding buss and lugs, and other information necessary, to determine compliance with drawings and specifications. 2.03 LIGHTENG .-~N'D ,M:'PLIANCE PA. NELBOARD: A. Provide bolted ~'pe panelboard, mounted in enclosing cabinet of code gauge sheet steel with trim and door. Trim manufactured from one piece of tull finished steel and sheet and painted wilh :,,vo coats oi paint. First coat is prime and second coat finish of light gray lacquer, enamel, or epoxy paint. Seu6on [ 641)0 '"~ Page 2 :r~, S.mta ?e Ft'/sc:) Depot Rehabilitation c~ k£'rST Tx.E Xl>,CHITE(~T't, April 23, 1999 [3. Cabinets shall be of sufficient size to allow width of gutter to conform to UL Standards. Fasten trim to cabinet by approved adjustable clamps. Equip door with combination lock and catch and two keys with each lock. Locks shall be keyed alike. C. Provide branch circuit breakers of thermal magnetic type with inverse time delay thermal trip on overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip on short circuits. Breaker shall employ quick-make, quick-break toggle mechanism for manual operation as well as automatic operation. Automatic tripping shall be indicated by breaker handle assuming clearly distinctive position from manual "ON" and "OFF". Provide multiple breakers with common trip which will o~rate poIes simultaneously and with single operating handle for poles. H,-LNDLE TiES BETWEEN BREAKERS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. D. Provide quantiLy of breakers and trip rating indicated on drawings. Breakers shall have a minimum UL listed interrupting rating R. MS symmetrical capable of interrupting the symmetrical fault available to them. E. Pane!board bussing shall be "sequenced" type so that multipole breakers can be substituted for single pole breakers without buss assembly rearrangement. Circuit breakers shall be connected to main buss by bolted connection. F. Buss bars shalI be plated copper. Provide full sized neutral bars. Provide ground buss bars. Ground buss shall be isolated from panel cabinet. 2.04 SAFETY ,-~ND DISCON~'ECT SWITCHES: A. Safety Switches shall be UT, approved and meet NEaMA KS[ for Type HD with single interlock, fusible, quick-make, quick-break, with high pressure fuse holders. Disconnect switches shall be UL approved and meet NEMA KS[ for Type HI) with single interlock, non- fusible. Switches shall have arc quenching devices. B. Switches exposed to weather shall be in ~xFEMA 3R Rain Tight enclosures. In other locations, they shall be in .X~MA [ General Purpose enclosures, unless indicated otherwise. C. Where space does not permit use of above specified switches, such as within weatherproof fan housings, suitable horsepower rated toggle switches may be used as unfused disconnects. 2.05 FUSES: A. Provide fuses for overcurrent protection and leave system in complete working order. Fuses shall be manufactured by BUSSM.~N' OR LITTLEFUSE. Feeder circuit fuses shall correspond with ampacity of protected feeder. Size motor circuit fuses from standard Fusetron tables or equivalent LittleFuse tables. Note that any motor horsepower indicated on drawings is estimated only. and it is Electr/cal Contractor's responsibili~ to determ/ne exact motor size and rating from motor nameplate and furnish proper size fuses. B Fuses shall be ampere ratings indicated on drawinzs, shall have voltage rating equal to, or .._'rearer than. voltage at their point of application, and'shall be of same manufacturer. C Fases to 600 amperes shall be BUSSMA. N Low Peak Dual Element ~pe LPN-RK (250 volts) ,~r LSP-R,K: 600 ~ oils) or equivalent LITTLEFUSE unless otherwise noted. Fuses above 600 ,l111~cr:.% '~hMI be BL'SSMAN HiCap time delay fuses or equivalent LITTLEFUSE unless April 23, 1999 D. Provide spar~ fuses in amounts ¢f 10% o~ each size ~d type instatled, but in no c~e less th~ thre= spares of specific size. Deliver sp~e t~ses to Owner, neatly enclose~ in suitable container, approved by Efigineer. ~ PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.0 l [N'ST.~LLATION: A. In space assigned for installation of Main Switch Groups and Panelboards, Elec~al Contractor shall verify dimensions of equipment to be installed. Install all equipment as per approved submittal drawings and as required to preserve historic materials, trims, finishes, etc. Shop drawing dam submitted to Architect/Engineer shall include dimensioned drawing showing placement of equipment within room, B. In spaces throughout building where two or more starters or safety switches are indicated, panel mount at central point within room. Panel shall be constructed of 3/4" plywood suitably supported and reinforced and painted with gay enamel. Disconnect switch, if any, and switch and starter shall be equipped with identification as specified in Section 1.6010, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. Excluded from above are controls which normally come mounted on equipment. * * END OF SECTION * * P=as $~n~a Fe-Frisco Depot Rehabilitation © KEYSTO~,[ AP. CHITECTS April 23, [999 SECTION 16,450 GROUNDING, PRIVATE SECTION 16450: GROUNDING, PRIVATE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK ENCLU'DED: Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install a complete grounding system. Work and shall include the following systems: A. Power system grounding B. Communication system ~ounding C. Electrical equipment and raceway ~ounding and bonding 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Electrical Requirements Section 16010 Conduit Section 16111 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Submittal shall be in accordance with Section 01300, SU'B~MJ. fl ALS and shall include manufacturer's data: Submit copies of the manufacturer's specifications and catalog cuts for products to be used. 1.04 STANDARDS: Refer to Section 16010, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK, for all standards which apply to this section. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS: Measure the ground gr/d resistance with the earth test megger and install additional ground rods and conductors as required until the resistance to the ground conforms to NEC requirements and the requirements of this specification. The gound DSd resistance shall not exceed ten ohms. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS: A. GROUt'ND RODS: Copper Clad Steel Rods having a diameter of 3/4 inch and a minLmum length of 10 feet. B. GROUND CABLES: Stranded, bare copper of 98% percent conductivity. C. GROUND FITTINGS: Fittings for bonding ground cable to the conduit shall be Bumdy Corp_ ty[~¢ NE or Thomas & Betts No. 3951 series. Section 16450 Page 1-3 P]ri~ $~m~ Fe-Fn~co Dcp~[ Rch~bdimfi~m ,cD K[-YST'~%[ ~RC~,tTEC. T$ ApIdi 23, 1999 2.02 GROU~'D~G SYSTEM: Provide a grounding system that includes all connections. Provide testing of ground rods, ground cables, ground buses, conduits, fittings, anchor supports, exothermic process materials and equipment and other materials az required for a complete installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.0 l ENSTA.LLATION: A. Ground electrical work in accordance with N'EC Article 250, this specification and local codes. B. Install ~ound cables in conduits above =~cade or directly buried in earth to a depth of not less than 30" inches below ~ade. Installation to provide sufficient mechanical protection so az not to break ground cables or connections. C. Install ground cables continuously .between connections. Splices shall not be permitted, except where indicated on the plans. Where ground cables pass through floor slabs, buildings, etc., and when not in metallic enclosures, provide a sleeve of approved, non-metallic materials. D. InstaIl a green-colored, equipment grounding conductor in raceways. Size conductors in accordance with N~EC Article 250. E. At each convenience outlet, install a grounding clip attached to the outlet box and leave a sufficient length of #12 wire with green-colored insulation to connect to the grounding terminal at the receptacle. This clip may be deleted if an automatic grounding clip receptacle meeting NEC Article 250-74, Exception No. 2, is used. F. At the service entrance equipment, bond the utility neutral, building neutral and building ground conductor to a common ground bus (or ground lug), as shown on the drawings. Connect the ground bus to the building domestic cold water pipe and counterpoise Hounding system with a gounding conductor and an approved clamp and connector. Install the grounding conductor in exposed oonduit and make connections readily accessible for inspection. The point of connection to the water service shall be as near the building entrance as possible. Bond the water pipe to the structural steel system of the building and to the counterpoise within five feet of where the water pipe enters the building. G. Provide a communications system grounding conductor at point of service entrance and connect ir to the nearest grounding electrode. H..~1 exposed non-current-carrying metallic parts of electrical and mechanical equipment, including metallic raceway systems, piping, steel columns, and other structural members and neutral conductors of the wiring system shall be grounded as required by the National Electrical Code and this specification. The grounding conductor shah be ~een color coded or bare, sized :ts sFecified or indicated, and if not specified or indicated, it shall be in accordance with Article 250 or'the National Electrical Code. Grounding lugs, connectors and other components shall comgiy with the National Electrical Code. Tile grounding clcc:r,)dc c~mductor shall be bare copper unless otherwise indicated and shall be sized as shown on the c~mtract drawings, or where not shown, shall be sized in accordance Section 16450 Page 2.3 A~ril 23, 1999 with t~e applicable Fag o( t~¢ National Elect~cal Code except that it s~atl ~ot ~ sized smaller than No. 6 AWG. This conductor shall be connected to ~e grounded conduc:or (neutr~) in the se~ice disconnecting means ~d shall extend to ~e grinding electric directly, in one continuous ~n. ~ere installed in metal conduit ~at is not electdc~ly continuous to grounding electrode, the grounding electrode shall be bonded to the open ends o~ the conduit, ~. %e grounding electrode shall be installed as shown on &e con=act drawings, but in no shall it consist of less ~an ~e qu=tity shown. %e rods shall ~ 3/4 inch by i0 f'eet copp~ clad steel, =d shall be the sectional type. The top of the ground rod shall be a ~nimum of 12 inches below grade. ~er~ a me~lie wamr piping system exists, ~e water pi~ sh~l connected to ~e above specified grounding elec=ode with ~e s~e size conductor ~ ~at which connects the three or more groun~ together. This connection shall be made whe~er or not shown on the contract drawings unless prohibited by the local utiliU companies. K. ~e m&ximum resistance of the facili~ grounding electrode shall not exceed 5 ohms unless a lower resistance is indicated on the drawings, in which c~e ~e value shown on ~e drawings shall be uaed. Ail underground conductor m conductor connections, ~d conductor to ground rod connections shall be made by the exothe~ic weld process. END OF SECTION * * P:tgc t- i "~- P~m San~ F¢ - Fdsco Depot Rch~bilimtmn OKEYSTO~E ~RCHITECTS April 23, 1999 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING SECTION 16500: LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCU)I~NTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification sections, apply to this section. 1.02 SU~BM1T'F.~LS: A. Submit field prepared drawings showing proposed exact locations of lighting fixtures to Architect and Construction Manager for review and approval prior to ordering fixtures. B. Submit manufacturer's product dam describing fixtures, lamps, ballasts, and emergency lighting units and installation instructions on each type of lighting fixture and equipment. )a'range product data for fixtures in 9rder of fixture designation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MA. NDTACTURER: A. Manufacturer's equipment acceptable for use on this project, subject to conforming with technical specifications and schedules, are: Lithonia, Rejuvenation Lighting Co., Casablanca Fan Co.,Smith & Hawken, Columbia, Precolite, Metalux, Midwest, or Holophane. All equipment must meet or exceed the quality and performance as specified by the schedule on the plans. B. Other equipment manufacturers shall comply with Section 16010, ELEL-IRICAL REQUTREMENTS. 2.02 LIGHTD/G FIXTURES: Provide lighting fixtures and components indicated and listed in PART 4 FIXTURE SCHEDULE. Lighting equipment shall be delivered complete with suspension accessories, canopies, sockets, holders, frames, recessing boxes, etc. Verify actual ceiling suspension system to be installed by Ceiling Contractor prior to ordering fixtures, if desi~at/on is omitted, fixture shall be same type as scheduled for rooms of similar usage, unless specified below: 2.03 B.&LLASTS: A. Energy-Saving Ballast: Full-light-output type, compatible with energy-saving lamps. Input wattages shall be according to AN'SI C82.2, Fluorescent Lamp Ballast - Methods of Measarement. B Eiectronic Ballast: Solid-state, full-light-output, energy-saving type compatible with energy- saving lamps. Conform to FCC Regulations Part 15, Subpart J'. for electromagnetic interference. Minimum power factor of 90 percent; Minimum operating frequency of 20,000 Hz: third harmonic content of ballast current of less than 10 percent. C. Acceptable Manu(acrurers: ,&DV:LNCE, EBT, MOTOROLA, MAGNETEK/I'RIAD, VALMONT. 204 HIGH [NTENSITY DISCHARGE ~H[D) FIXTURES: p:Lr~s SJ. nla Fe - Frisco Depot Rehabilitation ~OKEYST'~"x,E '~RIJFtlTECT5 April 23, 1999 A. Fixrares: Conform to UL 15'72. High-Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures. B. Ball.sm: Conform to LT~ i029. High-Intensity-Discharge Lmnp Ballasts and A.NS[ C82.4, Ballast for Kigh-[mensity-Discha'ge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple-Supply Ty~). Provide ballasts with the following fe0.tures, except afBther'wise indicated. i. Constant wattage auto-transformer (CWA) or regulator, high-power-factor type. 2. Voltage rating matches system voltage, 3. Single-Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of minus 30_C. 4. Normal ambient operating temperature is 40_C. 5. Open circuit operation will not reduce the average life. 6. High pressure sodium (HPS) ballasts incorporate a solid-state ignitor/starter with an average life in the pulsing mode of 10,000 hours at an ignitor/starter case temperature of 90_C. C. Instant Restrike Device: Solid-state, potted module, mounted inside fixture, and compatible with mogul-based lIPS [amps, bal!..asts, and sockets up to 150 watts. I. Restrike Range: 105 to 130 VAC. 2. Maximum Voltage: 250 volts peak or 150 VAC RAMS. 2.05 INC,~NDESCENT FIXTURES: Conform to UL 1571. Incandescent Lighting Fixtures. 2.06 EXIT SIGNS: A. Conform to U-L 924, Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment. B. Self-Powered Exit Signs (Battery Type): Integral automatic high/low trickle charger in a self- contained power pack. Batte~ shall be sealed, maintenance-free, nickel cadmium type with special project warranty. C. Refer to light fixture schedule for model and type of fixtures. 2.07 EN~RGENCY FLUORESCENT POWER. SUPPLY: A. Conform to UL 924., Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment. I. Test Switch and I'.E-D fndicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening fixture or entering ceiling space. 2. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type, with a minimum nominal 10-year life. 3. Charger: Fully-automatic, solid-state, constant-current type. Operation: Relay automatically tums 2 lamps o~ when supply circuit voltage drops to 80-percent of nominal or below. Relay disconnects lamp and batte~ automatically recharges when normal voltage is restored. 2.1)$ LAMPS: Co~:,~rm to ANSI Standards, C78 series applicable to each type of lamp. Section I hSq~t) Page 2-~' Pz,qs S~m.: F¢ - Frisca De?or Rchabililafion CKE'~ST ':'-E \tl,]HI'F97T~; x. pnl 23, 1999 2.09 FLNISH: Manufacturer's standard finish applied over corrosion-resistant primer, i"ree of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters, and defects. Remove fixtures showing evidence of corrosion during project warranty period and replace with new fixtures. ~, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 D, iSTA. LLATION: A. Lighting fixtures shall be installed in symmetrical patterns with ceiling grids, partitions, air conditioning outlets, speakers, etc. Locations shown on electrical drawings are of general nature and shall not be scaled for location. Contractor shall refer to Architectural reflected ceiling plans, where these are provided, for specific locations of light fixture locations. Approved submittal drawings of final lighting fixture locations, as prepared by Contractor and as approved by Architect/Construction Manager shall take precedence over all other locational data. B. Fixtures shall be installed such to present neat, workmanlike appearance. Recessed fixtures shall have face plates installed "snug" to ceilings; surface mounted fixtures shall have fixture bodies installed "snug" to ceilings and square and level to construction; stem mounted fixtures shall have stems installed straight and perpendicular to mounting surface. 3.02 FIELD QUALrTY CONTROL: A. Inspect each insralled fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. B. Tests: Verify, normal operation of each fixture after fixtures have been installed and circuits have been energized with normal power source. Interrupt electrical energy to demonstrate proper operation of emergency lighting installation. Include the following in test of emergency lighting equipment. l. Duration of supply. 2. Low battery voltage shut-down. 3. Normal transfer to battery, source and retransfer to normal. 4. Low supply voltage transfer. C. Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until all units operate properly. 3.03 :xdD,rUSTLN'G ,-~N'D CLE,~N-LNG: A. Clean fixtures upon completion of installation. Use methods and materials recomm, ended by manufacturer. P.&RT 4: FIXTURE SCHEDULE fixture schedule. END OF SECTION Paris ~Janta F'.:' - Frisco Depo~ Rehabditadon A~nl 23, ~999 SECTION 16721 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16721: FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL t .01 WORK LN'CLUDED: A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for a complete addmssable intelligent-fire alarm and smoke detection system (the "System"). The System consists of a fire alarm control panel and associated detection and signaling devices as described in drawings and specifications. B. The Contractor is required to make a complete and operable system based on the descriptions of systems and components that he provides. Detailed shop drawings are required to ke submitted and approved prior to purchase of equipment. The fire alarm contractor shall design and install the fire alarm system to meet the requirements of TAS, NFPA, ADA, A2,1SI A11% i, and the authority, having jurisdiction. C. The fire alarm contractor shall be licensed by the Texas State Fire Marshall's office to install and plan fire alarm systems. 1.02 RELATED DOCL~fl::N'I'S: Electrical Requirements Section 1601.0 Raceways Section 16100 Wires and Cables Section 16120 Wiring Devices Section 16143 1.03 QUALITY ASSUR,KNCE: A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in smoke detection and fire alarm systems with a minimum five years experience and at Ieast five documented successful installations of equipment similar in type, scope and function to the System specified herein. B. Planner/Installer: Company specializing in the planning and installation of smoke detection and fire alarm systems with a minimum five years exper/ence and at least five documented successful installations of systems similar in type. scope and function to the System specified herein. PIanner/~nstaller shall be licensed by the State of Texas as required. C. Warranty: The contractor shall warrant the completed System wiring and equipment to be free {rom inherent mechanical and electr/cal defects for a per/od of one year from the date of the completed and certified test. Provide with the submittal documentation that contractor has a ~er'~ce organization capable of providing emergency service available 24 hours a day, seven J:~vs :l week including h,:lidays; two hour response time maximum. Replacement equipment .md ?;Iris sh;til be ¢r,>~ idcd ~ithin one working day maximum. Contractor shall include with ,uhnttttals ,,, mam/cn:tr',c~' contr:~ct quotation to provide the following services for a period of ~, Sect,(In 10721 '"~ P:~gc I-7 ~pnl 23, igo9 c,,~o 7e~s after :he expiration o( ~¢ w~:nty period: ad~usfin~ of smoke detector sensitivities ever/ six months as required for ¢~tiest det¢caon and ~void~c~ o~ ~alse al~S, S~e ~ and replacement equipment, service labor, and maintenanc~ ~ ~esting. D. Listings: Each item o( ~e System shall be listed as a product of a single manufacturer under the approp~ate catego~/ by ~he Underwriters' Laboratories. inc. ~'UL), and shall be~ ~e 'U.L." label. 1.0~ SL~MII I,~S: A. Submit shop drawings and product tit~ramre. Provide a legend for shop drawings. B. Provide wiNng diagrams, dam sheets, equipment ratings~ layout, dimensions, ~d finishes. Provide complete brochure info~ation on ~1 componen~ ~d accesso~ equipment such ~ con=ol panel, annunciator, ceiling mounted ~d ~r duct mounted smoke detectors, audio an~or visual si~ing devices, shutdown relays, and m~u~ pull stations. ,~ info~ation shall be ctearly m~ked to indicate items provided. Wi~ng dia~ams sh~l indicam si~ing paths providing systems control, annunciation, and supe~ision. Uqe layout shall be on ~e ~uilding floor plan and show ~e location of ~1 devices. Provide a legend co identi~ ~ devices. C. Con=ac~or sh~i adjust proposed'layout of system ~ necess~ to prese~e ~e histo~c~ integ~ty and aesthetics of the historic building in which it is to be installed, ~ directed by ~e .~chitect. Coutractor sh~l provide adequate time, labor, mate~als ~d equipment tow~ds achieving tNs goal at no addition~ cost to Owner. 1.05 ST~S: Refer to Section 16010, ELE~C.~ ~QU~S, for ~1 st~d~ds which apply to ~is sec~on. The complem inst~la~on shall confo~ to ~e applicable sec~ons of NFPA-72, NEC 760, Life S~e~ Code I01, Unifo~ Building Code - 1807 and L~ au~o~es having jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Fire Alarm Control Panel: I, The Fire AJarrn Control Panel (FACP) hardware features shall include 80 character alphanumeric display, batte,?' supervision (Low/%'o BatreU), dedicated "Ai. At~M", "SUPERVISION". "TROUBLE" alarm indicators with 'ACKNOWI..EDGE" touch-pad switches, green "POWER ON" indicator, "ALARM S1ZENCE", "L)dvrP TEST", and "SYSTEM RESET" switches. A keypad shall be available for access to software features. Software t'eatures shalI include 600 event historical logging, (with 300 trouble and 300 a/arm records on separate logs) device or zone seiecw, ble a/arm verification, walk test by selecrable group, 4 operator access levels, individual circuit disconnect/disable, selective signaling and/or r=!ay control, onboard trouble-shooting diagnostics, interface with .~ddressabie devices, I25 circuit capability., setting and display of actual sensitivity of each detector in units of percent smoke obscuration per foot. FACP shall be approved by U. L. :o :~uromatica/ly meet the provisions og NFPA 72 regarding smoke detector sensifivi .ty ,',~t,n,,~ . = without manua{{,/, testing devices. _ rile FY, C? ,hall 1,e ,z:~r~,~blc of operating remote CRT's anG'or ?tinter's; <output shall be serial -XSC[[ :'t,,m a~l El.-\ R';-23_'-C ,>utput with adjustable baud rare ,)f 300, t ll)l), '.4l)1) and Sccti,,n ~;300. to allow use of any commonly available printer or CRT. Thc FACP shall ~ abI~ to support up co 5 RS-232-C ports. 3. FACP sh~l be of modular construction with a semi4]ush wall-mounted cabinet. cabinet shall contain ~1 switches, relays, indicating lamps, displays ~d ~ necessa~ apparatus to provide for the complete control ~d testing of the cn~ir~ system. ~ cabinet shall be of code gauge steel, finished smooth beige enamel, equipped with Iockabt¢ gl~s door, Iock and keys. All lamps, silencing, tes~, and resat sw~ches sh~i be mounted behind thc l~kabl¢ glass door so ~at ~1 automatic operations of ~e System may observed without open~ng the panel door. 7. Power Supply: Adequate to se~'e control p~cl modules, addressablc devices, remote annunciators, relays, and ~ Sighting devices. ~cludc battc~-operamd emergency power supply with capaci~ for opcra~ing system ~n st~dby mode for 4 hours, followed by aia~ mode for 5 minutes. Provide ~c standby power supply from se~cd lc~-acid wet- cell batteries with an automatic high ~d tficklc ch~gc battc~ ch~gcr. 5. Addrcssabte Monitor Circuis: Supc~iscd addrcssablc monitor modules wi~ ~ ~d trouble indication. Circuits shall b~ wired S~le A. 6. Sign~ Circuits: Supc~iscd march time sign~ module, su~cicm for $i~ devices connected ~o system. Thc p~el sh~I have ~ree sp~c signal moduI~s. ,MI si~ ckcuits shall have al ic~t 25% sp~c capacity. Circuits shall be wired S~Ic A. 7. Provide auxiii~ contact (aI~ ~d trouble) on each duct mounted smoke dctecmr for usc by ~AC contractor to shut down ~c air handling system. ~ con[~ sh~I progrmmablc from ~c control p~cl for timed, zoned, or operation indcpendcn~ from duct smoke detector. 8. Provide supe~iscd signal circuit ~d control relays to rcle~e ail electric door loc~ 9.Provide auxili~ contac~ to rcpo~ fire ala~s, trouble, and supcp,'isop/ aI~s to &gimt communicator for transmission to thc ccntraI station. 10. W~re shalI be color coded, a ~nimum of 14 AWG, THHN. s~anded copper wire, 600 volt insulation for both initiating ~d indicating circuits. Transposing or ch~ging color codes is no~ political. Colors sh~l be continuous ~mughout ~c entire loop. W%cn more ~h~ one initiating loop is routed in a single conduit, ~c colors ~s~ia~ed wi~ ~y loop con~ncd ~n ~c conduit sh~l bc different from ~e colors of ~y o~cr i~dadng loop contained in ~hc conduit. . I. Provide reverse po[~ity connections in thc FACP ~o rcpo~ ~a~ and ~roubtc conditions to 2 central station. B [aitiatin~ Devices: Addressable Manual Station: S~mi-fl~sh mounted, aon-bre~g!ass double action addressabl~ zt~ual smdon constructed of molded polycarbonate, finished 'F~re Red," with raised 'e~:ermj m ,.~:ite When activated, handle shall lock in a honzont~ position. Reset shall .:cc~,mplished by a common system key, and not by wrenches or other common tooIs. :.c,'.],:od ~c::t~c~'a[ur~ ~c',~,:c ,,c' '.vh~ch both operations are 4e{f-restoring. The fixed ~ 5 or 20 de~rees F. Fer minute. Pro,ramming through the FACP snail Fe~t display ~n d¢~rees Fahrenhek or de~re~s Celsius of al~ ~hreshold. ~n~ hea~ detector thr:shold shall bc ~ogrammable for high and Iow ~emp~amms to sense a fire ~ heat condkion and a building temperature loss or t~eeze sensor supcn/ison/ala~. 3 Addrassabl~ ~t~lligent C¢{l~ng Mountea Smoke D~m~tor: installed p~r N~A 72: tmper- proof pho~oelect~c ~pe head mounted in addmssable base. ~¢ de,ochers sh~l ¢o~unicate actual smoke chamber values ~o ~e system control pand. Scnskiv~z levels of.5%, 1%. 1.5%, 2%. 2.5%, 3%, and 3.7% shall be available. 4. E~ch detec~or b~e shall contain ~ LED ~hat will fl~h each time it is scanned by ~ FACP. ~cn the FACP dete~nes tha~ a detector is ~n an al~ or trouble condition, ~e FACP sha~ co--and ~he LED on ~hat detector's b~e co mrn on s~eady ~ndkadng ~e condkion. Detectors which do not provide a visible indication of an abno~al condition ~h¢ de~ector location shail not be acceptable. ~c smok~ detcc~or shall be a smoke densi~ mc~ufing dcvic~ having no ~ set-point. The ~ decision for c~h demctor shall ~ detc~ned by ~c FACP. The FACP shaiI det~ne the condition of each detector by comp~ng ~he de~ec~or v~ue to s~ored values. Vne FACP sh~l maint~n a moving average of ~e de~ector's smoke chmb~r value. Systems tha~ do not automatic~ly m~n~n a constant smoke obscum~ion scnskivi~ each detector by compensating for environmental factors are not acceptable. ~0 Systom shall automafic~ly indicate When ~ individual detector needs denning. a demctor's average v~uc reaches a pmdote~ned value, a "Di~ Demeter" ~ouble condition shall be audibly ~d visu~ly indkamd a~ ~c FACP ~d ~c F.~ for individu~ detector. Addkionally, ~e ~ on ~c dc~cctor b~c shall glow steady giving visible indication a~ ~ demeter location. If a "Di~ ~tec[or" is lek uno,tended, ~d average value increases to a second predete~ned value, an 'Excessively Di~ De~cctor" trouble condition shaU be indicated at ehe FACP ~or ~h¢ individual k shail bc possible to program ~e FACP ~o automatically change the senskiv~/setdng of :ach detector, based on time-oDday and day-of-week. Should a device fail, k will not hinder ~h¢ operation of o~her system dmvices. Duc~ mounted smok~ detectors shall include a duc~ housing wkh sampling robes sized for :h~ duct and ~wo independently progra~able addressable con~ol relays 120 VAC 2 ~p , rated for .~r con,roi and ~nunciation ~ required. ~smlla~ion shall be per N~A f. Far e~¢ of maintenance, k shall be possible to cemov¢ mul~ple de~ector heads for c~e~ing and ce replace ~hem in any de~ec~or b~. C. Signaling Devices: . ~ Horn/Strobes: Provide where indicated / required, combination homXs~robe uni~ xith a minimum of I00 candel~ and aclear lens wkh "FI~' in red letters. Sound output <nali ~¢ ~g db minimum. 97 db typical a~ i0 f¢¢~ 3 _ V.::m: L~wh[,Sin)he~: Pro',id¢ where in&ca[ed / necessary, combine[ion ligh~:s[rob¢ units P~i~ S~nla F-~ - Frisco) Depot P,~h~bililali~)~ ~K[ r ~, ~,~[ ~CHIT[CTS Provide and install a U.L. listed fire ala~ digital commumcat~ to transmit ai~, trouble, superviso~ signais to a central station. E. Fke ,Ma~ W~m An~ C~b[e: ~. Fire A~ ~20 VAC Power Branch Circuits: BuiI~ing w~re ~ specified in Sec~on 6~ VOLT ~S ~N~ C,~LES. FACP shall be provided with [20 VAC power from a dedicated 20 amp c~rcuk. 2. Initiating, Low Voltage Power and Signal Circuim shall be Fire Power Li~[ed ("FPL") rated cable. F. SYS~M OPE~A~ON~ ~M DE~ON ~N~ COBOL: 1. System ~ operation for any m~u~ or automatic fire aI~ initi~ing device activation shall be ~ follows: a. ~e "SYS~M ~" red ~D shall fl~h on ~e Fire ~ Consol P~e[ CFACP") until the ala~ h~ been m~u~ly acknowledged. ~en Ce al~ h~ been acknowledged, this same ~ shall latch on. A subsequent ~ received ~er ~y acknowledgment shall agMn fl~h the same LED on ~e FACP. b. ~e source of ~ shall be annunciated via ~ English l~guage description on alpha-numeric display at ~e FACP. c. Fire horns and fire strobe lamps ~roughout ~e facili~ shall be activated. d. ~1 electrically locked access controlled d~rs sh~l ~ unlocked. e. Ail alam conditions shall be audibly ~d visually indicated at the FACP. f. Ail al~s shall be recorded with the time and date in ~e FACP historical log. * Ail al~s shall have the abili~ to be sent to a ceatral station. 2. The al~ activation of any system initiating device shall initiate ~ i~ediate ~. ~e system operation shall be such ~at ~e ~ o~erarion of any ~ i~tiafing device shall not prevent the subsequent al~ operation of~y other initiating device due to wihng or ~ower limitations. ~e resetting or remm to nomal coniston of ~y "SYS~M ~M" or SUPERVISORY SERVICE" shall re-initiate the flashing of ~e appropriate "P~O~Y" LED for manu~ ac~owledgment. All reset o~erations shall be recorded with ~e ~me ~d date in the system historical log. .~1 operation subsequent to automatic or manual activations of ~I system ~nctions sh~l occur within a maximum time of four seconds regardless of system size. Pass,.~ord-pr~>~ecre~ SYSTEM ~SET function resets rke System our of ,~,~M Apdl 23, ~999 Gcounding or o~¢n conditions of supervised circuits, power or system failure, or dirty smoke detectors shall cause the System to enter TROL'BLE mode, including the following operations: The "SYSTEM TROUBLE" yellow LED shall flash on the Fire Alarm Control Panel ~"FACP") and Fire Alarm Annunciator Panel ("F.~-kP") until the trouble has been manually acknowledged. When the trouble has been acknowledged, this same LED shall latch on. A subsequent trouble alarm received after any acknowledgment shall again flash the same LED on the FACP and FAAP. The source of the trouble alarm shall be annunciated via an English language description on the alpha-numeric display at the FACP. All trouble alarms shall be recorded with the time and date in the FACP historical log. Manual TROUBLE ACKNOWLEDGE function at control panel silences audible trouble alarm; visual alarm is displayed until initiating trouble is cleared. Audible trouble alarm shall be programmable to resound at a specified interval. All trouble alarms shall have the capability of being sent to a central station. Manual L.-k.¥~ TEST function causes all FACP LED indicators to momentarily light. Manual DRILL function shall cause the sounding of the loca/ fire alarm si~aling devices only. No other system operations shall occur, ff during a dr/il an actual alarm wen to occur, system would override the drill function and operate in the normal ALARM mode. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Installation: 1. The contractor shall furnish and install the system in accordance with the plans and specifications, all national and local applicable codes. NEC wiring criteria, and the manufacturer's recommendations. All communications wiring shall be twisted and shielded cables. All wiring shall be in a conduit system separate from other building wiring. All junction boxes shall be spray painted red and [abeled "Fire Alarm", in white letters~ Wiring color code shall be maintained throughout the scope of the work. .ALI wiring shall be Class A. 2. Contractor shall install approved layout of system taking all due care to preserve the historical inte~ity and aesthetics of the building's historic materials, trims, finishes and features, as directed by the Construction Manager/Architect. Contractor shall provide adequate time. labor, materials and equipment towards achieving this goal at no additional cost to Owner. l'nstallation of equipment and devices that pertain to other work in the contract shall be closely coordinated w th the appropriate subcontractors. 3. The manufacturer's authorized representative shall provide ail on-site software modifications and supervision of insta/lation of the complete Fire Alarm System installation, perform a complete func[ional test or' the system, and submit a written report co the contractor attesting co the proper operation or' the completed system. X ~rnstall manual stations with operating handles 4S inches above floor, install audible and '. :suni q,znai-,-~"'~, ,c~"' ~0 inches above floor. 4 x, lakc c,mdui[ .md w~rim, z ct:nnections to all fire alarm au.,:iliary deviczs and functions. ~*,,,.:l ,tr ~,~: per NFPA 72. Apnl ~3, I999 Field Quality ControL,"Testing: I. The corn, pleted fire alarm system shall be fully rested by the>, contractor in the presence of the owners representative, ~he local authori~ having jurzsiJiction, and the manufacturer's technical representative. Upon completion of a successful test. the contractor shall so certify in writing to the owner, architect, and general contractor. 2. Test in accordance with NFPA 72 and the ir~structions provided by the manufacturer to insure that the system is free of grounds, opens, shorts, and that insulation resistance between current carrying conductors and between conductors and ground is 50 megohms or ~eater. 3. Provide the services of certified factory trained technician to supervise installation, adjustments, final connections, and system testing. Upon comp/etlon of the testing, the technician shall file a letter of Certification indicating that ail alarm initiating devices 0anction and conform to the [etter of the specifications. * * END OF SECTION * * Appendix A: Studies of Mortar, Plaster & Paint Paris SF Depot RehabiLitation April 23, 1999 Erlin, Hime Associates Division Wiss, Jarmey, Elstner Associates STUDIZS OF MORTAR, PLASTER, AND PA.I~iT FROM 1~ PARIS SA~NTA-FE FRISco DEPOT, PARIS, TEXAS FOR KEYSTONE ARCt~I'I'ECTS WJE No. 997020 April 9, 1999 ERLfiN, HlqV[E ASSOCL~.TES D~ISION WISS, .IAaN'NEY, ELSTNER ASSOCL-XTES, INC. 8~.. Jamestown Drive, Suite A-II3 Austin, TX 75758 _~ (512)835-0940 . Erlln, Hime Asso(~iates . ^~n, ~x WYE No. 997020 April 9, 1999 ~, ,~ S~S OF ~IORT.~, PLAS~R, ~ P.~ .... ~ P~S S~A-~ ~SCO DEPOT, P.~S, FOR ~YSTO~ ~Cm r[CTS - ENTRODUCTION Al: the request of ~VLr. A. J'. Garza, A~A, of Keystone ArchitectS, Austin, Texas, petrographic studies of two mortar samples and three plaster samples from the Paris Santa-Fo Frisco Depot, Paris, Texas, wer~ conducted. The depot was built ca 1910. The studies were requested to characterize the mortar and stucco prior to preparation of a restoration plan for the depot. Chemical studies of six paint and varnish samples were also conducted. bHCROSCOPICAL, SPECTROSCOPIC.AL, AND COLOR STUDIZS OF COATDIG SPECIM~ENS Specimeu~gix specimens were received from Mr. A. I. Gar-La at Keystone Architects for microscopical studies to generally characterize the number, thicknesses, and types of coating layers on ti'cee wood trim pieces, two small plaster cores, and one paint chip sample, iX&-. Garza also requested a spectroscopical analysis of the varnish on Sample "E" to identify thc polymeric binder and a color match of the bottom-most coating layer on each specimen so that the original building colors could be duplicated. The spec/men designations and the reported sampling locations were given as follows: A. a sample of paint chips from an exterior gutter and downspout, B. a painted interior p{aster core sample (I-3/4 in. dia. by 3/8 in. deep) from a ticket office wall, C. a sample of two painted wood pieces from interior window ~nd door trim, D. a painted interior plaster core sample (I-3/4 in. dia. by 5,'8 in. deep) from a museum E. a varnished wood trim piece from stair and rail, L. a sample of several painted wood pieces from exterior window and door trim. Erlin, Hime Associates W~E 99'7020 Page 3 ~fieroscopieal StadJe= The coad.~ ~a~rs of these specimens wer~ ex~mmed cross-sectionally using a stereomicrosco~e (50x ma~ification) with a reticle for approximate mil thic~ess me~uremen~. A. ~ae paint chips have ~o coating layers: a bonom layer of opaque, bright orange coating (2 to 4 mil~ thick); ~d a dark ~een top layer (2-4 mils). ~e surface of the ~op layer is weathered (~at is, cracked and chalked). Both layers are inflexible (somewhat bridle), s[i~tly lus~ous in cross-section, and contain homogeneous pigmenu ~d filler~, so ~ey ~e believed to be d~g oil or a[~d-b~ed co,tings. 8. ~e plaster cor~ s~ple appe~s to have about seven or ei~t coating layers: (i) a dull yellowish ~ay layer ~at appears to be a stained suWace region of ~e pictor imelf rather th~ a sep~ate coating; (2) ~ orange-red layer that appe~s to be the first coating layer on pictor (3-5 mils); (3) a ve~ light yellow-tan layer (4-10 mils); (4) a li~t ~ay layer wi~ discrete, fine ag~egate p~fcles (i0-12 mils); (5) a light ~ay paint layer (2-g mils); (6).a buff-colored paint layer (3-g mils); (7) ~ off-white paint layer (2-4 mils); ~d (8) a light buff paint layer (2-5 mils). ~e three distinct bonom layers appear relatively porous and we~ ~ compared to ~e four, paint-like top layers. ~e boUom layers are possibly whitew~hes, calcimine painU, c~ein pain~, or a combination of these. Due to the Iow cohesive s~en~h ~d possible water-sens(tiv(V of the bosom layem, we recommend that all coating layers be s~pped from ~e pl~ter walls before recoafing with a water-borne interior paint. C. So~ wood pieces have only one layer of paint. ~e beige coating on one piece is 1 to 2 mils ~ick, ~d ~e beige coating on ~e other piece [s 2 to 5 mils thick. ~e coating appe~s l~e a latex house paint. D. Toe plaster core s~ple appe~s to have ~ree coating layers: (1) an or, ge-red layer (6-8 mils) that appe~s ve~ simil~ to the first distinct coating layer on Specimen B; (2) a ve~ li~t yellow-m layer (5-8 mils) that appe~ similar to the second distinct coating layer on Specimen B; and (3) a light ~ay paint ~ayer (4-8 mils) ~at appears simil~ to ~e fou~ distinct coating layer on Specimen B. E. ~e wood ~im so,eot k~ one layer of v~[sh ~at [s cu~ent[y ~ber-to-bro~. Vae d~k co[or [~ due to aging ~d d~kening of ~e resin; it is not due to any added pi~ents in the v~ish. ~e finish had alligatored with age, ~d the finish is cu~ently about [ to 5 mils ~ick. L. Several pieces were examined. ~d all of these pieces have only one paint layer, No primer was detected. ~e dark ~een coating is about [ to 2 mils thick, and it is severely cracking and flaking. ~e coating appears like a latex house paint. Spectrt)scopical Studie~A portion off the weak. brinle varnish on Specimen E was scraped away '.~th ~ r~cr bh~de, and the scrapings were extracted with a solvent suitable ~br isolating the resin. ~he light-.trebor, film-fi~ing residue was analyzed by Fourier transform infrared ~pec~roscop) ~he FTIR apectr~m md~cates ~ natural testa. Erlin, Hime Associates ~3,'flE 99':0=0 computer sot~vare, of all polymer, monomers, pi~ents, fillers, and additives (approx~matel~ 2500 spec~ra~ that are published in the foumh edition of the "In~ared Spec~oscopy A~las for t~e Coatings Indus,/' by t~e Federation of Societies for Coating Y~chnoIo~ (FSCT). ~e top three picks of ~his comparative seamh ~ere (I) bleached w~[te s~e~iac. (2) dewmxed orange flake s~e~I~, and (3) de,.vmx~d bleached white shellac. .~o~er pomion of ~ v~ish scrapings was ~ound wi~ spee~oscopical-~ade pot~sium bromide and pressed ~=to ~ p~Uet. ~e peIledz~d ~mp~e was ~iso ~alyzed by F~R spe~oseopy. F~R spee~m of~e v~ish is similar to the spec~m of the solvent-soluble potion. ~e top pick of a ¢omputer se~ch for ~is spee~m w~ bleached whit~ s~etlac. A minor amount of tale filler w~ aisc evident in the sp~c~m. Color ~at~hin~ Smdles Color-matching s~d~es of the ~oating layers in each spe;imen w{th the aid of MunseIl reference books, a microscope, ~d a proper light sourc~ were A microscopic ex~ination of representative samples of unmounted paint flakes (A), pl~ter s~ples ~ ~d D), ~d wood s~p[es'(C ~d L) were ~effo~d w(~ a binocular stereos¢oge (W~Id ~e~rbur~g, 50x power) Uluminated by a pair of fiberoptic halogen lamps. S~ples were compared under ~e microscope to color c~ips from the MunseU Color Notation System. ~e number/le~er combination refe~ to ~e hue. The number to the le~ oft~e slash r*fers to the value. ~e ~t of~e s[~h refers to ~e ehroma. S~pies on pl~ter (B ~d D) were s~ded to reveal lay~m of coatings. Sample E with wood v~ish w~ not included in t~e color ~alysis. Matches were made wie~out ~king into account any color ch~ges ~at might occur ~om paint aging. Using ~e nomencia~re marked on the s~ples, the follow~ng colors were identified: Sample Coating Layers (ordered from bosom to top layer) A ~ Bright or, ge (10R 5/I0 D~k ~een (SBG 3,2) B Dull, Orange- Li~t Lig~ Light Buff Off- ~ Light yellowish red yellow- ~ay~ ~ay (2.5Y white } buff ~ay (10R m (2.SGY (SGY 9/4) (SPB ~ (2.5Y layer2 5/6) (2.5Y 6/2) 4/I) 9/I) [ 9/2) 8.5/4) C 5Y 9/1 and 5~ 9/2 (see note 4) D Orange-red (10R 5/6) ~ Light yellow-tan (2.5Y 9/4) } Li~ gra? (SGY 6/1) L D~k ~een (7.SBG 3/2) rt was not cle~ ~om the s~ple which layer was the top layer on S~ple A, Chis yellowish-gray layer could not be identified. Tqis light gra? layer could not be clearly identified. ~ n~s iam¢le appeared to have ~vo colors, either t~om aggregate or flecks or'material in the ;am~ie, .or :?,>m texturing applied over a base coat. Number 5Y 9/1 ~tas (rom thc base tour layer ~md 5YR o/2 ~tas From the aggregate or texturing. F'ais }/ght gra? la~er is essentially the same as the ti~b layer of Sample B, although tho exact ,O~e is ~light(~ different. £rlin, Hime Associates Page 5 PETROGRA_PH~IC STUDEES Sample~ne inter,or mo~ sample, oae e~tedor mon~ s~p[e, ~vo ~ntedo~ wall p[~ter ~amples, and one interior ceiling pl~ter ~p{e were submi~ed ~or the s~dies. ~e samp{e identification ~d location ~e given in Tab{e {. ~e samples wer~ cut in half using a continuous- dm water-cooled dimond saw blade to expose a cross-section. ~e staples were ~en ex~ined using methods outl~ed in AS~ C856. ~e resul~ of the pe~o~aphic s~dies ~e given in Table I. Estimates of ~e propo~ions for ~e mo~ and pl~ters ~e given in Table iA. Erlin, H~e Associates Division Wis~ fa~y, Elsmea Associates, Inc. L. Brad Sho~e[l. l~ey ~berber S~nior ~chitec~ngineer, ~ch~d Cocker Senior Chemi~ ~ M~ager, Austin Bt=ch Storage: Samples ~]l be discarded a~er oae ~ear ua]ess other disposition is requested. Charges may be made for storage after that period. Eriin, Hlme Associates WJ~997020 Page TABLE 1 DESCRi:PTION OF MORT.~R .-~ND PLASTER SA3'[PLES FRO~! TH~ PA. RI$ S.-~N'TA-FE FRISCO DEPOT P:tRIS, SA.MaPLE I[I) ENTI~ICATION SA.M:PLE DESCRII~ION .~N'D LOCATION Sample F The mortar layer was buff to light gay and had a nominal thickness of 0.4- inch. One of the exposed surfaces was very. smooth, and red-brown ceramic interior BriPk Molar ftagments embedded in it suggested that it had been in contact 'with an unglazed red-brown terra corta unit (Photo l). The bottom surface had an irregular relief, and red-brown terra cot'm (or brick) fragments were also embedded in it. Several irregularly shaped tear-like fractures were present in the mortar. These fractures may have formed during movement of the mortar that occurred during installation of the terra cotta (brick). The mortar was moderately hard and could be broken by hand. Small fragments brokea from the mortar could be powdered between two fingers. The fine aggregate contained in the mortar was a siliceous sand that was composed primarily of quartz, quartzite, and feldspar. The cementitious matrix was buff:white and was composed primarily of hydrated lime that is now carbonated. A single lump composed of portland cement particles was also detected (Photos 2 and 3). A few sand-sized lime lumps (now carbonated) were detected in the body of the mortar ('Photo Sample G The mortar was red-brown and had a du~I laster. It had a nominal thickness 0.4 inch. One of the exposed surfaces was very smooth. Numerous Exterior Brick Mortar irreg-ularly shaped truncated voids were present on this surface (Photo 4). Their presence indicated that the mortar may have been in contact with a smooth ceramic unit. A number of fine-sized interconnected fractures were present on this surface (Photo 4). These fractures suggested that the mortar had experienced early drying shr/nkage. ~'~e bottom surface had an {rregu[ar relief, and fragments ora buff'-white sanded mortar were embedded in it. The mortar was soft and friable and could easily' be powdered between two fingers. The fine aggregate was a fine siliceous sand that was composed pr marily of quartz. The cementitious matrix was red-brown, and t'reshly fractured surfaces had a dull luster. Numerous white sand-sized lumps of calcium hydroxide (now carbonated) were detected. '~Vhen viewed at high magnification, very, sized red-brown opaque particles that represent an inorganic pigment were !~r~c:ed. No residual porrlar~d cement ;~3s dc.~ected. Erfin, Hime ~ssociate$ · ,'v' ~ ~97020 Page 7 TABLE 1 DESCRIPTION OF .'v[ORT)d~..~rD PLASTER SAb~LES FROb[ TH~ PA.RIS SA. NTA-FE FRISCO DEPOT P.kRIS, TEXAS SA~IPLE ANI) LOCATION SA~IPLE DESCRIPTION Sample H The sample consisted of two distinct layers (Photo 5). The thickness of the Interior Wall Plaster bottom layer was 0.5 inch. The bottom layer contained siliceous sand that ~vas composed of quartz and feldspar. Animal hair fibers were detected in the bottom layer. Cement-sized particles of fragmental limestone and quartz were detected in the matrix o£the bottom layer. A qualitative chemical test for sulfate was very. positive. A crystalline mater/al with Iow birefi-/ngence and a refractive index consistent with ~ypsum was detected in the cementitious binder. The top layer or finish coat was 0. I inch thick and contained fine sand coarse ag~egate. The cementitious matrix was buff white and also contained a crystalline mater/al with low birefringence and a refractive index consistent with gypsum. Fragmental lh'nestone was also detected in the matrix. At least nine layers of paint were present on the surface. All of the paint layers were deteriorated. TABLE ~ DESC~TION OF MORT.~ .~ PLASTER S~LES ~OM T~ P.~S S.&N~A;FE ~SCO DEPOT P.~S, ~S SA)IPLE [DEAN I'I~'ICATION Sz~.MEPLE DESC~ON .-~'~-D LOCATIO.N Sample I The body of the sample consisted of three distinct layers (Photo 6). interior Cei[in~ Plaster bottom Iayer (scratch coat) was 0.2 inch thick, and the impress/on of diamond - ~ mesh reinforcement ~vas visible on the bottom fracture surface. A trace of iron oxide that formed during corrosion of the embedded reinforcement ,.vas detected. Residual portland cement particles were detected in the scratch coat. Textural features indicated that the matrix of this layer also contained b, ydrated lime, The ag~egate contained in this layer was a siliceous sand. The middle layer (brown coat) was also about 0.2-inch thick and contained siliceous sand aggregate that was the sm'ne as that in the scratch coat. The closer spacing of the sand particles in the brown coat relative to the scratch coat indicated that it had a lower paste volume than the underlying scratch coat. Examination with the petro~aphic microscope indicated the presence of gypsum as the binder in the cementitious mathx. A qualitative test for sulfate was positive. Both the scratch and brown coats contained short plant fibers. The top layer (or finish coat) was 0.13 inch thick. It ~vas buff' white and contained siliceous sand ag~egate. Examination with the petro~aphic microscope indicated the presence of gypsum as the binder in the cementitious matrix. A qualitative test for sulfate was positive. Portions of the finished surface were coated with two layers of paint. Chemical studies would be needed to fully character/ze the various coating layers. A very, Gin dark broxva layer that may represent a "sealer" was present over most or' the exposed surface. A portion of this dark brown "senior" was coated with a light gray layer of paint. The studies indicated that the ~ay paint was the coating applied most recently. Numerous fractures were present in the paint and the paint layers appeared to have "lifted" adjacent to the fractures (Photo 7). 5ax-z.?ie K The sample consisted ora single porous white layer of gypsum piaster that had a maximum nominal thickness of 0.9 inch. No sand aggregate was detected in !ater!or ';',,'ail ?!aster the piaster. ~'~e piaster ~vas porous, and iron oxides, formed during corrosion or'embedded steel w/re reinforcement, subsequently migrated outward into the ;urrounding body of the plaster tPhoto ~). Cracking that had occurred due to !vr~,)s;tien ,2( iron oxide was also detected. The cracking ~*us located adjacent "l .~eb,)sit ~t' iron oxide scale chut bad ~brmed adjacent to steel reinforcing nc.i~ ,haE ~s -:mbedded in the piaster tPhoto %. The iron oxide deposits [ldicarcd th;ii 'hr piaster had been exposed :o water intiltration. Erlin~ Hime Associates WJE 997020 Page 9 T.~BLE 1-A ES'I kYL~.TED ,'YiORTAR .~ND PLASTER PROPORTIONS FROM 1~ PARIS S,4aNTA-FE FRISCO DEPOT PAl:LIS, TEXAS i Sample F Lime/sand ratio (approximate) 1:3 rnterior Brick Mortar No modem equivalent in ASTM C270; however, a Type "O" mortar using portland/lime/sand ratio of 1/2: i-l/2: 3-1/2 would have similar properties. Sample O Lime/sand ratio (with pigment) 1:2-1/2 to 3 Exterior Br/ck Mortar A Type "O" using portland/lime/sand ratio of I/2: I-I/2: 2-1/2 to 3 Sample H Gypsum/sand ra[io 1:3 to 4 Interior Wall Plaster Sample J Scratch coat may have portland cement, lime, and sand similar to ~nterior Ceiling Piaster Type "O" mortar. Brown coats are gypsum/sand mixtures (approximate ratio 1: 3 to 4). ISample K Single layer of~ypsum slurry with no sand. Interior Wall Piaster ?'~g~ [0 TABLE 2 PEIOTO LOG FOR ~IORT.&R .42~q:) PLASTER S.4~,EPLES FROM ~ P.A.RIS S.4_N'TA-FE FI:~SCO DEPOT P.~S, TEXAS PHOTO # ! DESCRI~PTION ! i T'ne bottom bonding surface of Sample F is pictured. Fine-sized pink particles that l i represent terra corta or brick from the substrate are visible and embedded in the surface. " ! A dark ~ay lump of cement embedded in the body of Sample F is pictured. Several fragments of mortar £rom Sample F as they appear at high magnification in peiarized light ara pictured. The ~,vo fragments marked with small arrows are comp'osed of' fragments of the cement lump pictured in Photo 2. The fragment marked with the lar3er arrow is a lump of calcium hydroxide (now carbonated). 4 A relatively large irregularly shaped truncated air void on the bottom surface of Sample G is marked with a small arrow. The larger arrows mark the location ot"several microfractures that are also present on the bottom surface. 5 A cross-sectional view of Sample H is pictured. Two distinct layers are visible. 6 A cross-sectional view of Sample J is pictured. Three distinct layers are visible. 7 "Fne pattern of deterioration of the coating layers that are present on the surface of Sample J is pictured. The dark brown color of the surface appeared to be due to the presence of~ sealer. A trace amount or' Iight ~ay paint is a[so visible on the surface (in the middle of the photo). A cross-sectional view of Sample K is pictured. The red-brown area surrounding the embedded, steel reinforcement is due to ruination of iron oxide into r~.e porous matrix of the plaster. 9 A cr2ck that formed in Sample K due to deposition of iron oxide is marked with a small a~cw'. The location of ~ick iron oxide scale that caused formation of the crack is marked with a larger arrow. Pa~e ~ Photo I - T'ne bottom bonding surface o~ Sample F is pictured. Fine-sized pink particles that represent ~erra cocta or brick t'rom the substrate are visible and embedded in the surface. Photo .3 - Several fi'a_m'nents of mortar from Sample F as they appear at high magnification in polarized light are pictured. The two fragments marked with small arrows are composed of ~-agments of the cement lump pictured in Photo 2. The fragment marked with the larger arrow is a ;ump or'calcium hydroxide (now carbonated). 'h,,~,, !.. ', :-:i:~.'..:!'. [,tr,.'..' r-:z'Eac", haped truncated Pa~e i] Photo 5 - .< cross-sectional view of Sample [--{ is pictured. Two dis'tinct layers are visible. Photo T - ']-he pa,.'tern of d~terior~tion oJr the ¢oatin~ layers that are present on thc surf,~c~ o~' S~mple .[ is ?icmred. The dark brown color oF the sun%ce appeared To be due to the presence o~ ,~ sealer. A ~r~ce ~rnoun~: o~' ~ht ~=r~y paint is also visible or~ ~h¢ surface (in thc middle or-thc photo). -':!in, Hime ~ssociates ?age Photo 9 - .-k crack that tbrmed in Sampfe K due to deposition of iron oxide is marked with a small arrow. The location or' thick iron oxide scale that caused farmaticn of the crack is marked with a larger a~row.